SECTION 15053 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A.

RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 1.3 A. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. Transition fittings. Dielectric fittings. Mechanical sleeve seals. Sleeves. Escutcheons. Grout. HVAC demolition. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. Painting and finishing. Concrete bases. Supports and anchorages.

1.2

DEFINITIONS Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases.

B. C. D.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15053-1

4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

E.

Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. 2. 3. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. PE: Polyethylene plastic. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

F.

G.

The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. 2. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.

1.4 A.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Transition fittings. Dielectric fittings. Mechanical sleeve seals. Escutcheons.

Welding certificates. QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.5 A. B.

Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. 2. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current.

C.

Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15053-2

4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

1.6 A.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. COORDINATION A. B. C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for HVAC installations. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for HVAC items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames."

B. 1.7

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified.

2.

2.2 A. B. 2.3 A. B.

PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. JOINING MATERIALS Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 15053-3 4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.

ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. b. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.

2. C. D. E. F.

AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.

Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. 2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.

G. H.

I. 2.4 A.

Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer. TRANSITION FITTINGS Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: [CPVC] [PVC] [CPVC and PVC] one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Eslon Thermoplastics.

B.

Plastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Thompson Plastics, Inc.

C.

Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, [CPVC] [PVC] [CPVC and PVC] four-part union. Include brass end, solvent-cement-joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut. 15053-4 4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.

Available Manufacturers: a. NIBCO INC.

2.5 A. B. C.

DIELECTRIC FITTINGS Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solderjoint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum working pressure at 180 deg F (82 deg C). 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. D. Capitol Manufacturing Co. Central Plastics Company. Eclipse, Inc. Epco Sales, Inc. Hart Industries, International, Inc. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.

Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig (1035- or 2070-kPa) minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. Capitol Manufacturing Co. Central Plastics Company. Epco Sales, Inc. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

E.

Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, fullface- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. 2. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. Calpico, Inc. Central Plastics Company. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig (1035or 2070-kPa) minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15053-5

4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

F.

Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C). 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. Calpico, Inc. Lochinvar Corp.

G.

Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C). 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. Perfection Corp. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc. Victaulic Co. of America.

2.6 A.

MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. Calpico, Inc. Metraflex Co. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

Sealing Elements: [EPDM] [NBR] <Insert other> interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. Pressure Plates: [Plastic] [Carbon steel] [Stainless steel]. Include two for each sealing element. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: [Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating] [Stainless steel] of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.

2.7 A. B.

SLEEVES Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15053-6

4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

C. D.

Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.

E. F. G.

Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. ESCUTCHEONS

2.8 A.

Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: [Polished chrome-plated] [Rough brass] [Polished chrome-plated and rough brass].

B. C.

D.

Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: [Polished chrome-plated] [Rough brass] [Polished chrome-plated and rough brass].

E. F. G. H. 2.9 A.

One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With [set screw] [spring clips] [set screw or spring clips] and chrome-plated finish. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With [concealed] [exposed-rivet] hinge, [set screw] [spring clips] [set screw or spring clips], and chrome-plated finish. One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate. Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. GROUT Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15053-7

4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

1. 2. 3.

Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

noncorrosive,

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. HVAC DEMOLITION Refer to Division 1 Sections "Cutting and Patching" and "Selective Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. Disconnect, demolish, and remove HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. 2. 3. 4. C. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.

If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

3.2 A. B.

Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. Install piping to permit valve servicing. 15053-8 4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

C. D.

E. F.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

G. H. I. J. K. L.

Install piping at indicated slopes. Install piping free of sags and bends. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Install piping to allow application of insulation. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: 1. New Piping: a. b. c. d. e. f. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, castbrass type with polished chrome-plated finish. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: [One-piece] [Splitcasting] [One-piece or split-casting], cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: [One-piece, stampedsteel type] [Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge] [One-piece, stamped-steel type or split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge] and set screw. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with [polished chrome-plated] [rough-brass] finish. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type with [concealed] [exposed-rivet] [concealed or exposed-rivet] hinge and [set screw] [spring clips] [set screw or spring clips]. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type with [set screw] [spring clips] [set screw or spring clips]. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate type.

g.

h. i.

j. k. l. M. N. O. P.

Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. 15053-9 4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.

Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified.

2. 3.

Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a. b. c. [PVC] [Steel] Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6 (DN 150). Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 (DN 150) and larger, penetrating gypsumboard partitions. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Refer to Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing. 1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.

4.

Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.

Q.

Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. 2. 3. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches (150 mm) in diameter. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches (150 mm) and larger in diameter. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

R.

Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.

S.

Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials. 15053-10 4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

T. U.

Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements. PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION

3.3 A. B. C. D.

Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. 2. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

E. F.

G. H. I.

Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. 2. 3. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.

4. J.

Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. 15053-11 4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

K. L.

Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. 2. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.

M.

Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. PIPING CONNECTIONS

3.4 A.

Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. 3. 4. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

3.5 A. B. C.

EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. PAINTING A. B. Painting of HVAC systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 9 Sections "Interior Painting" and "Exterior Painting." Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish.

D. 3.6

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15053-12

4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

3.7 A.

CONCRETE BASES Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1. 2. 3. 4. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger in both directions than supported unit. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around the full perimeter of the base. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. Use [3000-psi (20.7-MPa)] <Insert other>, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 3 Section "[Cast-in-Place Concrete] [Cast-inPlace Concrete (Limited Applications)]."

5. 6. 7.

3.8 A. B. C. 3.9 A. B.

ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads. GROUTING Mix and install grout for HVAC equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.

C. 3.10 A. B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15053-13

4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

C. D. E. F. G. H.

Provide forms as required for placement of grout. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. Place grout around anchors. Cure placed grout.

END OF SECTION 15053

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15053-14

4 December 2009 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

SECTION 15056 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Motor controllers. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.

1.2

1.3

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. 2.2 A. GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in fire suppression equipment schedules or Sections. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. Comply with IEEE 841 for severe-duty motors. MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet (1000 m) above sea level. 15056-1 4 December 2009 COMMON MOTOR REQ FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B.

Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. POLYPHASE MOTORS

2.3 A. B. C. D.

Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1. Service Factor: 1.15. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. 1. 2. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed.

E. F. G. H. I. J.

Multispeed Motors: Separate winding for each speed. Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. Insulation: Class F. Code Letter Designation: 1. 2. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic.

K.

Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T. POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

2.4 A.

Motors Used with Reduced-Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer. 1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width modulated inverters. Energy- and Premium-Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation. Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation. 15056-2 4 December 2009 COMMON MOTOR REQ FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

B.

2. 3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4. C. 2.5 A.

Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors.

Severe-Duty Motors: Comply with IEEE 841, with 1.15 minimum service factor. SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. 2. 3. 4. Permanent-split capacitor. Split phase. Capacitor start, inductor run. Capacitor start, capacitor run.

B. C. D. E.

Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 15056

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15056-3 4 December 2009 COMMON MOTOR REQ FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

SECTION 15058 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Motor controllers. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.

1.2

1.3

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. 2.2 A. GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in HVAC equipment schedules or Sections. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. Comply with IEEE 841 for severe-duty motors. MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet (1000 m) above sea level. 15058-1 4 December 2009 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B.

Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. POLYPHASE MOTORS

2.3 A. B. C. D.

Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1. Service Factor: 1.15. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. 1. 2. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed.

E. F. G. H. I. J.

Multispeed Motors: Separate winding for each speed. Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. Insulation: [Class F] <Insert class>. Code Letter Designation: 1. 2. Motors [15] <Insert number> HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. Motors Smaller than [15] <Insert number> HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic.

K.

Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes [324T] <Insert number> and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than [324T] <Insert number>. POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

2.4 A.

Motors Used with Reduced-Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: [Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer.] 1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width modulated inverters. Energy- and Premium-Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation. 15058-2 4 December 2009 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

B.

2.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3. 4. C. 2.5 A.

Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors.

Severe-Duty Motors: Comply with IEEE 841, with 1.15 minimum service factor. SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. 2. 3. 4. Permanent-split capacitor. Split phase. Capacitor start, inductor run. Capacitor start, capacitor run.

B. C. D. E.

Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 15058

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15058-3 4 December 2009 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

SECTION 15061 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following hangers and supports for plumbing system piping and equipment: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. B. Steel pipe hangers and supports. Trapeze pipe hangers. Fiberglass pipe hangers. Metal framing systems. Fiberglass strut systems. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. Fastener systems. Pipe stands. Pipe positioning systems. Equipment supports.

1.2

Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. Division 13 Section "Fire-Suppression Piping" for pipe hangers for fire-suppression piping. Division 15 Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping" for pipe guides and anchors. Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices.

1.3 A. B.

DEFINITIONS MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports."

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15061-1 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

1.4 A. B. C.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Steel pipe hangers and supports. Fiberglass pipe hangers. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. Powder-actuated fastener systems. Pipe positioning systems.

1.5

Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Trapeze pipe hangers. Include Product Data for components. Metal framing systems. Include Product Data for components. Fiberglass strut systems. Include Product Data for components. Pipe stands. Include Product Data for components. Equipment supports.

C. 1.6 A. B.

Welding certificates. QUALITY ASSURANCE Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum." AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing Steel." ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15061-2 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.

2.2 A. B.

STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. C. D. E. AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc. Bergen-Power Pipe Supports. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. Empire Industries, Inc. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc. Grinnell Corp. GS Metals Corp. National Pipe Hanger Corporation. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. PHS Industries, Inc. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. Tolco Inc.

Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS

2.3 A.

Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15061-3 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

2.4 A. B.

METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel channels and other components. Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. C. D. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. GS Metals Corp. Power-Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd. Thomas & Betts Corporation. Tolco Inc. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd.

Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS

2.5 A. B.

Description: 100-psig- (690-kPa-) minimum, compressive-strength insulation insert encased in sheet metal shield. Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. PHS Industries, Inc. Pipe Shields, Inc. Rilco Manufacturing Company, Inc. Value Engineered Products, Inc.

C. D. E. F. G.

Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with vapor barrier. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15061-4 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

2.6 A.

FASTENER SYSTEMS Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. B. Hilti, Inc. ITW Ramset/Red Head. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc. MKT Fastening, LLC. Powers Fasteners.

Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. f. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. Empire Industries, Inc. Hilti, Inc. ITW Ramset/Red Head. MKT Fastening, LLC. Powers Fasteners.

2.7 A. B.

PIPE STAND FABRICATION Pipe Stands, General: Shop or field-fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosionresistant components to support roof-mounted piping. Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic unit with integral-rod-roller, pipe clamps, or V-shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. C. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. MIRO Industries.

Low-Type, Single-Pipe Stand: One-piece stainless-steel base unit with plastic roller, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Manufacturers: a. MIRO Industries.

D.

High-Type, Single-Pipe Stand: Assembly of base, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 15061-5 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.

Manufacturers: a. b. c. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. MIRO Industries. Portable Pipe Hangers.

2. 3. 4. E.

Base: Stainless steel. Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel, continuousthread rods. Horizontal Member: Cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel rod with plastic or stainlesssteel, roller-type pipe support.

High-Type, Multiple-Pipe Stand: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe supports, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Manufacturers: a. 2. 3. 4. 5. Portable Pipe Hangers.

Bases: One or more plastic. Vertical Members: Two or more protective-coated-steel channels. Horizontal Member: Protective-coated-steel channel. Pipe Supports: Galvanized-steel, clevis-type pipe hangers.

F.

Curb-Mounting-Type Pipe Stands: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe support made from structuralsteel shape, continuous-thread rods, and rollers for mounting on permanent stationary roof curb. PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS

2.8 A. B.

Description: IAPMO PS 42, system of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping in pipe spaces for plumbing fixtures for commercial applications. Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. C & S Mfg. Corp. HOLDRITE Corp.; Hubbard Enterprises. Samco Stamping, Inc.

2.9 A.

EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural-steel shapes. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.

2.10 A.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15061-6 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

B.

Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. 2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C. D. E. F. HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 16 (DN 100 to DN 400), requiring up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 20 to DN 600), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 15 to DN 600), if little or no insulation is required. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 15 to DN 100), to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 8 (DN 20 to DN 200). Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2 (DN 15 to DN 50).

3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15061-7 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8 (DN 10 to DN 200). Extension Hinged or 2-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 3 (DN 10 to DN 80). U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with Ubolt to retain pipe. Adjustable, Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 (DN 65 to DN 900), if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30 (DN 25 to DN 750), from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20 (DN 65 to DN 500), from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN 50 to DN 1050), if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 24 (DN 50 to DN 600), if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is not necessary. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 30 (DN 50 to DN 750), if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction.

G.

Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN 20 to DN 500). Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN 20 to DN 500), if longer ends are required for riser clamps.

H.

Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 15061-8 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

5. I.

Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations.

Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads, with link extensions. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. b. c. 13. 14. 15. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb (340 kg). Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb (680 kg). Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb (1360 kg).

Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited.

J.

Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.

K.

Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint-Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. 15061-9 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

7.

8.

Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. b. c. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze member.

L. M. N. O.

Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Use mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures. HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

3.2 A.

Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers.

B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15061-10 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

2. C.

Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1.

Fiberglass Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with applicable portions of MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems. Fiberglass Strut System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled fiberglass struts. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

D. E. F. G.

2. H.

Pipe Stand Installation: 1. 2. Pipe Stand Types except Curb-Mounting Type: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane. Curb-Mounting-Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb. Refer to Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories" for curbs.

I.

Pipe Positioning System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping connections to each plumbing fixture. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures" for plumbing fixtures. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65)

J. K. L.

M. N.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15061-11 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. O. P. Q. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. b. c. 2. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9 for building services piping.

Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.

3.

Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.

4.

Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. b. c. d. e. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) thick. NPS 4 (DN 100): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. NPS 5 and NPS 6 (DN 125 and DN 150): 18 inches (457 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. NPS 8 to NPS 14 (DN 200 to DN 350): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.075 inch (1.91 mm) thick. NPS 16 to NPS 24 (DN 400 to DN 600): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) thick.

5. 6. 7.

Pipes NPS 8 (DN 200) and Larger: Include wood inserts. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15061-12 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

3.3 A. B. C. 3.4 A. B. C.

EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. METAL FABRICATIONS Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

3.5 A. B. 3.6 A.

ADJUSTING Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches (40 mm). PAINTING Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. B. C. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm).

Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 9 painting Sections. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. 15061-13 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

END OF SECTION 15061

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15061-14 4 December 2009 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT

SECTION 15062 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following hangers and supports for HVAC system piping and equipment: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. B. Steel pipe hangers and supports. Trapeze pipe hangers. Fiberglass pipe hangers. Metal framing systems. Fiberglass strut systems. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. Fastener systems. Pipe stands. Equipment supports.

1.2

Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. Division 13 Section "Fire-Suppression Piping" for pipe hangers for fire-protection piping. Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices. Division 15 Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping" for pipe guides and anchors. Division 15 Section(s) "[Metal Ducts] [Nonmetal Ducts]" for duct hangers and supports.

1.3 A. B.

DEFINITIONS MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports."

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15062-1 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

1.4 A. B.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Steel pipe hangers and supports. Fiberglass pipe hangers. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. Powder-actuated fastener systems.

1.5

Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Trapeze pipe hangers. Include Product Data for components. Metal framing systems. Include Product Data for components. Fiberglass strut systems. Include Product Data for components. Pipe stands. Include Product Data for components. Equipment supports.

C. 1.6 A.

Welding certificates. QUALITY ASSURANCE Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to [AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."] [AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel."] [AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing Steel."] [ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX.] Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum." AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing Steel." ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX.

B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15062-2 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.

2.2 A. B.

STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. C. D. E. AAA Technology & Specialties Co., Inc. Bergen-Power Pipe Supports. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. Empire Industries, Inc. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc. Grinnell Corp. GS Metals Corp. National Pipe Hanger Corporation. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. PHS Industries, Inc. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. Tolco Inc.

Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS

2.3 A.

Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15062-3 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

2.4 A.

FIBERGLASS PIPE HANGERS Clevis-Type, Fiberglass Pipe Hangers: Similar to MSS Type 1, steel pipe hanger except hanger is made of fiberglass and continuous-thread rod and nuts are made of [polyurethane] [polyurethane or stainless steel] [stainless steel] <Insert other>. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. f. B. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. Champion Fiberglass, Inc. Cope, T. J., Inc.; Tyco International, Ltd. Seasafe, Inc. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. Wesanco, Inc.

Strap-Type, Fiberglass Pipe Hangers: Made of fiberglass loop with stainless-steel continuousthread rod, nuts, and support hook. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Plasti-Fab, Inc.

2.5 A. B.

METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel channels and other components. Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. C. D. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. GS Metals Corp. Power-Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd. Thomas & Betts Corporation. Tolco Inc. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd.

Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. FIBERGLASS STRUT SYSTEMS

2.6 A. B.

Description: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly, similar to MFMA-3, made of fiberglass channels and other components. Available Manufacturers:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15062-4 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

1. 2. 3. 4. 2.7 A. B.

B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. Champion Fiberglass, Inc. Cope, T. J., Inc.; Tyco International Ltd. Seasafe, Inc.

THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS Description: 100-psig- (690-kPa-) minimum, compressive-strength insulation insert encased in sheet metal shield. Available Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. PHS Industries, Inc. Pipe Shields, Inc. Rilco Manufacturing Company, Inc. Value Engineered Products, Inc.

Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: [Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate] [Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass] [ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass] with vapor barrier. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: [Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate] [Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass] [ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass]. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. FASTENER SYSTEMS

D.

E. F. G.

2.8 A.

Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. Hilti, Inc. ITW Ramset/Red Head. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc. MKT Fastening, LLC. Powers Fasteners. 15062-5 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B.

Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type [zinc-coated] [stainless] steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. f. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. Empire Industries, Inc. Hilti, Inc. ITW Ramset/Red Head. MKT Fastening, LLC. Powers Fasteners.

2.9 A. B.

PIPE STAND FABRICATION Pipe Stands, General: Shop or field-fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosionresistant components to support roof-mounted piping. Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic unit with integral-rod-roller, pipe clamps, or V-shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. C. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. MIRO Industries.

Low-Type, Single-Pipe Stand: One-piece [plastic] [stainless-steel] base unit with plastic roller, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. MIRO Industries.

D.

High-Type, Single-Pipe Stand: Assembly of base, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. 2. 3. 4. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. MIRO Industries. Portable Pipe Hangers.

Base: [Plastic] [Stainless steel]. Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel, continuousthread rods. Horizontal Member: Cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel rod with plastic or stainlesssteel, roller-type pipe support.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15062-6 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

E.

High-Type, Multiple-Pipe Stand: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe supports, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. 2. 3. 4. 5. Portable Pipe Hangers.

Bases: One or more plastic. Vertical Members: Two or more protective-coated-steel channels. Horizontal Member: Protective-coated-steel channel. Pipe Supports: Galvanized-steel, clevis-type pipe hangers.

F.

Curb-Mounting-Type Pipe Stands: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe support made from structuralsteel shape, continuous-thread rods, and rollers for mounting on permanent stationary roof curb. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural-steel shapes. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. 2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength.

2.10 A.

2.11 A. B.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C. D. E. HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. 15062-7 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

F.

Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 16 (DN 100 to DN 400), requiring up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 20 to DN 600), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 15 to DN 600), if little or no insulation is required. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 15 to DN 100), to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 8 (DN 20 to DN 200). Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2 (DN 15 to DN 50). Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8 (DN 10 to DN 200). Extension Hinged or 2-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 3 (DN 10 to DN 80). U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with Ubolt to retain pipe. Adjustable, Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 (DN 65 to DN 900), if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30 (DN 25 to DN 750), from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20 (DN 65 to DN 500), from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN 50 to DN 1050), if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary.

3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15062-8 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

20.

21.

Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 24 (DN 50 to DN 600), if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is not necessary. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 30 (DN 50 to DN 750), if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction.

G.

Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN 20 to DN 500). Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN 20 to DN 500), if longer ends are required for riser clamps.

H.

Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations.

I.

Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads, with link extensions. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 15062-9 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

12.

Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. b. c. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb (340 kg). Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb (680 kg). Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb (1360 kg).

13. 14. 15. J.

Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited.

Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.

K.

Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Restraint-Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. b. c. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze member.

7.

8.

L.

Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. 15062-10 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

M. N.

Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Use [powder-actuated fasteners] [or] [mechanical-expansion anchors] instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

3.2 A.

Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1.

B.

2. C.

Fiberglass Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with applicable portions of MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems. Fiberglass Strut System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled fiberglass struts. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

D. E. F. G.

2. H.

Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb-Mounting Type: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15062-11 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

2.

Curb-Mounting-Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb. Refer to Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories" for curbs.

I. J. K.

Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, [NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65)] <Insert other> and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 (for power piping) and ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. b. c. 2. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.1 for power piping and ASME B31.9 for building services piping.

L. M.

N. O.

P.

Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.

3.

Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 15062-12 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4.

Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. b. c. d. e. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) thick. NPS 4 (DN 100): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. NPS 5 and NPS 6 (DN 125 and DN 150): 18 inches (457 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. NPS 8 to NPS 14 (DN 200 to DN 350): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.075 inch (1.91 mm) thick. NPS 16 to NPS 24 (DN 400 to DN 600): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) thick.

5. 6. 7. 3.3 A. B. C. 3.4 A. B. C.

Pipes NPS 8 (DN 200) and Larger: Include wood inserts. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.

EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. METAL FABRICATIONS Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

3.5 A.

ADJUSTING Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. 15062-13 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B.

Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to [1-1/2 inches (40 mm)] <Insert other>. PAINTING

3.6 A.

Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm).

B.

Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 9 [painting Sections.] [Section "High-Performance Coatings."] Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.

C.

END OF SECTION 15062

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15062-14 4 December 2009 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

SECTION 15071 MECHANICAL VIBRATION ISOLATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 1.3 A. B. Elastomeric isolation pads and mounts. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. Freestanding and restrained spring isolators. Housed spring mounts. Elastomeric hangers. Spring hangers. Spring hangers with vertical-limit stops. Thrust limits. Pipe riser resilient supports. Resilient pipe guides. Restrained vibration isolation roof-curb rails. Steel and inertia, vibration isolation equipment bases.

1.2

SUBMITTALS Product Data: Include load deflection curves for each vibration isolation device. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include the following: 1. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and for designing vibration isolation bases. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system has been examined for excessive stress and that none will exist. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loads.

3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15071-1

4 December 2009 MECHANICAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

C. 1.4 A.

Welding certificates. QUALITY ASSURANCE Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." COORDINATION

1.5 A. B.

Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into base. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. 2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 3. Mason Industries, Inc. 4. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 5. Vibration Isolation Co., Inc. 6. Vibration Mountings & Controls/Korfund. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil- and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. 2. 3. C. Material: Standard neoprene. Durometer Rating: 40. Number of Layers: 2.

2.2

B.

Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring isolators.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15071-2

4 December 2009 MECHANICAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. D.

Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4-inch- thick, rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 100 psig. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment.

Housed Spring Mounts: Housed spring isolator with integral seismic snubbers. 1. 2. 3. Housing: Ductile-iron or steel housing to provide all-directional seismic restraint. Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure. Snubbers: Vertically adjustable to allow a maximum of 1/4-inch travel before contacting a resilient collar.

E.

Elastomeric Hangers: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Colorcode or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range. Spring Hangers: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame.

F.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. G.

Pipe Riser Resilient Support: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch- thick, 60-durometer neoprene. Include steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design support for a maximum load on the isolation material of 500 psig and for equal resistance in all directions. Resilient Pipe Guides: Telescopic arrangement of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2inch- thick, 60-durometer neoprene. Factory set guide height with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion and contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements.

H.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15071-3

4 December 2009 MECHANICAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

2.3 A. B.

VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES Available Manufacturers: Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. Amber/Booth Company, Inc. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. Mason Industries, Inc. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. Vibration Isolation Co., Inc. Vibration Mountings & Controls/Korfund.

Steel Base: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails. 1. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or rails. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment. Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support.

2. 3. D.

Inertia Base: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails ready for field-applied, cast-in-place concrete. 1. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or rails. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment. Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. Fabrication: Fabricate steel templates to hold equipment anchor-bolt sleeves and anchors in place during placement of concrete. Obtain anchor-bolt templates from supported equipment manufacturer.

2. 3. 4.

2.4 A. B.

FACTORY FINISHES Manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting. Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested equipment before shipping. 1. 2. 3. Powder coating on springs and housings. All hardware shall be electrogalvanized. Hot-dip galvanize metal components for exterior use. Baked enamel for metal components on isolators for interior use.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15071-4

4 December 2009 MECHANICAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

4.

Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolation and seismic-control devices to indicate capacity range.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EXAMINATION Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic-control devices for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION A. Install roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations as specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories." EQUIPMENT BASES A. Fill concrete inertia bases, after installing base frame, with 3000-psi concrete; trowel to a smooth finish. 1. B. Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3.

B. C. 3.2

3.3

Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to supported equipment manufacturer's written instructions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3.

3.4 A. B.

ADJUSTING Adjust isolators after piping systems have been filled and equipment is at operating weight. Adjust active height of spring isolators. 15071-5 4 December 2009 MECHANICAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

C. 3.5 A.

Torque anchor bolts according to equipment manufacturer's written recommendations. CLEANING After completing equipment installation, inspect vibration isolation devices. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. VIBRATION ISOLATOR SCHEDULE

3.6 A.

Provide vibration isolators for equipment per following schedule. Isolator manufacturer shall verify that static deflection indicated is appropriate.

EQUIPMENT Chilled Water & Condenser Water Pumps Heating Water Pumps Chiller Boiler Fans (Suspended) Up to 1-1/2 HP Cooling Tower Floor Mounted Air Handling Unit AHU-1 Hydronic Piping 4” and over (first 20 feet from pump) Hydronic Piping under 4” ------BIB

BASE TYPE

ISOLATOR TYPE FSN 1.5"

STATIC DEFL

HN

---

HS HN

1.0” ---

ABBREVATIONS: BIB FSN FSNTL FN NP DNP Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering 15071-6 Base-inertia base Floor spring and neoprene Floor spring and neoprene travel limited Floor neoprene Neoprene pad Double neoprene pad 4 December 2009 MECHANICAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

HS HSN HN BSR BSF BL END OF SECTION 15071

Hanger spring Hanger spring and neoprene Hanger neoprene Base steel rail Base steel frame Base curb

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15071-7

4 December 2009 MECHANICAL VIBRATION ISOLATION

SECTION 15076 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.3 A. B. C. D. E. 1.4 A. B. C. Equipment labels. Warning signs and labels. Pipe labels. Stencils. Valve tags. Warning tags.

1.2

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label. Valve numbering scheme. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. COORDINATION Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15076-1 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. EQUIPMENT LABELS Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm) Stainless steel, 0.025-inch (0.64mm) Aluminum, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm) minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.

2. 3.

4. 5. B.

Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. Letter Color: Black. Background Color: White. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.

7. 8. C.

Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS

D.

2.2 A.

Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 15076-2 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B. C. D. E. F.

Letter Color: Black. Background Color: White. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering twothirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. Label Content: instructions. PIPE LABELS Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification

G. H. I.

2.3 A. B. C. D.

General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. 2. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high.

2.4 A.

STENCILS Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inch (19 mm) for access panel and door labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions. 1. 2. Stencil Material: Aluminum. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel black unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15076-3 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

3.

Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated.

2.5 A.

VALVE TAGS Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch (13-mm) numbers. 1. 2. B. Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm) minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.

Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1. Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

2.6 A.

WARNING TAGS Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident-prevention tags, of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. 2. 3. 4. Size: 3 by 5-1/4 inches (75 by 133 mm) minimum. Fasteners: Reinforced grommet and wire or string. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." Color: Yellow background with black lettering.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. PREPARATION Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. B. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.

3.2

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15076-4 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

3.3 A. B.

PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 9 Section "." Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels with painted, color-coded bands or rectangles on each piping system. 1. 2. C. Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background. Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking.

Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Near each valve and control device. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) along each run. Reduce intervals to in areas of congested piping and equipment. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.

D.

Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Domestic Water Piping: a. b. 2. Background Color: White. Letter Color: Green.

Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage Piping: a. b. Background Color: White. Letter Color: Black.

3.4 A.

VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs: 1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape: 15076-5 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

a. b. 2.

Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), round. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), round.

Valve-Tag Color: a. b. Cold Water: Green. Hot Water: Green.

3.

Letter Color: a. b. Cold Water: White. Hot Water: White.

3.5 A.

WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required.

END OF SECTION 15076

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15076-6 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

SECTION 15077 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1.3 A. B. C. D. E. 1.4 A. B. C. Equipment labels. Warning signs and labels. Pipe labels. Duct labels. Stencils. Valve tags. Warning tags.

1.2

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label. Valve numbering scheme. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. COORDINATION Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. 15077-1 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. EQUIPMENT LABELS Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: [Brass, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm)] [Stainless steel, 0.025-inch (0.64-mm)] [Aluminum, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm)] [or] [anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm)] minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. Fasteners: Stainless-steel [rivets] [rivets or self-tapping screws] [self-tapping screws]. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.

2. 3.

4. 5. B.

Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, [1/16 inch (1.6 mm)] [1/8 inch (3.2 mm)] <Insert dimension> thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. Letter Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>. Background Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. Fasteners: Stainless-steel [rivets] [rivets or self-tapping screws] [self-tapping screws]. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

7. 8. C.

Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

D.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15077-2 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

2.2 A.

WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, [1/16 inch (1.6 mm)] [1/8 inch (3.2 mm)] <Insert dimension> thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. Letter Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>. Background Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering twothirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. Fasteners: Stainless-steel [rivets] [rivets or self-tapping screws] [self-tapping screws]. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. Label Content: instructions. PIPE LABELS A. B. C. D. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to [partially cover] [cover full] circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. 2. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high. Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification

B. C. D. E. F.

G. H. I.

2.3

2.4 A.

DUCT LABELS Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, [1/16 inch (1.6 mm)] [1/8 inch (3.2 mm)] <Insert dimension> thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 15077-3 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B. C. D. E. F.

Letter Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>. Background Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering twothirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. Fasteners: Stainless-steel [rivets] [rivets or self-tapping screws] [self-tapping screws]. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. 2. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high.

G. H. I.

2.5 A.

STENCILS Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; minimum letter height of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) for ducts; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inch (19 mm) for access panel and door labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions. 1. 2. 3. Stencil Material: [Aluminum] [Brass] [Fiberboard] [Fiberboard or metal] <Insert material>. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, [alkyd enamel] [acrylic enamel] <Insert paint type> black unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. Identification Paint: Exterior, [alkyd enamel] [acrylic enamel] <Insert paint type> in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated.

2.6 A.

VALVE TAGS Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch (13-mm) numbers. 1. Tag Material: [Brass, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm)] [Stainless steel, 0.025-inch (0.64-mm)] [Aluminum, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm)] [or] [anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm)] minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. Fasteners: Brass [wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook] [wire-link chain] [beaded chain] [S-hook]. 15077-4 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

2.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B.

Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1. Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

2.7 A.

WARNING TAGS Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident-prevention tags, of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. 2. 3. 4. Size: [3 by 5-1/4 inches (75 by 133 mm) minimum] [Approximately 4 by 7 inches (100 by 178 mm)] <Insert size>. Fasteners: [Brass grommet and wire] [Reinforced grommet and wire or string]. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." Color: Yellow background with black lettering.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. PREPARATION Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. B. 3.3 A. B. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 9 Section "[Interior Painting] [High-Performance Coatings]." Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels [with painted, color-coded bands or rectangles] [, complying with ASME A13.1,] on each piping system. 1. 2. Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background. Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking.

3.2

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15077-5 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

C.

Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Near each valve and control device. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. Spaced at maximum intervals of [50 feet (15 m)] <Insert dimension> along each run. Reduce intervals to [25 feet (7.6 m)] <Insert dimension> in areas of congested piping and equipment. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.

7. D.

Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Chilled-Water Piping: a. b. 2. Background Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>. Letter Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>.

Condenser-Water Piping: a. b. Background Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>. Letter Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>.

3.

Heating Water Piping: a. b. Background Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>. Letter Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>.

4.

Refrigerant Piping: a. b. Background Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>. Letter Color: [Black] [Blue] [Red] [White] [Yellow] <Insert color>.

3.4 A.

DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION Install [plastic-laminated] [self-adhesive] duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Blue: For cold-air supply ducts. Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts. Green: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed-air ducts. ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15077-6 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

B.

Stenciled Duct Label Option: Stenciled labels, showing service and flow direction, may be provided instead of plastic-laminated duct labels, at Installer's option, if lettering larger than 1 inch (25 mm) high is needed for proper identification because of distance from normal location of required identification. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of [50 feet (15 m)] <Insert dimension> in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION

C.

3.5 A.

Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs: 1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Chilled Water: [1-1/2 inches (38 mm)] [2 inches (50 mm)], [round] [square] <Insert shape>. Condenser Water: [1-1/2 inches (38 mm)] [2 inches (50 mm)], [round] [square] <Insert shape>. Refrigerant: [1-1/2 inches (38 mm)] [2 inches (50 mm)], [round] [square] <Insert shape>. Hot Water: [1-1/2 inches (38 mm)] [2 inches (50 mm)], [round] [square] <Insert shape>. Gas: [1-1/2 inches (38 mm)] [2 inches (50 mm)], [round] [square] <Insert shape>.

B.

Valve-Tag Color: a. b. c. d. e. Chilled Water: [Natural] [Green] <Insert color>. Condenser Water: [Natural] [Green] <Insert color>. Refrigerant: [Natural] [Green] <Insert color>. Hot Water: [Natural] [Green] <Insert color>. Gas: [Natural] [Yellow] <Insert color>.

3.

Letter Color: a. b. c. d. e. Chilled Water: [Black] [White] <Insert color>. Condenser Water: [Black] [White] <Insert color>. Refrigerant: [Black] [White] <Insert color>. Hot Water: [Black] [White] <Insert color>. Gas: [Black] [White] <Insert color>.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15077-7 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

3.6 A.

WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required.

END OF SECTION 15077

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15077-8 4 December 2009 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

SECTION 15081 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation Materials: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. B. Calcium silicate. Cellular glass. Flexible elastomeric. Mineral fiber. Phenolic. Polyisocyanurate. Polyolefin. Polystyrene.

1.2

Insulating cements. Adhesives. Mastics. Lagging adhesives. Sealants. Factory-applied jackets. Field-applied fabric-reinforcing mesh. Field-applied cloths. Field-applied jackets. Tapes. Securements. Corner angles.

Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Insulation." Division 15 Section "HVAC Insulation."

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-1 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

1.3 A. B.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any). LEED Submittal: 1. C. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content.

Shop Drawings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties and equipment connections. Detail application of field-applied jackets. Detail application at linkages of control devices. Detail field application for fire-suppression water storage tanks.

D.

Samples: For each type of insulation and jacket indicated. Identify each Sample, describing product and intended use. Sample sizes are as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Preformed Pipe Insulation Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) long by NPS 2 (DN 50). Sheet Form Insulation Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) square. Jacket Materials for Pipe: 12 inches (300 mm) long by NPS 2 (DN 50). Sheet Jacket Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) square. Manufacturer's Color Charts: For products where color is specified, show the full range of colors available for each type of finish material.

E. F.

Qualification Data: For qualified Installer Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. Field quality-control reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE

G. 1.4 A.

Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-2 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

B.

Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-testresponse characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. 2. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less.

C.

Mockups: Before installing insulation, build mockups for each type of insulation and finish listed below to demonstrate quality of insulation application and finishes. Build mockups in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. Use materials indicated for the completed Work. 1. Piping Mockups: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. 2. One 10-foot (3-m) section of NPS 2 (DN 50) straight pipe. One each of a 90-degree threaded, welded, and flanged elbow. One each of a threaded, welded, and flanged tee fitting. One NPS 2 (DN 50) or smaller valve, and one NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) or larger valve. Four support hangers including hanger shield and insert. One threaded strainer and one flanged strainer with removable portion of insulation. One threaded reducer and one welded reducer. One pressure temperature tap. One mechanical coupling.

Equipment Mockups: a. One tank or vessel.

3. 4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 1.5 A.

For each mockup, fabricate cutaway sections to allow observation of application details for insulation materials, adhesives, mastics, attachments, and jackets. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting insulation application. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. Demolish and remove mockups when directed.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 15081-3 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.6 A. B.

COORDINATION Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application and equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and fieldapplied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction.

C. 1.7

B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. D. E. F. INSULATION MATERIALS Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. Calcium Silicate: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following provide one of the following: a. 2. Industrial Insulation Group (The); Thermo-12 Gold.

Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I. 15081-4 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3. G.

Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges.

Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "FactoryApplied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following a. b. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Cell-U-Foam Corporation; Ultra-CUF. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas Super K.

Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I. Special-Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III. Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory-Applied ASJ: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. Comply with

H.

Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aerocel. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. RBX Corporation; Insul-Sheet 1800 and Insul-Tube 180.

I.

Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type I. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following a. b. c. d. e. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. Johns Manville; Microlite. Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. Owens Corning; All-Service Duct Wrap.

J.

Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For equipment applications, provide insulation with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. 15081-5 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

c. d. e. f. K.

Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series.

Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok. Knauf Insulation; 1000(Pipe Insulation). Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.

3.

Type I, 850 deg F (454 deg C) Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. Type II, 1200 deg F (649 deg C) Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type II, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

L.

Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m) or more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F (55 deg C) is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F (0.042 W/m x K) or less. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap. Johns Manville; MicroFlex. Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.

M.

Polyolefin: Unicellular, polyethylene thermal plastic insulation. Comply with ASTM C 534 or ASTM C 1427, Type I, Grade 1 for tubular materials and Type II, Grade 1 for sheet materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following a. b. c. Armacell LLC; Tubolit. Nomaco Inc.; IMCOLOCK, IMCOSHEET, NOMALOCK, and NOMAPLY. RBX Corporation; Therma-cell.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-6 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

2.2 A.

INSULATING CEMENTS Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. B. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; Triple I. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Super-Stik.

Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 196. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Thermal-V-Kote. Comply with

C.

Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: ASTM C 449/C 449M. 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SmoothKote. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik-Cote. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot.

2.3 A. B.

ADHESIVES Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. Calcium Silicate Adhesive: Fibrous, sodium-silicate-based adhesive with a service temperature range of 50 to 800 deg F (10 to 427 deg C). 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. C. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-97. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-27/81-93. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 290. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-30. Vimasco Corporation; 760.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

Cellular-Glass, Phenolic, Polyisocyanurate, and Polystyrene Adhesive: Solvent-based resin adhesive, with a service temperature range of minus 75 to plus 300 deg F (minus 59 to plus 149 deg C). 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-96. 15081-7 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

b. 2. D.

Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-33.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. 2. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aeroseal. Armacell LCC; 520 Adhesive. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. RBX Corporation; Rubatex Contact Adhesive.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

E.

Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

F.

ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A, for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2.4 A.

MASTICS Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-8 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

B.

Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. 3. 4. 5. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-35. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-90. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-50. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 590. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-40. Vimasco Corporation; 749.

Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight. Color: White.

C.

Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. 3. 4. 5. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-10. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 35-00. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-05/15. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 550. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5.

Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 3 perms (2 metric perms) at 0.0625-inch (1.6mm) dry film thickness. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 200 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 93 deg C). Solids Content: 63 percent by volume and 73 percent by weight. Color: White.

2.5 A.

SEALANTS Joint Sealants: 1. Joint Sealants for Cellular-Glass, Phenolic, and Polyisocyanurate Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444. Vimasco Corporation; 750.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-9 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B.

Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F (Minus 73 to plus 149 deg C). Color: White or gray. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76-8. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. Vimasco Corporation; 750.

Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). Color: Aluminum. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

C.

ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76. Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation.

Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). Color: White. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2.6 A.

FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. 2. 3. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 15081-10 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4.

PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4-mil- (0.10-mm-) thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms (0.013 metric perms) when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

5.

PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6-mil- (0.15-mm-) thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms (0.007 metric perms) when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

6.

PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

2.7 A.

FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric for Pipe Insulation: Approximately 2 oz./sq. yd. (68 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. inch (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm) for covering pipe and pipe fittings. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. B. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894.

Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric for Equipment Insulation: Approximately 6 oz./sq. yd. (203 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 5 strands by 5 strands/sq. inch (2 strands by 2 strands/sq. mm) for covering equipment. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Chil-Glas No. 5.

C.

Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. (34 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. inch (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm), in a Leno weave.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-11 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; Mast-A-Fab. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894.

2.8 A.

FIELD-APPLIED CLOTHS Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd. (271 g/sq. m). 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Alpha Associates, Inc.; Alpha-Maritex 84215 and 84217/9485RW, Luben 59.

2.9 A. B.

FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. Johns Manville; Zeston. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. Proto PVC Corporation; LoSmoke. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.

Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. Color: White. Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories.

5. 2.10 A.

Factory-fabricated tank heads and tank side panels.

TAPES ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835. Compac Corp.; 104 and 105. 15081-12 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B.

Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 428 AWF ASJ. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.

Width: 3 inches (75 mm). Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. Elongation: 2 percent. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.

FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. Compac Corp.; 110 and 111. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 491 AWF FSK. Venture Tape; 1525 CW, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.

Width: 3 inches (75 mm). Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. Elongation: 2 percent. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.

C.

PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0555. Compac Corp.; 130. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 370 White PVC tape. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS.

Width: 2 inches (50 mm). Thickness: 6 mils (0.15 mm). Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch (0.7 N/mm) in width. Elongation: 500 percent. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch (3.3 N/mm) in width.

D.

Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. Compac Corp.; 120. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 488 AWF. 15081-13 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. E.

Venture Tape; 3520 CW.

Width: 2 inches (50 mm). Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm). Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (1.1 N/mm) in width. Elongation: 5 percent. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width.

PVDC Tape for Indoor Applications: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Tape.

Width: 3 inches (75 mm). Film Thickness: 4 mils (0.10 mm). Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). Elongation at Break: 145 percent. Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch (10.1 N/mm) in width.

2.11 A.

SECUREMENTS Bands: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. 2. 3. 4. Childers Products; Bands. PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands. RPR Products, Inc.; Bands.

Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304; 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with closed seal. Aluminum: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with closed seal. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application.

B.

Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) 2) 3) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series T. GEMCO; Perforated Base. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle. 15081-14 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

b. c. d.

Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. Spindle: Aluminum, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.

2.

Self-Sticking-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) 2) 3) b. c. d. AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series TSA. GEMCO; Press and Peel. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Self Stick.

Baseplate: Galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. Spindle: Aluminum, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. Adhesive-backed base with a peel-off protective cover.

3.

Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41-mm) thick, aluminum sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) b. AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150. GEMCO; R-150. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150. Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips.

Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.

C. D.

Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) wide, stainless steel or Monel. Wire: 0.080-inch (2.0-mm) nickel-copper alloy. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. C & F Wire. Childers Products. PABCO Metals Corporation. RPR Products, Inc. 15081-15 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EXAMINATION Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. 2. 3. 3.2 A. B. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

PREPARATION Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F (60 and 149 deg C). Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F (0 and 149 deg C) with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. Comply with

2.

C. D.

Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.

Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

3.3 A.

Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state.

B. C.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-16 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

D. E. F. G. H. I. J.

Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. 2. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.

3.

4. K. L.

Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. 2. Draw jacket tight and smooth. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. a. 4. 5. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

3.

Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.

M.

Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-17 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

N. O.

Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Vibration-control devices. Testing agency labels and stamps. Nameplates and data plates. Manholes. Handholes. Cleanouts.

P.

3.4 A.

PENETRATIONS Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: penetrations. 1. 2. Install insulation continuously through roof

3. 4. B. C.

Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.

Insulation Installation at Below-Grade Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: continuously through wall penetrations. 1. 2. Install insulation

3. 4. D.

Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm). Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.

Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-18 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

E.

Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. 1.

Install insulation

Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers.

F.

Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. 2. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."

3.5 A.

EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION INSTALLATION Secure insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. 1. 2. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces. Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end joints. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles. Install adhesively attached or self-sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on sides of tanks and vessels as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Do not weld anchor pins to ASME-labeled pressure vessels. Select insulation hangers and adhesive that are compatible with service temperature and with substrate. On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor-pin spacing is 3 inches (75 mm) from insulation end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. in both directions. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of tanks and vessels. Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.

3. 4.

5. 6.

Secure each layer of insulation with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation materials. Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and where insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing insulation. Stretch prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle around equipment approximately 6 inches (150 mm) from each end. Install wire or cable between two circumferential girdles 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. Install a wire ring around each end and around outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed aircraft cable radially from the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-19 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

7. 8. 9. 10. B.

circumferential girdles along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. Use this network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches (75 mm). Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes, handholes, and other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates. For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply mastic to open ends, joints, seams, breaks, and punctures in insulation.

Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Install insulation over entire surface of tanks and vessels. 1. 2. Apply 100 percent coverage of adhesive to surface with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints.

3.6 A. B.

GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. 2. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 15081-20 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

3.

4.

5.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

6.

7.

8.

9. C.

Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels.

Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainlesssteel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm) over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket.

D.

2.

3. 4.

5.

3.7 A.

CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure single-layer insulation with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-21 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

2.

3.

Install 2-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches (75 mm). Secure inner layer with wire spaced at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals. Apply a skim coat of mineral-fiber, hydraulic-setting cement to insulation surface. When cement is dry, apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth or tape. Overlap edges at least 1 inch (25 mm). Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth or tape. Thin finish coat to achieve smooth, uniform finish.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block insulation of same material and thickness as pipe insulation. Finish flange insulation same as pipe insulation.

4. C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. When preformed insulation sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of calcium silicate insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. Finish fittings insulation same as pipe insulation.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. Install mitered segments of calcium silicate insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. Finish valve and specialty insulation same as pipe insulation.

3.8 A.

CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and applicable insulation joint sealant. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-22 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

1. 2. 3.

4. C.

Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular-glass block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

3.9 A. B.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION INSTALLATION Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

4. C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 15081-23 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.

3. 4.

When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

3.10 A.

MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and applicable insulation joint sealant. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. 4. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant.

C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. 4. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 15081-24 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3.11 A.

PHENOLIC INSULATION INSTALLATION General Installation Requirements: 1. 2. Secure single-layer insulation with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Install 2-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches (75 mm). Secure inner layer with 0.062-inch (1.6-mm) wire spaced at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals.

B.

Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and applicable insulation joint sealant. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders on below ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block insulation of same material and thickness as pipe insulation.

D.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation.

E.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

3.12 A.

POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-25 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

1.

2.

3.

Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with tape or bands and tighten without deforming insulation materials. Orient longitudinal joints between half sections in 3 and 9 o'clock positions on the pipe. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor barriers, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive or tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic. All insulation shall be tightly butted and free of voids and gaps at all joints. Vapor barrier must be continuous. Before installing jacket material, install vapor-barrier system.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, same thickness of adjacent pipe insulation, not to exceed 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) thickness. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polyisocyanurate block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.

C.

Insulation Installation on Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed sections of polyisocyanurate insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

3.13 A.

POLYOLEFIN INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Seal split-tube longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polyolefin sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

4.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-26 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. Install mitered sections of polyolefin pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. 4. Install cut sections of polyolefin pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. Secure insulation to valves and specialties, and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

3.14 A.

POLYSTYRENE INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation with tape or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Orient longitudinal joints between half sections in 3 and 9 o'clock positions on the pipe. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor barriers, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive or tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic. All insulation shall be tightly butted and free of voids and gaps at all joints. Vapor barrier must be continuous. Before installing jacket material, install vapor-barrier system.

2.

3.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, same thickness of adjacent pipe insulation, not to exceed 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) thickness. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polystyrene block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.

C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. Install preformed section of polystyrene insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 15081-27 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3. 3.15 A.

Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory-applied jackets. 1. 2. 3. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at seams and joints. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick coats of lagging adhesive. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.

B.

Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide joint strips at end joints. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic.

C.

Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch (25-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge.

D.

Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainlesssteel bands 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and at end joints. Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. 2. Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket. Wrap factory-presized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one end overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an approximate overlap at butt joint of 2 inches (50 mm) over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1-1/4 circumferences of appropriate PVDC tape around overlapped butt joint. Continuous jacket can be spiral wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives, refer to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge to maintain a permanent bond. Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation systems with an outer circumference of 33-1/2 inches (850 mm) or less. The 33-1/2-inch- (850-mm-) circumference limit allows for 2-inch- (50-mm-) overlap seal. Using the length of roll allows for longer sections of jacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap 15081-28 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

E.

3.

4.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

5.

seal. Visually inspect lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to secure joint. Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and wrapping a minimum of 1-1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges.

3.16 A.

FINISHES Equipment and Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 9 painting Sections. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.

B. C. D. 3.17 A. B. C.

Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. Perform tests and inspections. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect field-insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing fieldapplied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one Insert number location(s) for each type of equipment defined in the "Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate to determine compliance. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article.

2.

D.

All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-29 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

3.18 A. B. C.

EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment in paragraphs below that is not factory insulated. Fire-suppression water storage tank insulation shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Cellular Glass: 2 inches (50 mm) thick. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch (25 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal density. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.

3.19 A.

PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. 2. Indoor fire-suppression piping. Underground piping.

B.

3.20 A.

INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE Indoor Engine Coolant Piping for Remote Radiator of Engine-Driven Fire Pump: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. b. c. Calcium Silicate: 2 inches (50 mm) thick. Cellular Glass: 2 inches (50 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I or II: 2 inches (50 mm) thick.

3.21 A. B. C.

INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Piping, Concealed: 1. 2. 3. None. Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. Painted Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. 15081-30 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4. D.

Stainless Steel, Type 304,: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick.

Piping, Exposed: 1. 2. 3. 4. None. Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. Painted Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. Stainless Steel, Type 304,: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick.

END OF SECTION 15081

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15081-31 4 December 2009 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSULATION

SECTION 15082 PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation Materials: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. B. Calcium silicate. Cellular glass. Flexible elastomeric. Mineral fiber.

1.2

Insulating cements. Adhesives. Sealants. Factory-applied jackets. Field-applied fabric-reinforcing mesh. Field-applied cloths. Field-applied jackets. Tapes. Securements. Corner angles.

Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. Division 15 Section " Fire-Suppression Systems Insulation." Division 15 Section "HVAC Insulation."

1.3 A. B.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any). LEED Submittal:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-1

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

1. C.

Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content.

Shop Drawings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. Detail application of field-applied jackets. Detail application at linkages of control devices. Detail field application for each equipment type.

D.

Samples: For each type of insulation and jacket indicated. Identify each Sample, describing product and intended use. Sample sizes are as follows: 1. Sample Sizes: a. b. c. d. e. Preformed Pipe Insulation Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) long by NPS 2 (DN 50). Sheet Form Insulation Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) square. Jacket Materials for Pipe: 12 inches (300 mm) long by NPS 2 (DN 50). Sheet Jacket Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) square. Manufacturer's Color Charts: For products where color is specified, show the full range of colors available for each type of finish material.

E. F.

Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. Field quality-control reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE

G. 1.4 A.

Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-testresponse characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 15082-2 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1. 2. C.

Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less.

Mockups: Before installing insulation, build mockups for each type of insulation and finish listed below to demonstrate quality of insulation application and finishes. Build mockups in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. Use materials indicated for the completed Work. 1. Piping Mockups: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. One 10-foot (3-m) section of NPS 2 (DN 50) straight pipe. One each of a 90-degree threaded, welded, and flanged elbow. One each of a threaded, welded, and flanged tee fitting. One NPS 2 (DN 50) or smaller valve, and one NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) or larger valve. Four support hangers including hanger shield and insert. One threaded strainer and one flanged strainer with removable portion of insulation. One threaded reducer and one welded reducer. One pressure temperature tap. One mechanical coupling.

7. 8. 1.5 A.

Equipment Mockups: One tank or vessel. For each mockup, fabricate cutaway sections to allow observation of application details for insulation materials, adhesives, mastics, attachments, and jackets. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting insulation application. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. Demolish and remove mockups when directed.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. COORDINATION A. B. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application and equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop 15082-3 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

1.6

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and fieldapplied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. 1.7 A. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. SCHEDULING Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction.

B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. D. E. F. INSULATION MATERIALS Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. Calcium Silicate: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. 2. Industrial Insulation Group (The); Thermo-12 Gold.

3.

4.

Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I. Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I. Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-4

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

G.

Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "FactoryApplied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Cell-U-Foam Corporation; Ultra-CUF. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas Super K.

Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I. Special-Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III. Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory-Applied ASJ: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. Comply with

H.

Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aerocel. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. RBX Corporation; Insul-Sheet 1800 and Insul-Tube 180.

I.

Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type I. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. Johns Manville; Microlite. Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. Owens Corning; All-Service Duct Wrap.

J.

Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok. Knauf Insulation; 1000(Pipe Insulation. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-5

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

2.

Type I, 850 deg F (454 deg C) Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ with factory-applied ASJ-SSL. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

K.

Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m) or more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F (55 deg C) is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F (0.042 W/m x K) or less. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap. Johns Manville; MicroFlex. Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.

2.2 A.

INSULATING CEMENTS Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. B. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; Triple I. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Super-Stik.

Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 196. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Thermal-V-Kote. Comply with

C.

Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: ASTM C 449/C 449M. 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SmoothKote. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik-Cote. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot.

2.3 A.

ADHESIVES Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. 15082-6 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B.

Calcium Silicate Adhesive: Fibrous, sodium-silicate-based adhesive with a service temperature range of 50 to 800 deg F (10 to 427 deg C). 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-97. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-27/81-93. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 290. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-30. Vimasco Corporation; 760.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

C.

Cellular-Glass, Phenolic, Polyisocyanurate, and Polystyrene Adhesive: Solvent-based resin adhesive, with a service temperature range of minus 75 to plus 300 deg F (minus 59 to plus 149 deg C). 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. 2. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-96. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-33.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

D.

Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

E.

ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-7

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

2. F.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. 2. Dow Chemical Company (The); 739, Dow Silicone. Johns-Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive. Speedline Corporation; Speedline Vinyl Adhesive.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2.4 A. B.

MASTICS Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. 3. 4. 5. C. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-35. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-90. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-50. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 590. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-40. Vimasco Corporation; 749.

Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight. Color: White.

Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-30. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-35. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-25. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 501. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-10.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-8

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

2. 3. 4. 5. D.

Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm (0.03 metric perm) at 35-mil (0.9mm) dry film thickness. Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C). Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 44 percent by volume and 62 percent by weight. Color: White.

Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Encacel. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 60-95/60-96. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 570. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-70.

Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm (0.033 metric perm) at 30-mil (0.8mm) dry film thickness. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 104 deg C). Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight. Color: White.

E.

Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. 3. 4. 5. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-10. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 35-00. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-05/15. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 550. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5.

Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 3 perms (2 metric perms) at 0.0625-inch (1.6mm) dry film thickness. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 200 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 93 deg C). Solids Content: 63 percent by volume and 73 percent by weight. Color: White.

2.5 A.

SEALANTS Joint Sealants: 1. Joint Sealants for Cellular-Glass, Phenolic, and Polyisocyanurate Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. 15082-9 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

e. f. 2.

Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444. Vimasco Corporation; 750. Subject to compliance with requirements,

Joint Sealants for Polystyrene Products: provide the following: a. b. c. d. e.

Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-70. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45/30-46. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. Vimasco Corporation; 750.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B.

Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F (Minus 73 to plus 149 deg C). Color: White or gray. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76-8. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. Vimasco Corporation; 750.

Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). Color: Aluminum. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

C.

ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76.

Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). Color: White. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-10

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

2.6 A.

FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4-mil- (0.10-mm-) thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms (0.013 metric perms) when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) 5. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

2.7 A.

FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric for Pipe Insulation: Approximately 2 oz./sq. yd. (68 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. inch (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm) for covering pipe and pipe fittings. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. B. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894.

Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric for Equipment Insulation: Approximately 6 oz./sq. yd. (203 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 5 strands by 5 strands/sq. inch (2 strands by 2 strands/sq. mm) for covering equipment. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Chil-Glas No. 5.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-11

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

C.

Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. (34 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. inch (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm), in a Leno weave, for equipment and pipe. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; Mast-A-Fab. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894.

2.8 A.

FIELD-APPLIED CLOTHS Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd. (271 g/sq. m). 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Alpha Associates, Inc.; Alpha-Maritex 84215 and 84217/9485RW, Luben 59.

2.9 A. B.

FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. Johns Manville; Zeston. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. Proto PVC Corporation; LoSmoke. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.

Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. Color: White. Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories.

5. C.

Factory-fabricated tank heads and tank side panels.

Underground Direct-Buried Jacket: 125-mil- (3.2-mm-) thick vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin reinforced with a woven-glass fiber or polyester scrim and laminated aluminum foil. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-12

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

a. b. 2.10 A. TAPES

Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittwrap. Polyguard; Insulrap No Torch 125.

ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835. Compac Corp.; 104 and 105. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 428 AWF ASJ. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.

Width: 3 inches (75 mm). Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. Elongation: 2 percent. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.

B.

FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. Compac Corp.; 110 and 111. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 491 AWF FSK. Venture Tape; 1525 CW, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.

Width: 3 inches (75 mm). Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. Elongation: 2 percent. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.

C.

PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0555. Compac Corp.; 130. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 370 White PVC tape. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-13

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. D.

Width: 2 inches (50 mm). Thickness: 6 mils (0.15 mm). Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch (0.7 N/mm) in width. Elongation: 500 percent. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch (3.3 N/mm) in width.

Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. Compac Corp.; 120. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 488 AWF. Venture Tape; 3520 CW.

Width: 2 inches (50 mm). Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm). Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (1.1 N/mm) in width. Elongation: 5 percent. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width.

E.

PVDC Tape: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Tape.

Width: 3 inches (75 mm). Film Thickness: 4 mils (0.10 mm). Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). Elongation at Break: 145 percent. Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch (10.1 N/mm) in width.

2.11 A.

SECUREMENTS Bands: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. b. c. 2. 3. 4. Childers Products; Bands. PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands. RPR Products, Inc.; Bands.

Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304; 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with closed seal. Aluminum: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with closed seal. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application. 15082-14 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B.

Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) 2. AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1. GEMCO; CD. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD. Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS.

Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) galvanized carbonsteel washer. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1. GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head. Nelson Stud Welding; CHP.

3.

Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) 2) 3) b. c. d. AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series T. GEMCO; Perforated Base. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle.

Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch(2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.

4.

Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 15082-15 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1) 2) b. c. d.

GEMCO; Nylon Hangers. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Nylon Insulation Hangers.

Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches (63 mm). Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.

5.

Self-Sticking-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) 2) 3) b. c. d. AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series TSA. GEMCO; Press and Peel. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Self Stick.

Baseplate: Galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch(2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. Adhesive-backed base with a peel-off protective cover.

6.

Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41-mm) thick, galvanized-steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) b. AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150. GEMCO; R-150. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150. Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips.

Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.

7.

Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch(0.41-mm-) thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) 2) GEMCO. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-16

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

C. D.

Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) wide, stainless steel or Monel. Wire: 0.080-inch (2.0-mm) nickel-copper alloy. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. C & F Wire. Childers Products. PABCO Metals Corporation. RPR Products, Inc.

2.12 A. B.

CORNER ANGLES PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils (0.8 mm) thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch (25 by 25 mm), PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color-coded to match adjacent surface. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch (25 by 25 mm), aluminum according to ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H-14. Stainless-Steel Corner Angles: 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch (25 by 25 mm), stainless steel according to ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304.

C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EXAMINATION Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. 2. 3. 3.2 A. B. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

PREPARATION Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick if operating in a temperature range 15082-17 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.

between 140 and 300 deg F (60 and 149 deg C). Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F (0 and 149 deg C) with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. Comply with

C. D.

Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.

Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

3.3 A.

Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. 2. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer.

B. C.

D. E. F. G. H. I. J.

3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-18

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

4. K. L.

Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.

Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. 2. Draw jacket tight and smooth. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. a. 4. 5. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

3.

Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.

M. N. O.

Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Vibration-control devices. Testing agency labels and stamps. Nameplates and data plates. Manholes. Handholes. Cleanouts.

P.

3.4 A.

PENETRATIONS Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. Install insulation continuously through roof

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-19

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

2.

3. 4. B. C.

For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.

Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: continuously through wall penetrations. 1. 2. Install insulation

3. 4. D. E.

Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm). Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.

Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. 1. Install insulation

Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers.

F.

Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. 2. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."

3.5 A.

EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION INSTALLATION Mineral Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Secure insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. 1. 2. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces. Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end joints. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles. 15082-20 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4.

Install adhesively attached or self-sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on sides of tanks and vessels as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Do not weld anchor pins to ASME-labeled pressure vessels. Select insulation hangers and adhesive that are compatible with service temperature and with substrate. On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor-pin spacing is 3 inches (75 mm) from insulation end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. in both directions. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of tanks and vessels. Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.

5. 6.

7. 8. 9. 10. B.

Secure each layer of insulation with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation materials. Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and where insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing insulation. Stretch prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle around equipment approximately 6 inches (150 mm) from each end. Install wire or cable between two circumferential girdles 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. Install a wire ring around each end and around outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed aircraft cable radially from the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional circumferential girdles along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. Use this network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches (75 mm). Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes, handholes, and other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates. For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply mastic to open ends, joints, seams, breaks, and punctures in insulation.

Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Install insulation over entire surface of tanks and vessels. 1. 2. Apply 100 percent coverage of adhesive to surface with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints.

C.

Insulation Installation on Pumps: 1. Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box joints with splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt flanges on 6-inch (150-mm) centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8-inch- (10-mm-) diameter fasteners with wing nuts. Alternatively, secure the box sections together using a latching mechanism. 15082-21 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2. 3.

Fabricate boxes from galvanized steel, at least 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick. For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations. Seal between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier.

3.6 A. B.

GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. 2. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels. 15082-22 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

C.

Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainlesssteel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm) over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket.

D.

2.

3. 4.

5.

3.7 A.

CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Domestic Water Boiler Breechings: 1. 2. Secure single-layer insulation with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation material. Install 2-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches (75 mm). Secure inner layer with wire spaced at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals. On exposed applications without metal jacket, finish insulation surface with a skim coat of mineral-fiber, hydraulic-setting cement. When cement is dry, apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth. Overlap edges at least 1 inch (25 mm). Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth. Thin finish coat to achieve smooth, uniform finish.

3.

B.

Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure single-layer insulation with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-23

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

2.

3.

Install 2-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches (75 mm). Secure inner layer with wire spaced at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals. Apply a skim coat of mineral-fiber, hydraulic-setting cement to insulation surface. When cement is dry, apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth or tape. Overlap edges at least 1 inch (25 mm). Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth or tape. Thin finish coat to achieve smooth, uniform finish.

C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block insulation of same material and thickness as pipe insulation. Finish flange insulation same as pipe insulation.

4. D.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. When preformed insulation sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of calcium silicate insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. Finish fittings insulation same as pipe insulation.

E.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. Install mitered segments of calcium silicate insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. Finish valve and specialty insulation same as pipe insulation.

3.8 A.

CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-24

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

1. 2. 3.

4. C.

Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular-glass block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

3.9 A. B.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION INSTALLATION Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

4. C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. 15082-25 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.

3. 4.

When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

3.10 A.

MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. 4. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant.

C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. 4. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 15082-26 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3.11 A.

PHENOLIC INSULATION INSTALLATION General Installation Requirements: 1. 2. Secure single-layer insulation with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Install 2-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches (75 mm). Secure inner layer with 0.062-inch (1.6-mm) wire spaced at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch (300-mm) intervals.

B.

Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders on below ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block insulation of same material and thickness as pipe insulation.

D.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.

E.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

3.12 A.

POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-27

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

1.

2.

3.

Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with tape or bands and tighten without deforming insulation materials. Orient longitudinal joints between half sections in 3 and 9 o'clock positions on the pipe. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor barriers, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive or tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic. All insulation shall be tightly butted and free of voids and gaps at all joints. Vapor barrier must be continuous. Before installing jacket material, install vapor-barrier system.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, same thickness of adjacent pipe insulation, not to exceed 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) thickness. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polyisocyanurate block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.

C.

Insulation Installation on Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed sections of polyisocyanurate insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

3.13 A.

POLYOLEFIN INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Seal split-tube longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polyolefin sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 15082-28 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

4.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. Install mitered sections of polyolefin pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. 3. 4. Install cut sections of polyolefin pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. Secure insulation to valves and specialties, and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

3.14 A.

POLYSTYRENE INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation with tape or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Orient longitudinal joints between half sections in 3 and 9 o'clock positions on the pipe. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor barriers, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive or tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic. All insulation shall be tightly butted and free of voids and gaps at all joints. Vapor barrier must be continuous. Before installing jacket material, install vapor-barrier system.

2.

3.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, same thickness of adjacent pipe insulation, not to exceed 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) thickness. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polystyrene block insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.

C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed insulation sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. Install preformed section of polystyrene insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 15082-29 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3. 3.15 A.

Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory-applied jackets. 1. 2. 3. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at seams and joints. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick coats of lagging adhesive. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.

B.

Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide joint strips at end joints. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic.

C.

Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch (25-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge.

D.

Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainlesssteel bands 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and at end joints. Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. 2. Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket. Wrap factory-presized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one end overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an approximate overlap at butt joint of 2 inches (50 mm) over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1-1/4 circumferences of appropriate PVDC tape around overlapped butt joint. Continuous jacket can be spiral wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives, refer to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge to maintain a permanent bond. Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation systems with an outer circumference of 33-1/2 inches (850 mm) or less. The 33-1/2-inch- (850-mm-) circumference limit allows for 2-inch- (50-mm-) overlap seal. Using the length of roll 15082-30 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

E.

3.

4.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

5.

allows for longer sections of jacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap seal. Visually inspect lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to secure joint. Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and wrapping a minimum of 1-1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges.

3.16 A.

FINISHES Equipment and Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 9 painting Sections. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.

B. C. D. 3.17 A. B. C.

Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. Perform tests and inspections. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect field-insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing fieldapplied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each type of equipment defined in the "Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate to determine compliance. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article.

2.

D.

All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-31

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

3.18 A. B. C.

EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment in paragraphs below that is not factory insulated. Domestic water pump insulation shall be the following: 1. 2. Cellular Glass: 2 inches (50 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch (25 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal density.

D.

Domestic water, domestic chilled-water (potable), and domestic hot-water hydropneumatic tank insulation shall be[ one of] the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Cellular Glass: [1-1/2 inches (38 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. Flexible Elastomeric: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. Mineral-Fiber Board: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick and [2-lb/cu. ft. (32kg/cu. m)] [3-lb/cu. ft. (48-kg/cu. m)] [6-lb/cu. ft. (96-kg/cu. m)] nominal density. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. Phenolic: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. Polyisocyanurate: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. Polyolefin: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick.

E.

Domestic water storage tank insulation shall be[ one of] the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Cellular Glass: [2 inches (50 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. Flexible Elastomeric: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. Mineral-Fiber Board: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick and [2-lb/cu. ft. (32kg/cu. m)] [3-lb/cu. ft. (48-kg/cu. m)] [6-lb/cu. ft. (96-kg/cu. m)] nominal density. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. Phenolic: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. Polyisocyanurate: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick. Polyolefin: [1 inch (25 mm)] <Insert thickness> thick.

F.

Piping system filter-housing insulation shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Cellular Glass: 3 inches (75 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches (50 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal density. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 2 inches (50 mm) thick.

3.19 A.

PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-32

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

B.

Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. 2. 3. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. Underground piping. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.

3.20 A.

INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE Domestic Cold Water: 1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. b. c. 2. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. Flexible Elastomeric: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick.

NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) and Larger: Insulation shall be the following: a. b. c. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.

B.

Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: 1. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. b. c. 2. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick.

NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Larger: Insulation shall be the following: a. b. c. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.

C.

Stormwater and Overflow: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. b. c. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.

D.

Roof Drain and Overflow Drain Bodies: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. b. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. 15082-33 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

c. E.

Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) thick.

Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing Fixtures for People with Disabilities: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. b. Flexible Elastomeric: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick.

F.

Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F (16 Deg C): 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. b. c. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick.

G.

Floor Drains, Traps, and Sanitary Drain Piping within 10 Feet (3 m) of Drain Receiving Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F (16 Deg C): 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following: a. b. c. Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) thick. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick.

3.21 A. B. C.

INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Equipment, Concealed: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. None. PVC: 20 mils (0.5 mm) thick. Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. Painted Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. Stainless Steel, Type 304,: 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick.

D.

Equipment, Exposed, up to 48 Inches (1200 mm) in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces up to 72 Inches (1800 mm): 1. 2. 3. 4. None. PVC: 20 mils (0.5 mm) thick. Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. Painted Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. 15082-34 4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

5. E.

Stainless Steel, Type 304,: 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick.

Piping, Concealed: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. None. PVC: 20 mils (0.5 mm) thick. Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. Painted Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. Stainless Steel, Type 304,: 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick.

F.

Piping, Exposed: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. None. PVC: 20 mils (0.5 mm) thick. Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. Painted Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. Stainless Steel, Type 304,: 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) thick.

3.22 A.

UNDERGROUND, FIELD-INSTALLED INSULATION JACKET For underground direct-buried piping applications, install underground direct-buried jacket over insulation material.

END OF SECTION 15082

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15082-35

4 December 2009 PLUMBING INSULATION

SECTION 15083 HVAC INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation Materials: a. Flexible elastomeric. b. Mineral fiber. Insulating cements. Adhesives. Mastics. Lagging adhesives. Sealants. Factory-applied jackets. Field-applied fabric-reinforcing mesh. Field-applied cloths. Field-applied jackets. Tapes. Securements. Corner angles.

1.2

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. B.

Related Sections: 1. Division 15 Section "Fire-Suppression Systems Insulation." 2. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Insulation." 3. Division 15 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. SUBMITTALS

1.3 A. B.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any). LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 15083-1 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

C.

Shop Drawings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. Detail application of field-applied jackets. Detail application at linkages of control devices. Detail field application for each equipment type.

D. E.

Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. Field quality-control reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE

F. 1.4 A.

Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-testresponse characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. 2. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less.

B.

1.5 A. B.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. Protect stored on-site insulation materials from moisture damage.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-2

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

1.6 A. B.

COORDINATION Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application, duct Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction.

C. 1.7

B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. D. E. F. INSULATION MATERIALS Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials with UV protective coating. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aerocel. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. 15083-3 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

c. G.

RBX Corporation; Insul-Sheet 1800 and Insul-Tube 180.

Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory-applied FSK jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. Johns Manville; Microlite. Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. Owens Corning; All-Service Duct Wrap.

H.

Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation with factory-applied FSK jacket. For equipment applications, provide insulation with factory-applied FSK jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "FactoryApplied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series.

I.

Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok. Knauf Insulation; 1000 Pipe Insulation. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.

Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ-SSL. Factoryapplied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.

J.

Mineral-Fiber, Pipe Insulation Wicking System: Preformed pipe insulation complying with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with absorbent cloth factory applied to the entire inside surface of preformed pipe insulation and extended through the longitudinal joint to outside surface of insulation under insulation jacket. Factory apply a white, polymer, vapor-retarder jacket with self-sealing adhesive tape seam and evaporation holes running continuously along the longitudinal seam, exposing the absorbent cloth.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-4

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. Knauf Insulation; Permawick Pipe Insulation. Owens Corning; VaporWick Pipe Insulation.

K.

Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied FSK jacket complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. or more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or less. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap. Johns Manville; MicroFlex. Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.

2.2 A.

INSULATING CEMENTS Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; Triple I. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Super-Stik.

2.3 A. B.

ADHESIVES Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. C. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aeroseal. Armacell LCC; 520 Adhesive. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. RBX Corporation; Rubatex Contact Adhesive.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-5

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

2. D.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

E.

PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. Dow Chemical Company (The); 739, Dow Silicone. Johns-Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive. Speedline Corporation; Speedline Vinyl Adhesive.

For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2.4 A.

MASTICS Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. 1. B. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content complying with the requirements of SCAQMD rule 1168.

Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 15083-6 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. 3. 4. 5. C.

Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-35. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-90. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-50. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 590. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-40. Vimasco Corporation; 749.

Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film thickness. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight. Color: White.

Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. 3. 4. 5. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-30. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-35. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-25. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 501. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-10.

Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 35-mil dry film thickness. Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 44 percent by volume and 62 percent by weight. Color: White.

D.

Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Encacel. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 60-95/60-96. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 570. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-70.

Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 30-mil dry film thickness. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight. Color: White.

E.

Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-10. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 35-00. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-05/15. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 550. 15083-7 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

e. f. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2.5 A.

Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5.

Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 3 perms at 0.0625-inch dry film thickness. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 200 deg F. Solids Content: 63 percent by volume and 73 percent by weight. Color: White.

LAGGING ADHESIVES Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1. 2. For indoor applications, use lagging adhesives that have a VOC content complying with the requirements of SCAQMD rule 1168. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 3. 4. 5. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-52. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-42. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 130. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 11-30. Vimasco Corporation; 136.

Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fireresistant lagging cloths over duct, equipment, and pipe insulation. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 180 deg F. Color: White.

2.6 A.

SEALANTS Joint Sealants: 1. Joint Sealants for Cellular-Glass, Phenolic, and Polyisocyanurate Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444. Vimasco Corporation; 750. Subject to compliance with requirements,

Joint Sealants for Polystyrene Products: provide one of the following: a. b. c.

Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-70. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45/30-46. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. 15083-8 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

d. e. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B.

Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. Vimasco Corporation; 750.

Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F. Color: White or gray. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content complying with the requirements of SCAQMD rule #1168.

FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76-8. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. Vimasco Corporation; 750.

Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. Color: Aluminum. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

C.

ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76.

Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. Color: White. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content complying with the requirements of SCAQMD rule 1168.

2.7 A.

FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-9

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

2. 3. 4. 5.

ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. FSP Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4-mil- thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

6.

PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6-mil- thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

7.

PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

8.

Vinyl Jacket: White vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.

2.8 A.

FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric for Pipe Insulation: Approximately 2 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. inch for covering pipe and pipe fittings. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894. 15083-10 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B.

Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric for Duct and Equipment Insulation: Approximately 6 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 5 strands by 5 strands/sq. inch for covering equipment. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Chil-Glas No. 5.

C.

Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. inch, in a Leno weave, for duct, equipment, and pipe. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; Mast-A-Fab. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894.

2.9 A.

FIELD-APPLIED CLOTHS Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd.. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Alpha Associates, Inc.; Alpha-Maritex 84215 and 84217/9485RW, Luben 59.

2.10 A. B. C.

FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil-face, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. Johns Manville; Zeston. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. Proto PVC Corporation; LoSmoke. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.

Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. Color: White. Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-11

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

a.

Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories.

5. D.

Factory-fabricated tank heads and tank side panels.

Metal Jacket: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. 2. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Metal Jacketing Systems. PABCO Metals Corporation; Surefit. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate. Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005,

Aluminum Jacket: Temper H-14. a. b. c. d. e.

Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows. Tee covers. Flange and union covers. End caps. Beveled collars. Valve covers. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not available.

3.

Stainless-Steel Jacket: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M. a. b. c. d. e. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. Material, finish, and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 3-mil- thick, heat-bonded Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: polyethylene and kraft paper. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers: 1) 2) 3) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows. Tee covers. 15083-12 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4) 5) 6) 7) 8) E.

Flange and union covers. End caps. Beveled collars. Valve covers. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not available.

Self-Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60-mil- thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin on a crosslaminated polyethylene film covered with white aluminum-foil facing. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Polyguard; Alumaguard 60.

F.

PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4-mil- thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film.

G.

PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6-mil- thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flamespread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

H.

PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.

2.11 A.

TAPES ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-13

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835. Compac Corp.; 104 and 105. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 428 AWF ASJ. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B.

Width: 3 inches. Thickness: 11.5 mils. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. Elongation: 2 percent. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.

FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. Compac Corp.; 110 and 111. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 491 AWF FSK. Venture Tape; 1525 CW, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.

Width: 3 inches. Thickness: 6.5 mils. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. Elongation: 2 percent. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.

C.

PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0555. Compac Corp.; 130. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 370 White PVC tape. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS.

Width: 2 inches. Thickness: 6 mils. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. Elongation: 500 percent. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width.

D.

Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 15083-14 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. E.

Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. Compac Corp.; 120. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 488 AWF. Venture Tape; 3520 CW.

Width: 2 inches. Thickness: 3.7 mils. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. Elongation: 5 percent. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch in width.

PVDC Tape for Indoor Applications: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Tape.

Width: 3 inches. Film Thickness: 4 mils. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils. Elongation at Break: 145 percent. Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch in width.

F.

PVDC Tape for Outdoor Applications: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Tape.

Width: 3 inches. Film Thickness: 6 mils. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils. Elongation at Break: 145 percent. Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch in width.

2.12 A.

SECUREMENTS Bands: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. 2. Childers Products; Bands. PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands. RPR Products, Inc.; Bands.

Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing or closed seal. 15083-15 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3. 4. B.

Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing or closed seal. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application.

Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) 2. AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1. GEMCO; CD. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD. Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS.

Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1. GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head. Nelson Stud Welding; CHP.

3.

Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) 2) 3) b. c. d. AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series T. GEMCO; Perforated Base. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle.

Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. Spindle: Aluminum, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.

4.

Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely 15083-16 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) 2) b. c. d. GEMCO; Nylon Hangers. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Nylon Insulation Hangers.

Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 1-1/2 inches in diameter. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.

5.

Self-Sticking-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) 2) 3) b. c. d. AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series TSA. GEMCO; Press and Peel. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Self Stick.

Baseplate: Galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. Spindle: Aluminum, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. Adhesive-backed base with a peel-off protective cover.

6.

Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- thick, aluminum sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) b. AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150. GEMCO; R-150. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150. Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips.

Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.

7.

Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inchthick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-17

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

1) 2) C. D.

GEMCO. Midwest Fasteners, Inc.

Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel. Wire: 0.080-inch nickel-copper alloy. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. C & F Wire. Childers Products. PABCO Metals Corporation. RPR Products, Inc.

2.13 A. B. C.

CORNER ANGLES PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color-coded to match adjacent surface. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H-14. Stainless-Steel Corner Angles: 0.024 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, stainless steel according to ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or 316.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EXAMINATION Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. 2. 3. 3.2 A. B. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

PREPARATION Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-18

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

1.

2.

Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. Comply with

C. D.

Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.

Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

3.3 A.

Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. 2. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.

B.

C.

D. E. F. G. H. I. J.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-19

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

3.

4. K. L.

Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.

Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. 2. Draw jacket tight and smooth. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. 4. 5. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.

3.

Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings.

M. N. O.

Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Vibration-control devices. Testing agency labels and stamps. Nameplates and data plates. Manholes. Handholes. Cleanouts.

P.

3.4 A.

PENETRATIONS Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: penetrations. 15083-20 Install insulation continuously through roof

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

1. 2.

3. 4. B. C.

Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.

Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: continuously through wall penetrations. 1. 2. Install insulation

3. 4. D. E.

Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.

Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. 1. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers.

F.

Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire rated. For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."

2. 3.

3.5 A.

EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION INSTALLATION Mineral Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Secure insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. 15083-21 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1. 2.

3. 4.

Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces. Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end joints. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles. Install adhesively attached or self-sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on sides of tanks and vessels as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Do not weld anchor pins to ASME-labeled pressure vessels. Select insulation hangers and adhesive that are compatible with service temperature and with substrate. On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor-pin spacing is 3 inches from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. in both directions. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of tanks and vessels. Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.

5. 6.

7. 8. 9. 10. B.

Secure each layer of insulation with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation materials. Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and where insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing insulation. Stretch prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle around equipment approximately 6 inches from each end. Install wire or cable between two circumferential girdles 12 inches o.c. Install a wire ring around each end and around outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed aircraft cable radially from the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional circumferential girdles along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches o.c. Use this network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches. Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes, handholes, and other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates. For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply mastic to open ends, joints, seams, breaks, and punctures in insulation.

Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Install insulation over entire surface of tanks and vessels. 1. 2. Apply 100 percent coverage of adhesive to surface with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints.

C.

Insulation Installation on Pumps: 15083-22 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.

2. 3.

Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box joints with splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt flanges on 6-inch centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8-inch- diameter fasteners with wing nuts. Alternatively, secure the box sections together using a latching mechanism. Fabricate boxes from aluminum, at least 0.050 inch thick. For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations. Seal between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier.

3.6 A. B.

GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. 2. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and 15083-23 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

9. C.

unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels.

Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainlesssteel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket.

D.

2.

3. 4.

5.

3.7 A. B.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION INSTALLATION Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

4. C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 15083-24 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1. 2. D.

Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. 2. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when available. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.

3. 4.

3.8 A.

MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.

B.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. 2. 3. 4. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.

C.

Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. 2. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.

D.

Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 15083-25 4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1. 2. 3. 4. E.

Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. 2. 3. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitordischarge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.

b.

c. d. e. f.

4.

For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. b. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vaporbarrier seal. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches.

5.

Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-26

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

6.

7.

Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.

F.

Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. 2. 3. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitordischarge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing.

b.

c. d. e.

4.

For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. b. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vaporbarrier seal. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches.

5.

Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-27

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

6.

Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.

3.9 A.

FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory-applied jackets. 1. 2. 3. B. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- thick coats of lagging adhesive. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.

Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- wide joint strips at end joints. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic.

C.

Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge.

D.

Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. 2. Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket. Wrap factory-presized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one end overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an approximate overlap at butt joint of 2 inches over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1-1/4 circumferences of appropriate PVDC tape around overlapped butt joint. Continuous jacket can be spiral wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives, refer to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge to maintain a permanent bond.

E.

3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-28

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

4.

5.

Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation systems with an outer circumference of 33-1/2 inches or less. The 33-1/2-inch- circumference limit allows for 2-inch- overlap seal. Using the length of roll allows for longer sections of jacket to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap seal. Visually inspect lap seal for "fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to secure joint. Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and wrapping a minimum of 1-1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges.

3.10 A.

FINISHES Duct, Equipment, and Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 9 painting Sections. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.

B. C. D. 3.11 A. B.

Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Perform tests and inspections. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. Inspect field-insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing fieldapplied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each type of equipment defined in the "Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate to determine compliance. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations

2.

3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-29

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. Indoor, concealed return located in nonconditioned space. Indoor, exposed return located in nonconditioned space. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior.

3.12 A.

Items Not Insulated: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Fibrous-glass ducts. Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. Factory-insulated flexible ducts. Factory-insulated plenums and casings. Flexible connectors. Vibration-control devices. Factory-insulated access panels and doors.

3.13 A. B. C. D. E. F.

INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE Concealed, Supply-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber blanket, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. Concealed, Return-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber Mineral-fiber blanket, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. Concealed, Outdoor-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber Mineral-fiber blanket, 2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. Concealed, Exhaust-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral- Mineral-fiber blanket, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. Exposed, Supply-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber Mineral-fiber blanket, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. Exposed, Return-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber Mineral-fiber blanket, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-30

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

G. H.

Exposed, Outdoor-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral- Mineral-fiber blanket, 2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. Exposed, Exhaust-Air Duct and Plenum Insulation: Mineral-fiber Mineral-fiber blanket, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.

3.14 A. B. C.

EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment in paragraphs below that is not factory insulated. Chillers: Insulate cold surfaces on chillers, including, but not limited to, evaporator bundles, suction piping, compressor inlets, tube sheets, water boxes, and nozzles with one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inch thick. Heat-exchanger (water-to-water for cooling service) insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inch thick. Chilled-water pump insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. Condenser-water pump insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. Heating-hot-water pump insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. Chilled-water expansion/compression tank insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inch thick. Heating-hot-water expansion/compression tank insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inch thick. Chilled-water air-separator insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inch thick. Condenser-water air-separator insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inch thick.

D.

E. F. G. H.

I.

J.

K.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-31

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

L.

Heating-hot-water air-separator insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 2 inches thick. PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. 2. 3. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. Underground piping. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.

3.15 A.

B.

3.16 A.

INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE Chilled Water: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber, Pipe Insulation Wicking System: 1 inch thick for pipe sizes less than or equal to 1-1/2 inches and 1-1/2 inches thick for pipe sizes greater than 1-1/2 inches. Heating-Hot-Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and below: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 1 inch thick for pipe sizes less than or equal to 1-1/2 inches and 2 inches thick for pipe sizes greater than 1-1/2 inches. Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping: Flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick. Condenser Water: Mineral Fiber, Performed Pipe, Type I: 1 inch thick for pipe sizes less than or equal to 1-1/2 inches and 1-1/2 inches thick for pipe sizes greater than 1-1/2 inches. OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick. Condenser Water: Insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 2 inches thick. INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.

B.

C. D.

3.17 A. B.

3.18 A. B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-32

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

C. D. E.

Ducts and Plenums, Exposed: 1. PVC: 20 mils thick. Equipment, Exposed, up to 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces up to 72 Inches: 1. PVC: 20 mils thick. Equipment, Exposed, Larger Than 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces Larger Than 72 Inches: 1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed with 1-1/4-Inch- Deep Corrugations: 0.032 inches thick. Piping, Exposed: 1. PVC: 20 mils thick. OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. Piping, Exposed: 1. Aluminum, smooth: 0.024 inches thick.

F.

3.19 A. B. C.

END OF SECTION 15083

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15083-33

4 December 2009 HVAC INSULATION

SECTION 15110 VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following general-duty valves: 1. Copper-alloy ball valves. 2. Ferrous-alloy butterfly valves. 3. Combination Balancing and Shut-off valves (circuit setters). Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1.3 A. Division 2 piping Sections for general-duty and specialty valves for site construction piping. Division 13 fire-suppression piping and fire pump Sections for fire-protection valves. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for valve tags and charts. Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls" for control valves and actuators. Division 15 piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only.

1.2

B.

DEFINITIONS The following are standard abbreviations for valves: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. CWP: Cold working pressure. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. PPS: Polyphenylene Sulfide. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene plastic. SWP: Steam working pressure. TFE: Tetrafluoroethylene plastic.

1.4 A.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. Include body, seating, and trim materials; valve design; pressure and temperature classifications; end connections; arrangement; dimensions; and required clearances. Include list indicating valve and its application. Include 15110-1 4 December 2009 VALVES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories. 1.5 A. QUALITY ASSURANCE ASME Compliance: ASME B31.1 for power piping valves and ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. 1. B. C. 1.6 A. Exceptions: Domestic hot- and cold-water, sanitary waste, and storm drainage piping valves unless referenced.

ASME Compliance for Ferrous Valves: ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for dimension and design criteria. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. Block check valves in either closed or open position.

B.

Use the following precautions during storage: 1. 2. Maintain valve end protection. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew-point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.

C.

Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15110-2

4 December 2009 VALVES

2.2 A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

VALVES, GENERAL Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of valves. Bronze Valves: NPS 2 and smaller with threaded ends, unless otherwise indicated. Brass Valves: NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller with Vic Press 304™ ends, unless otherwise indicated. Ferrous Valves: NPS 2-1/2 and larger with flanged or grooved ends, unless otherwise indicated. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. Valve Actuators: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. H. I. J. K. Chainwheel: For attachment to valves, of size and mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article in Part 3. Gear Drive: For quarter-turn valves NPS 8 and larger. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types. Lever Handle: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 and smaller, except plug valves. Wrench: For plug valves with square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for every 10 plug valves, for each size square plug head.

Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves. Valve Flanges: ASME B16.1 for cast-iron valves, ASME B16.5 for steel valves, and ASME B16.24 for bronze valves. Valve Grooved Ends: ASME/AWWA C606. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. 1. 2. Caution: Use solder with melting point below 840 deg F for angle, check, gate, and globe valves; below 421 deg F for ball valves. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.

L. 2.3 A. B.

Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. COPPER-ALLOY BALL VALVES Available Manufacturers: Manufacturers: 1. One-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. 15110-3 4 December 2009 VALVES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

c. d. e. f. g. 2.

Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. Grinnell Corporation. Jamesbury, Inc. NIBCO INC. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

Two-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. Grinnell Corporation. Hammond Valve. Jamesbury, Inc. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Victaulic Company of America. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

3.

Three-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. Grinnell Corporation. Hammond Valve. Jamesbury, Inc. NIBCO INC. Red-White Valve Corp.

4.

Safety-Exhaust, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. Grinnell Corporation. Hammond Valve. Jamesbury, Inc. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC.

C. D. E. F.

Copper-Alloy Ball Valves, General: MSS SP-110. One-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: Brass or bronze body with chrome-plated bronze ball, PTFE or TFE seats, and 400-psig minimum CWP rating. Two-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: Bronze body with regular-port, chrome-plated bronze ball; PTFE or TFE seats; and 600-psig minimum CWP rating and blowout-proof stem. Three-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: Bronze body with regular-port, chrome-plated bronze ball; PTFE or TFE seats; and 600-psig minimum CWP rating and blowout-proof stem.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15110-4

4 December 2009 VALVES

G.

Safety-Exhaust, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: Two-piece bronze body with exhaust vent opening, chrome-plated ball with vent, blowout-proof stem, locking handle, and working pressure rating for compressed air of at least 125 psig. FERROUS-ALLOY BUTTERFLY VALVES

2.4 A. B.

Available Manufacturers: Manufacturers: 1. Flangeless, Ferrous-Alloy Butterfly Valves: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Center Line. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. c. Dover Corp.; Dover Resources Company; Norriseal Div. d. General Signal; DeZurik Unit. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Hammond Valve. g. Metraflex Co. h. Milwaukee Valve Company. i. Mueller Steam Specialty. j. NIBCO INC. k. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Single-Flange, Ferrous-Alloy Butterfly Valves: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Center Line. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. d. General Signal; DeZurik Unit. e. Grinnell Corporation. f. Hammond Valve. g. Metraflex Co. h. Milwaukee Valve Company. i. Mueller Steam Specialty. j. NIBCO INC. k. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Flanged, Ferrous-Alloy Butterfly Valves: a. Grinnell Corporation. b. Mueller Steam Specialty. c. Tyco International, Ltd.; Tyco Valves & Controls. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Butterfly Valves: a. b. c. d. e. f. Central Sprinkler Co.; Central Grooved Piping Products. Grinnell Corporation. Hammond Valve. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div. Milwaukee Valve Company. Mueller Steam Specialty. 15110-5 4 December 2009 VALVES

2.

3.

4.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

g. h. C. D. E. F. G. 2.5 A.

NIBCO INC. Victaulic Co. of America.

Ferrous-Alloy Butterfly Valves, General: MSS SP-67, Type I, for tight shutoff, with disc and lining suitable for potable water, unless otherwise indicated. Flangeless, 150-psig CWP Rating, Ferrous-Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer type with one-piece stem. Single-Flange, 150-psig CWP Rating, Ferrous-Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer-lug type with one-piece stem. Flanged, 150-psig CWP Rating, Ferrous-Alloy Butterfly Valves: Flanged-end type with onepiece stem. Grooved-End, 300-psig CWP Rating, Ferrous-Alloy Butterfly Valves: Ductile-iron. body with grooved or shouldered ends in accordance with ASME/AWWA C606. COMBINATION BALANCING AND SHUT-OFF VALVES (Circuit Setters) Manufacturer: following: 1, 2. 3. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide valves by one of the

Bell & Gossett. Armstrong. NIBCO. Tour Anderson

B.

Each valve shall have two 1/4” NPT brass metering ports with check valves and gasketted caps located on both sides of valve seat. Two additional 1/4” NPT connections with brass plugs are to be provided on the opposite side of the metering ports for use as drain connections. Drain connections and metering ports are to be interchangeable to allow for measurement flexibility when valves are installed in tight locations. Valves are to be of the “Y” pattern, modified, equal percentage globe style and provide three functions: 1) Precise flow measurement 2) Precision flow balancing 3) Positive drip-tight shut-off valve shall provide multi-turn, 360° adjustment with a micrometer type indicator located on valve handwheel. Valve handwheel shall have hidden memory feature which will provide a means for locking the valve position after the ystem is balanced. 90° turn adjustable valves are not acceptable. Valve Sizes: 1/2” – 2” 1. Valve body shall be bronze with ultra-high strength engineered resin plug. The plug shall have precision-contoured channels to distribute flow uniformly across valve seat. Bronze stem and high strength resin hardwheel and sleeve. Valve shall have a minimum of four full 360° handwheel turns.

C.

D.

E.

Valve Sizes: 2-1/2” – 12”

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15110-6

4 December 2009 VALVES

1.

Valve body shall be either cast iron with integrated case iron flanges or ductile iron with industrial standard grooved ends. Valve stem and plug disc shall be bronze with handwheel with multi-turn handwheel adjustments. The valve shall be installed with flow in the direction of the arrow on the valve body and installed at least five pipe diameters downstream from any fitting, and at least ten pipe diameters downstream from any pump. Two pipe diameters downstream from the valve should be free of any fittings. When installed, easy and unobstructed access to the valve handwheel and metering ports for adjustment and measurement are to be provided. Mounting of valve in piping must prevent sediment build-up in metering ports.

2.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EXAMINATION Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. Examine grooved ends for conditions that might cause leakage. Ends should be free from indentations or projections in the area from valve end to groove. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. VALVE APPLICATIONS

C. D. E. F.

G. 3.2 A.

Refer to piping Sections for specific valve applications. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly valves. Throttling Service: Ball, butterfly valves.. Pump Discharge: Triple duty valves. Shut Off/Balancing: Circuit setter. 15110-7 4 December 2009 VALVES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B. C.

If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted. Chilled-Water Piping: Use the following types of valves: 1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: One-piece, 400-psig CWP rating, copper alloy, full port. 2. Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flangeless, 150-psig CWP rating, ferrous alloy, with EPDM liner. 3. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 300-psig CWP rating. Condenser Water Piping: Use the following types of valves: 1. 2. 3. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: One-piece, 400-psig CWP rating, copper alloy, full port. Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged, 150-psig CWP rating, ferrous alloy, with EPDM liner. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 175-psig CWP rating.

D.

E.

Heating Water Piping (up to 230°F): Use the following types of valves: 1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: One-piece, 400-psig CWP rating, copper alloy, full port. 2. Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flangeless, 150-psig CWP rating, ferrous alloy, with EPDM liner. 3. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: 300-psig CWP rating. Select valves, except wafer and flangeless types, with the following end connections: 1. 2. 3. 4. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Solder-joint or threaded ends, except provide valves with threaded ends for heating hot water. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged or threaded ends. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends. For Grooved-End, Copper Tubing and Steel Piping: Valve ends may be grooved. Do not use for steam or steam condensate piping.

F.

3.3 A. B. C. D. E.

VALVE INSTALLATION Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install valves with grooved joint couplings, unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15110-8

4 December 2009 VALVES

F. G.

Install chainwheel operators on valves NPS 4 and larger and more than 96 inches above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor elevation. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. 2. 3. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. Dual-Plate Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb.

3.4 A. B.

JOINT CONSTRUCTION Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. All grooved couplings, fittings, valves, and specialties shall be of the same manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be of the same manufacturer as the grooved components. Grooved ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections, and roll marks in the area from pipe end to groove. Grooved coupling manufacturer’s factory trained field representative shall provide on-site training for contractor’s field personnel in the proper use of grooving tools, application of groove, and installation of grooved piping products. Factory trained representative shall periodically inspect the product installation. Contractor shall remove and replace any improperly installed products. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-freealloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.

C.

3.5

END OF SECTION 15110

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15110-9

4 December 2009 VALVES

SECTION 15111 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. B. Bronze angle valves. Brass ball valves. Bronze ball valves. Iron ball valves. Iron, single-flange butterfly valves. Iron, grooved-end butterfly valves. Bronze lift check valves. Bronze swing check valves. Iron swing check valves. Iron swing check valves with closure control. Iron, grooved-end swing check valves. Iron, center-guided check valves. Iron, plate-type check valves. Bronze gate valves. Iron gate valves. Bronze globe valves. Iron globe valves. Lubricated plug valves.

1.2

Related Sections: 1. 2. 3. Division 2 water distribution piping Sections for general-duty and specialty valves for site construction piping. Division 15 plumbing piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. Division 15 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15111-1 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

1.3 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 1.4 A. 1.5 A. B.

DEFINITIONS CWP: Cold working pressure. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber. NRS: Nonrising stem. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke. RS: Rising stem. SWP: Steam working pressure. SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. ASME Compliance: 1. 2. 3. C. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves.

NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.6 A.

Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. Block check valves in either closed or open position.

B.

Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15111-2 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

2. C.

Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures.

Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. D. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. Valve Actuator Types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. E. Gear Actuator: For quarter-turn valves NPS 8 (DN 200) and larger. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types. Handlever: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller. Wrench: For plug valves with square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for every 5 plug valves, for each size square plug-valve head. Chainwheel: Device for attachment to valve handwheel, stem, or other actuator; of size and with chain for mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article.

Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions and the following features: 1. 2. Gate Valves: With rising stem. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation. Butterfly Valves: With extended neck.

3. F.

Valve-End Connections: 1. 2. 3. 4. Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves. Grooved: With grooves according to AWWA C606. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.

G. 2.2 A.

Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. BRONZE ANGLE VALVES Class 125, Bronze Angle Valves with Bronze Disc:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15111-3 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

1.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. Hammond Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company.

2.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. Ends: Threaded. Stem and Disc: Bronze. Packing: Asbestos free. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

B.

Class 125, Bronze Angle Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. 2. American Valve, Inc. NIBCO INC.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. Ends: Threaded. Stem: Bronze. Disc: PTFE or TFE. Packing: Asbestos free. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

C.

Class 150, Bronze Angle Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Kitz Corporation.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. CWP Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa). Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union-ring bonnet. Ends: Threaded. Stem and Disc: Bronze. 15111-4 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

f. g. 2.3 A.

Packing: Asbestos free. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

BRASS BALL VALVES Two-Piece, Full-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. DynaQuip Controls. Flow-Tek, Inc.; a subsidiary of Bray International, Inc. Hammond Valve. Jamesbury; a subsidiary of Metso Automation. Jomar International, LTD. Kitz Corporation. Legend Valve. Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Red-White Valve Corporation. RuB Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Standard: MSS SP-110. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). Body Design: Two piece. Body Material: Forged brass. Ends: Threaded. Seats: PTFE or TFE. Stem: Brass. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. Port: Full.

B.

Two-Piece, Regular-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. 2. Jamesbury; a subsidiary of Metso Automation. Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries.

Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110. 15111-5 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. 2.4 A.

SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). Body Design: Two piece. Body Material: Brass or bronze. Ends: Threaded. Seats: PTFE or TFE. Stem: Stainless steel. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. Port: Regular.

BRONZE BALL VALVES One-Piece, Reduced-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. 2. American Valve, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. NIBCO INC.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Standard: MSS SP-110. CWP Rating: 400 psig (2760 kPa). Body Design: One piece. Body Material: Bronze. Ends: Threaded. Seats: PTFE or TFE. Stem: Bronze. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. Port: Reduced.

B.

Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. American Valve, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Hammond Valve. Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc. Legend Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Red-White Valve Corporation. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15111-6 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

2.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Standard: MSS SP-110. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). Body Design: Two piece. Body Material: Bronze. Ends: Threaded. Seats: PTFE or TFE. Stem: Bronze. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. Port: Full.

C.

Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 2. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Hammond Valve. Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Standard: MSS SP-110. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). Body Design: Two piece. Body Material: Bronze. Ends: Threaded. Seats: PTFE or TFE. Stem: Stainless steel. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. Port: Full.

D.

Two-Piece, Regular-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. American Valve, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. DynaQuip Controls. Hammond Valve. 15111-7 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

g. h. i. 2.

Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Standard: MSS SP-110. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). Body Design: Two piece. Body Material: Bronze. Ends: Threaded. Seats: PTFE or TFE. Stem: Bronze. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. Port: Regular.

E.

Two-Piece, Regular-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Stainless-Steel Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Hammond Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Standard: MSS SP-110. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). Body Design: Two piece. Body Material: Bronze. Ends: Threaded. Seats: PTFE or TFE. Stem: Stainless steel. Ball: Stainless steel, vented. Port: Regular.

2.5 A.

IRON BALL VALVES Class 125, Iron Ball Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. American Valve, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. 15111-8 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

c. d. e. 2.

Kitz Corporation. Sure Flow Equipment Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Standard: MSS SP-72. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Design: Split body. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron. Ends: Flanged. Seats: PTFE or TFE. Stem: Stainless steel. Ball: Stainless steel. Port: Full.

2.6 A.

IRON, SINGLE-FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES 200 CWP, Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Aluminum-Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. 2. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corporation. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. DeZurik Water Controls. Flo Fab Inc. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Legend Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. Red-White Valve Corporation. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. Seat: EPDM. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. 15111-9 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

g. B.

Disc: Aluminum bronze.

200 CWP, Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with NBR Seat and Aluminum-Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. 2. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corporation. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. DeZurik Water Controls. Flo Fab Inc. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Legend Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. Red-White Valve Corporation. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. Seat: NBR. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. Disc: Aluminum bronze.

C.

200 CWP, Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Ductile-Iron Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. American Valve, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corporation. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Center Line. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. DeZurik Water Controls. Flo Fab Inc. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. 15111-10 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. 2.

Legend Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation. NIBCO INC. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc. Sure Flow Equipment Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. Seat: EPDM. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. Disc: Nickel-plated or -coated ductile iron.

D.

200 CWP, Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with NBR Seat and Ductile-Iron Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. 2. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. American Valve, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corporation. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Center Line. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. DeZurik Water Controls. Flo Fab Inc. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Legend Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation. NIBCO INC. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc. Sure Flow Equipment Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. 15111-11 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

d. e. f. g. E.

Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. Seat: NBR. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. Disc: Nickel-plated or -coated ductile iron.

200 CWP, Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with EPDM Seat and Stainless-Steel Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. 2. ABZ Valve and Controls; a division of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. American Valve, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. Cooper Cameron Valves; a division of Cooper Cameron Corporation. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. DeZurik Water Controls. Flo Fab Inc. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Legend Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation. NIBCO INC. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. Red-White Valve Corporation. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc. Sure Flow Equipment Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. Seat: EPDM. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. Disc: Stainless steel.

F.

200 CWP, Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with NBR Seat and Stainless-Steel Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. ABZ Valves and Controls; A div. of ABZ Manufacturing, Inc. American Valve, Inc. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. Cooper Cameron Valves; A div. of Cooper Cameron Corp. 15111-12 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. 2.

Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. DeZurik Water Controls. Flo Fab Inc. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Legend Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. Mueller Steam Specialty; a division of SPX Corporation. NIBCO INC. Norriseal; a Dover Corporation company. Red-White Valve Corporation. Spence Strainers International; a division of CIRCOR International, Inc. Sure Flow Equipment Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron. Seat: NBR. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. Disc: Stainless steel.

2.7 A.

BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. 2. American Valve, Inc. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Red-White Valve Corporation. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Description:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15111-13 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

a. b. c. d. e. f. B.

Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Design: Horizontal flow. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. Ends: Threaded. Disc: Bronze.

Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Red-White Valve Corporation. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 4. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Design: Horizontal flow. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. Ends: Threaded. Disc: PTFE or TFE.

C.

Class 150, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. 2. American Valve, Inc. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Kitz Corporation. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Red-White Valve Corporation. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Description: a. b. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3. CWP Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa). 15111-14 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

c. d. e. f. 2.8 A.

Body Design: Horizontal flow. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. Ends: Threaded. Disc: Bronze.

IRON SWING CHECK VALVES Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Legend Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Red-White Valve Corporation. Sure Flow Equipment Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Design: Clear or full waterway. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. Ends: Flanged. Trim: Bronze. Gasket: Asbestos free.

B.

Class 250, Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15111-15 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

2.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. CWP Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). Body Design: Clear or full waterway. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. Ends: Flanged. Trim: Bronze. Gasket: Asbestos free.

2.9 A.

BRONZE GATE VALVES Class 125, NRS Bronze Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. 2. American Valve, Inc. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Red-White Valve Corporation. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. Stem: Bronze. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. Packing: Asbestos free. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

B.

Class 125, RS Bronze Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. American Valve, Inc. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. 15111-16 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. 2.

Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. Stem: Bronze. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. Packing: Asbestos free. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

C.

Class 150, NRS Bronze Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 2. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Red-White Valve Corporation. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. CWP Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa). Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union-ring bonnet. Ends: Threaded. Stem: Bronze. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. Packing: Asbestos free. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

D.

Class 150, RS Bronze Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. 15111-17 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. 2.

Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. CWP Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa). Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union-ring bonnet. Ends: Threaded. Stem: Bronze. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. Packing: Asbestos free. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

2.10 A.

IRON GATE VALVES Class 125, NRS, Iron Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Flo Fab Inc. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Legend Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Red-White Valve Corporation. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. Ends: Flanged. Trim: Bronze. Disc: Solid wedge. 15111-18 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

g. B.

Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.

Class 125, OS&Y, Iron Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Flo Fab Inc. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Legend Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Red-White Valve Corporation. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. Ends: Flanged. Trim: Bronze. Disc: Solid wedge. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.

C.

Class 250, NRS, Iron Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. NIBCO INC.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I. CWP Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. Ends: Flanged. Trim: Bronze. Disc: Solid wedge. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15111-19 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

D.

Class 250, OS&Y, Iron Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I. CWP Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. Ends: Flanged. Trim: Bronze. Disc: Solid wedge. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.

2.11 A.

BRONZE GLOBE VALVES Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Bronze Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Red-White Valve Corporation. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. Stem and Disc: Bronze. Packing: Asbestos free. 15111-20 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

g. 2.12 A.

Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

IRON GLOBE VALVES Class 125, Iron Globe Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Kitz Corporation. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Powell Valves. Red-White Valve Corporation. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. Standard: MSS SP-85, Type I. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. Ends: Flanged. Trim: Bronze. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.

B.

Class 250, Iron Globe Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 2. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. Hammond Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. Standard: MSS SP-85, Type I. CWP Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. Ends: Flanged. 15111-21 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

e. f. 2.13 A.

Trim: Bronze. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.

LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES Class 125, Regular-Gland, Lubricated Plug Valves with Threaded Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. 2. Nordstrom Valves, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. Standard: MSS SP-78, Type II. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Material: ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with lubricationsealing system. Pattern: Regular or short. Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

B.

Class 125, Cylindrical, Lubricated Plug Valves with Threaded Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. 2. Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc. Milliken Valve Company. R & M Energy Systems; a unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. Standard: MSS SP-78, Type IV. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). Body Material: ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with lubricationsealing system. Pattern: Regular or short. Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

C.

Class 250, Regular-Gland, Lubricated Plug Valves with Threaded Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. 2. Nordstrom Valves, Inc.

Description: a. b. Standard: MSS SP-78, Type II. CWP Rating: 400 psig (2760 kPa). 15111-22 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

c. d. e. D.

Body Material: ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with lubricationsealing system. Pattern: Regular or short. Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

Class 250, Cylindrical, Lubricated Plug Valves with Threaded Ends: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. 2. Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc. Milliken Valve Company. R & M Energy Systems; a unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. Standard: MSS SP-78, Type IV. CWP Rating: 400 psig (2760 kPa). Body Material: ASTM A 48/A 48M or ASTM A 126, cast iron with lubricationsealing system. Pattern: Regular or short. Plug: Cast iron or bronze with sealant groove.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EXAMINATION Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.

B. C. D.

E. 3.2

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15111-23 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

B. C. D. E.

Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. 2. 3. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. Center-Guided Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb.

3.3 A.

ADJUSTING Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Shutoff Service: Ball, butterfly, or gate valves. Butterfly Valve Dead-End Service: Single-flange (lug) type. Throttling Service: Globe or angle or ball valves. Pump-Discharge Check Valves: a. b. c. B. C. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger for Domestic Water: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or with spring or iron, center-guided, metal-seat check valves. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger for Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or spring.

3.4

If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solderjoint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends. For Grooved-End Copper Tubing and Steel Piping: Valve ends may be grooved.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15111-24 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

3.5 A.

DOMESTIC, HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends. Bronze Angle Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, brass or bronze with brass stainless-steel trim. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze disc.

Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends. Iron Ball Valves: Class 150. Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves: 200 CWP, EPDM seat, aluminum-bronze stainless-steel disc. Iron, Grooved-End Butterfly Valves: 175 CWP. Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 125, metal seats. Iron Swing Check Valves with Closure Control: Class 125, lever and spring]. Iron, Grooved-End Swing Check Valves: 300 CWP. Iron, Center-Guided Check Valves: Class 125, , metal seat. Iron, Plate-Type Check Valves: Class 125; single plate; metal seat. Iron Gate Valves: Class 125, OS&Y. Iron Globe Valves: Class 125.

3.6 A.

SANITARY-WASTE AND STORM-DRAINAGE VALVE SCHEDULE Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. Bronze and Brass Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends. Bronze Angle Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, brass or bronze with stainless-steel trim. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze disc.

Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends. Iron Ball Valves: Class 150. Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 125, metal seats. Iron Swing Check Valves with Closure Control: Class 125, lever and spring. Iron, Grooved-End Swing Check Valves: 300 CWP. Iron Gate Valves: Class 125, OS&Y. 15111-25 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

7. 8.

Iron Globe Valves: Class 125. Lubricated Plug Valves: Class 125, regular gland, flanged.

END OF SECTION 15111

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15111-26 4 December 2009 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

SECTION 15126 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. B. Thermometers. Gages. Test plugs.

1.2

Related Sections: 1. 2. 3. Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for domestic and fire-protection water service meters outside the building. Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for domestic and fire-protection water service meters inside the building. Division 15 Section "Facility Natural-Gas Piping" for gas meters.

1.3 A. B. 1.4 A. B. C.

DEFINITIONS CR: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated; include performance curves. Shop Drawings: Schedule for thermometers and gages indicating manufacturer's number, scale range, and location for each. Product Certificates: For each type of thermometer and gage, signed by product manufacturer.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15126-1 4 December 2009 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. METAL-CASE, LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. Trerice, H. O. Co. Weiss Instruments, Inc. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div.

Case: Die-cast aluminum, 7 inches (178 mm) long. Tube: Red or blue reading, organic-liquid filled, with magnifying lens. Tube Background: markings. Window: Plastic. Connector: Adjustable type, 180 degrees in vertical plane, 360 degrees in horizontal plane, with locking device. Stem: Copper-plated steel, aluminum, or brass for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. DIRECT-MOUNTING, VAPOR-ACTUATED DIAL THERMOMETERS Satin-faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale

2.2 A. B.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. KOBOLD Instruments, Inc. Marsh Bellofram. Trerice, H. O. Co. Weiss Instruments, Inc. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15126-2 4 December 2009 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L.

Case: Dry type, metal or plastic, 4-1/2-inch (114-mm) diameter. Element: Bourdon tube or other type of pressure element. Movement: Mechanical, connecting element and pointer. Dial: Satin-faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. Pointer: Red or other dark-color metal. Window: Glass or plastic. Ring: Metal or plastic. Connector: Adjustable type, 180 degrees in vertical plane, 360 degrees in horizontal plane, with locking device. Thermal System: Liquid- or mercury-filled bulb in copper-plated steel, aluminum, or brass stem for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. REMOTE-MOUNTING, VAPOR-ACTUATED DIAL THERMOMETERS

2.3 A. B.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge Div. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. Marsh Bellofram. Miljoco Corp. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. REO TEMP Instrument Corporation. Tel-Tru Manufacturing Company. Trerice, H. O. Co. Weiss Instruments, Inc. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. Winters Instruments.

C. D. E.

Case: Dry type, drawn steel or cast aluminum, 4-1/2-inch (114-mm) diameter with holes for panel mounting. Element: Bourdon tube or other type of pressure element. Movement: Mechanical, connecting element and pointer. 15126-3 4 December 2009 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

F. G. H. I. J. K. L.

Dial: Satin-faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. Pointer: Red or other dark-color metal. Window: Glass or plastic. Ring: Metal. Connector: Bottom union type. Thermal System: Liquid- or mercury-filled bulb in copper-plated steel, aluminum, or brass stem for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. BIMETALLIC-ACTUATED DIAL THERMOMETERS

2.4 A. B.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. Ernst Gage Co. Eugene Ernst Products Co. Marsh Bellofram. Miljoco Corp. NANMAC Corporation. Noshok, Inc. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. REO TEMP Instrument Corporation. Tel-Tru Manufacturing Company. Trerice, H. O. Co. Weiss Instruments, Inc. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. WIKA Instrument Corporation. Winters Instruments.

C. D. E. F.

Description: Direct-mounting, bimetallic-actuated dial thermometers complying with ASME B40.3. Case: Dry type, stainless steel with 3-inch (76-mm) diameter. Element: Bimetal coil. Dial: Satin-faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15126-4 4 December 2009 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

G. H. I. J. K. L.

Pointer: Red or other dark-color metal. Window: Glass or plastic. Ring: Stainless steel. Connector: Rigid, bottom type. Stem: Metal, for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. THERMOWELLS

2.5 A. B.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge Div. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. Ernst Gage Co. Marsh Bellofram. Miljoco Corp. NANMAC Corporation. Noshok, Inc. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. REO TEMP Instrument Corporation. Tel-Tru Manufacturing Company. Trerice, H. O. Co. Weiss Instruments, Inc. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. WIKA Instrument Corporation. Winters Instruments.

C. D.

Manufacturers: Same as manufacturer of thermometer being used. Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type metal fitting made for insertion into piping and of type, diameter, and length required to hold thermometer. PRESSURE GAGES

2.6 A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15126-5 4 December 2009 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

B.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge Div. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. Ernst Gage Co. Eugene Ernst Products Co. KOBOLD Instruments, Inc. Marsh Bellofram. Miljoco Corp. Noshok, Inc. Palmer - Wahl Instruments Inc. REO TEMP Instrument Corporation. Trerice, H. O. Co. Weiss Instruments, Inc. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. WIKA Instrument Corporation. Winters Instruments. Indicating-dial type complying with

C.

Direct-Mounting, Dial-Type Pressure Gages: ASME B40.100. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Case: Dry type, metal or plastic, 4-1/2-inch (114-mm) diameter. Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube, unless otherwise indicated. Pressure Connection: Brass, NPS 1/4 (DN 8), bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. Dial: Satin-faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. Pointer: Red or other dark-color metal. Window: Glass or plastic. Ring: Metal. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half scale. Vacuum-Pressure Range: 30-in. Hg of vacuum to 15 psig of pressure (100 kPa of vacuum to 103 kPa of pressure). Range for Fluids under Pressure: Two times operating pressure.

D.

Remote-Mounting, Dial-Type Pressure Gages: ASME B40.100, indicating-dial type. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Case: Dry type, drawn steel or cast aluminum, 4-1/2-inch (114-mm) diameter with Insert other for panel mounting. Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube, unless otherwise indicated. Pressure Connection: Brass, NPS 1/4 (DN 8), bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. Dial: Satin-faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. Pointer: Red or other dark-color metal. Window: Glass or plastic. Ring: Metal. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half scale.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15126-6 4 December 2009 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

10. 11. E.

Vacuum-Pressure Range: 30-in. Hg of vacuum to 15 psig of pressure (100 kPa of vacuum to 103 kPa of pressure). Range for Fluids under Pressure: Two times operating pressure.

Pressure-Gage Fittings: 1. 2. Valves: NPS 1/4 (DN 8) brass or stainless-steel needle type. Snubbers: ASME B40.5, NPS 1/4 (DN 8) brass bushing with corrosion-resistant, porousmetal disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure.

2.7 A. B.

TEST PLUGS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. C. D. E. Flow Design, Inc. MG Piping Products Co. National Meter, Inc. Peterson Equipment Co., Inc. Sisco Manufacturing Co. Trerice, H. O. Co. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

Description: Corrosion-resistant brass or stainless-steel body with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap, with extended stem for units to be installed in insulated piping. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F (3450 kPa at 93 deg C). Core Inserts: One or two self-sealing rubber valves. 1. 2. Insert material for water service at 20 to 200 deg F (minus 7 to plus 93 deg C) shall be CR. Insert material for water service at minus 30 to plus 275 deg F (minus 35 to plus 136 deg C) shall be EPDM.

F.

Test Kit: Furnish one test kit(s) containing one pressure gage and adaptor, one thermometer(s), and carrying case. Pressure gage, adapter probes, and thermometer sensing elements shall be of diameter to fit test plugs and of length to project into piping. 1. 2. Pressure Gage: Small bourdon-tube insertion type with 2- to 3-inch- (51- to 76-mm-) diameter dial and probe. Dial range shall be 0 to 200 psig (0 to 1380 kPa). Low-Range Thermometer: Small bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch- (25- to 51mm-) diameter dial and tapered-end sensing element. Dial ranges shall be 25 to 125 deg F (minus 4 to plus 52 deg C).

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15126-7 4 December 2009 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

3.

4.

High-Range Thermometer: Small bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch- (25- to 51mm-) diameter dial and tapered-end sensing element. Dial ranges shall be 0 to 220 deg F (minus 18 to plus 104 deg C). Carrying case shall have formed instrument padding.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. THERMOMETER APPLICATIONS Install liquid-in-glass direct-mounting, vapor-actuated dial remote-mounting, vapor-actuated dial bimetallic-actuated dial thermometers in the outlet of each domestic, hot-water storage tank. Install liquid-filled-case-type, -actuated dial thermometers at suction and discharge of each pump. Provide the following temperature ranges for thermometers: 1. 2. Domestic Hot Water: 30 to 180 deg F, with 2-degree scale divisions (Minus 1 to plus 82 deg C, with 1-degree scale divisions). Domestic Cold Water: 0 to 100 deg F, with 2-degree scale divisions (Minus 18 to plus 38 deg C, with 1-degree scale divisions).

B. C.

3.2 A. B. 3.3 A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

GAGE APPLICATIONS Install dry-case-type pressure gages for discharge of each pressure-reducing valve. Install liquid-filled-case-type pressure gages at suction and discharge of each pump. INSTALLATIONS Install direct-mounting thermometers and adjust vertical and tilted positions. Install remote-mounting dial thermometers on panel, with tubing connecting panel and thermometer bulb supported to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. Install thermowells with socket extending a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm) into fluid and in vertical position in piping tees where thermometers are indicated. Install direct-mounting pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at most readable position. Install remote-mounting pressure gages on panel. Install needle-valve and snubber fitting in piping for each pressure gage. Install test plugs in tees in piping. 15126-8 4 December 2009 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

H. I. J. K.

Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions. Install connection fittings for attachment to portable indicators in accessible locations. Install thermometers and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance for thermometers, gages, machines, and equipment. Adjust faces of thermometers and gages to proper angle for best visibility.

END OF SECTION 15126

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15126-9 4 December 2009 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

SECTION 15140 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. B. Under-building slab and aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, fittings, and specialties inside the building. Encasement for piping. Specialty valves. Flexible connectors. Water meters furnished by utility company for installation by Contractor. Escutcheons. Sleeves and sleeve seals. Wall penetration systems.

1.2

Related Section: 1. Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for water-service piping outside the building from source to the point where water-service piping enters the building.

1.3 A.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Seismic Performance: Domestic water piping and support and installation shall withstand effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following products: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Specialty valves. Transition fittings. Dielectric fittings. Flexible connectors. Backflow preventers and vacuum breakers. Escutcheons. 15140-1 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

1.4

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

7. 8. B.

Sleeves and sleeve seals. Water penetration systems.

LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For solvent cements and adhesive primers, including printed statement of VOC content.

C. D.

Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article. Coordination Drawings: For piping in equipment rooms and other congested areas, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved: 1. 2. 3. Fire-suppression-water piping. Domestic water piping. HVAC hydronic piping.

E. 1.5 A. B. C. 1.6 A.

Field quality-control reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic, potable domestic water piping and components. Comply with NSF 61 for potable domestic water piping and components. PROJECT CONDITIONS Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated: 1. 2. Notify Construction Manager Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of water service. Do not proceed with interruption of water service without Construction Manager's Owner's written permission.

1.7 A.

COORDINATION Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-2

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. PIPING MATERIALS Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C) water tube, drawn temper. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-andsocket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends. Copper Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) 3) b. c. 6. Elkhart Products Corporation; Industrial Division. NIBCO INC. Viega; Plumbing and Heating Systems.

2.2

NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber O-ring seal in each end. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Cast-bronze or wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber O-ring seal in each end.

Copper Push-on-Joint Fittings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) b. NVent LLC.

Description: Cast-copper fitting complying with ASME B16.18 or wroughtcopper fitting complying with ASME B 16.22; with stainless-steel teeth and EPDM-rubber O-ring seal in each end instead of solder-joint ends.

7.

Grooved-Joint Copper-Tube Appurtenances: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) Anvil International. Victaulic Company. 15140-3 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

b. c.

Copper Grooved-End Fittings: ASTM B 75 (ASTM B 75M) copper tube or ASTM B 584 bronze castings. Grooved-End-Tube Couplings: Copper-tube dimensions and design similar to AWWA C606. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gaskets suitable for hot and cold water, and bolts and nuts.

B.

Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B) water tube, annealed temper. 1. 2. Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings. Copper Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) 3) b. c. Elkhart Products Corporation; Industrial Division. NIBCO INC. Viega; Plumbing and Heating Systems.

NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber O-ring seal in each end. NPS 3 and NPS 4 (DN 80 and DN 100): Cast-bronze or wrought-copper fitting with EPDM-rubber O-ring seal in each end.

2.3 A.

DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with mechanical-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. 1. 2. Standard-Pattern, Mechanical-Joint Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile or gray iron. Compact-Pattern, Mechanical-Joint Fittings: AWWA C153, ductile iron. a. B. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.

Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with push-on-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. 1. Standard-Pattern, Push-on-Joint Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile or gray iron. a. 2. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber.

Compact-Pattern, Push-on-Joint Fittings: AWWA C153, ductile iron. a. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber.

C.

Plain-End, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151. 1. Grooved-Joint, Ductile-Iron-Pipe Appurtenances:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-4

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

a.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) Anvil International. Victaulic Company.

b. c.

Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Fittings: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable-iron castings or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron castings with dimensions matching pipe. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron-Pipe Couplings: AWWA C606 for ductile-iron-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gaskets suitable for hot and cold water, and bolts and nuts.

2.4 A.

GALVANIZED-STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS Galvanized-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, , Standard Weight. matching joining method. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Include ends

Galvanized-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M or ASTM A 106/A 106M, Standard Weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. Galvanized, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, hexagonal-stock body with ball-andsocket, metal-to-metal, bronze seating surface, and female threaded ends. Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125, cast iron. Grooved-Joint, Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Appurtenances: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) b. Anvil International. Victaulic Company.

c.

Galvanized, Grooved-End Fittings for Galvanized-Steel Piping: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable-iron casting; ASTM A 106/A 106M, steel pipe; or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting; with dimensions matching steel pipe. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Galvanized-Steel Piping: AWWA C606 for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gaskets suitable for hot and cold water, and bolts and nuts.

2.5 A.

CPVC PIPING CPVC Pipe: ASTM F 441/F 441M, Schedule 40. 1. 2. B. C. CPVC Socket Fittings: ASTM F 438 for Schedule 40. CPVC Threaded Fittings: ASTM F 437, Schedule 80.

CPVC Piping System: ASTM D 2846/D 2846M, SDR 11, pipe and socket fittings. CPVC Tubing System: ASTM D 2846/D 2846M, SDR 11, tube and socket fittings. 15140-5 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.6 A.

PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. 1. 2. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2466 for Schedule 40. PVC Schedule 80 Threaded Fittings: ASTM D 2464.

2.7 A.

PIPING JOINING MATERIALS Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free, unless otherwise indicated; full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for generalduty brazing unless otherwise indicated. Solvent Cements for Joining CPVC Piping and Tubing: ASTM F 493. 1. 2. F. Use CPVC solvent cement that has a VOC content of 490 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Use adhesive primer that has a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to

B. C. D. E.

Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping: ASTM F 656. 1. 2.

Use PVC solvent cement that has a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Use adhesive primer that has a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

G.

Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gaskets, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING

2.8 A. B. C. D.

Standard: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. Form: Tube. Material: LLDPE film of 0.008-inch (0.20-mm) High-density, cross-laminated PE film of 0.004-inch (0.10-mm) minimum thickness. Color: Natural. 15140-6 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.9 A. B. C.

SPECIALTY VALVES Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for general-duty metal valves. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for balancing valves, drain valves, backflow preventers, and vacuum breakers. CPVC Union Ball Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. American Valve, Inc. NIBCO INC. Sloane, George Fischer, Inc. Spears Manufacturing Company. Thermoplastic Valves Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Standard: MSS SP-122. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) at 73 deg F (23 deg C). Body Material: CPVC. Body Design: Union type. End Connections for Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Detachable, socket. End Connections for Valves NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Detachable, flanged. Ball: CPVC; full port. Seals: PTFE or EPDM-rubber O-rings. Handle: Tee shaped.

D.

CPVC Non-Union Ball Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 2. American Valve, Inc. Asahi/America, Inc. King Bros. Industries. Legend Valve. NIBCO INC. Spears Manufacturing Company. Thermoplastic Valves Inc.

Description: a. b. c. Standard: MSS SP-122. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) at 73 deg F (23 deg C). Body Material: CPVC. 15140-7 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

d. e. f. g. h. E.

Body Design: Non-union type. End Connections: Socket or threaded. Ball: CPVC; full or reduced port. Seals: PTFE or EPDM-rubber O-rings. Handle: Tee shaped.

CPVC Butterfly Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. Fischer, George Inc. Hayward Flow Control Systems; Hayward Industrial Products, Inc. NIBCO INC. Sloane, George Fischer, Inc. Spears Manufacturing Company. Thermoplastic Valves Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) at 73 deg F (23 deg C). Body Material: CPVC. Body Design: Lug or wafer type. Seat: EPDM rubber. Seals: PTFE or EPDM-rubber O-rings. Disc: CPVC. Stem: Stainless steel. Handle: Lever.

F.

CPVC Ball Check Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. 2. American Valve, Inc. Asahi/America, Inc. Colonial Engineering, Inc. Fischer, George Inc. Hayward Flow Control Systems; Hayward Industrial Products, Inc. IPEX Inc. NIBCO INC. Sloane, George Fischer, Inc. Spears Manufacturing Company. Thermoplastic Valves Inc.

Description: a. b. c. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) at 73 deg F (23 deg C). Body Material: CPVC. Body Design: Union-type ball check. 15140-8 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

d. e. f. g. G.

End Connections for Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Detachable, socket. End Connections for Valves NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Detachable, flanged. Ball: CPVC. Seals: EPDM- or FKM-rubber O-rings.

CPVC Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. 2. Sloane, George Fischer, Inc. Spears Manufacturing Company.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) at 73 deg F (23 deg C). Body Material: CPVC. Body Design: Nonrising stem. End Connections for Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Socket. End Connections for Valves NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged. Gate and Stem: Plastic. Seals: EPDM rubber. Handle: Wheel.

2.10 A.

TRANSITION FITTINGS General Requirements: 1. 2. 3. Same size as pipes to be joined. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined.

B. C.

Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. Sleeve-Type Transition Coupling: AWWA C219. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing. Dresser, Inc.; Dresser Piping Specialties. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. (The). JCM Industries. Romac Industries, Inc. Smith-Blair, Inc; a Sensus company. Viking Johnson; c/o Mueller Co.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-9

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

D.

Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. 2. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. Harvel Plastics, Inc. Spears Manufacturing Company.

Description: CPVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert and one solvent-cement-socket or threaded end.

E.

Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. 2. Colonial Engineering, Inc. NIBCO INC. Spears Manufacturing Company.

Description: CPVC four-part union. Include brass or stainless-steel threaded end, solvent-cement-joint or threaded plastic end, rubber O-ring, and union nut.

2.11 A.

DIELECTRIC FITTINGS General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials or ferrous material body with separating nonconductive insulating material suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. Capitol Manufacturing Company. Central Plastics Company. EPCO Sales, Inc. Hart Industries International, Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products.

B.

Description: a. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa) at 180 deg F (82 deg C). End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

C.

Dielectric Flanges: 15140-10 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. Capitol Manufacturing Company. Central Plastics Company. EPCO Sales, Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

2.

Description: a. b. c. Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solderjoint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.

D.

Dielectric-Flange Kits: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. Calpico, Inc. Central Plastics Company. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

Description: a. b. c. d. e. Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers.

E.

Dielectric Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. 2. Calpico, Inc. Lochinvar Corporation.

Description: a. b. c. d. Galvanized-steel coupling. Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 225 deg F (107 deg C). End Connections: Female threaded. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic.

F.

Dielectric Nipples:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-11

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

1.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. Victaulic Company.

2.

Description: a. b. c. d. Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F 1545. Pressure Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 225 deg F (107 deg C). End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene.

2.12 A.

FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Flex-Hose Co., Inc. Flexicraft Industries. Flex Pression, Ltd. Flex-Weld, Inc. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. Mercer Rubber Co. Metraflex, Inc. Proco Products, Inc. Tozen Corporation. Unaflex, Inc. Universal Metal Hose; a Hyspan company

B.

Bronze-Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated-bronze tubing with bronze wire-braid covering and ends brazed to inner tubing. 1. 2. 3. Working-Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig (1380 kPa). End Connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded copper pipe or plain-end copper tube. End Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged copper alloy.

C.

Stainless-Steel-Hose Flexible Connectors: Corrugated-stainless-steel tubing with stainless-steel wire-braid covering and ends welded to inner tubing. 1. 2. 3. Working-Pressure Rating: Minimum 200 psig (1380 kPa). End Connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded steel-pipe nipple. End Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged steel nipple.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-12

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

2.13 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. 2.14 A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

ESCUTCHEONS General: Manufactured ceiling, floor, and wall escutcheons and floor plates. One Piece, Cast Brass: Polished, chrome-plated finish with setscrews. One Piece, Deep Pattern: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with chrome-plated finish. One Piece, Stamped Steel: Chrome-plated finish with spring clips. Split Casting, Cast Brass: Polished, chrome-plated finish with concealed hinge and setscrew. Split Plate, Stamped Steel: Chrome-plated finish with concealed hinge, spring clips. One-Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. Split-Casting Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge. SLEEVES Cast-Iron Wall Pipes: Fabricated of cast iron, and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. Galvanized-Steel-Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. Molded-PE Sleeves: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. Molded-PVC Sleeves: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. PVC-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: coated, with plain ends. ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc-

Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews.

2.15 A.

SLEEVE SEALS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. Calpico, Inc. Metraflex, Inc. 15140-13 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4. B.

Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, used to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. 2. 3. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements.

2.16 A.

WALL PENETRATION SYSTEMS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. SIGMA.

B.

Description: Wall-sleeve assembly, consisting of housing and gland, gaskets, and pipe sleeve. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Carrier-Pipe Deflection: Up to 5 percent without leakage. Housing: Ductile-iron casting with hub, waterstop, anchor ring, and locking devices. Include gland, bolts, and nuts. Housing-to-Sleeve Gasket: EPDM rubber. Housing-to-Carrier-Pipe Gasket: AWWA C111, EPDM rubber. Pipe Sleeve: AWWA C151, ductile-iron pipe or ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, zinccoated steel pipe.

2.17 A. B. C. D.

GROUT Standard: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydrauliccement grout. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EARTHWORK Comply with requirements in Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-14

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

3.2 A.

PIPING INSTALLATION Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." Install ductile-iron piping under building slab with restrained joints according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. Install underground copper tube and ductile-iron pipe in PE encasement according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve, inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages and Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for drain valves and strainers. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. Install water-pressure-reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for pressure-reducing valves. Install domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain and plumb. Rough-in domestic water piping for water-meter installation according to utility company's requirements. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for seismic-restraint devices. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance. Install piping to permit valve servicing.

B. C. D. E.

F. G.

H. I. J.

K. L.

M. N. O.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-15

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

P. Q. R. S. T. U.

Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. Install piping free of sags and bends. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Install PEX piping with loop at each change of direction of more than 90 degrees. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping from each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for pressure gages. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Pumps" for thermostats. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers. JOINT CONSTRUCTION

V. W.

3.3 A. B. C.

Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. 2. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged.

D. E. F. G.

Brazed Joints: Join copper tube and fittings according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints" Chapter. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." Pressure-Sealed Joints: Join copper tube and pressure-seal fittings with tools recommended by fitting manufacturer. Copper-Tubing, Push-on Joints: Clean end of tube. Measure insertion depth with manufacturer's depth gage. Join copper tube and push-on-joint fittings by inserting tube to measured depth. 15140-16 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

H.

Extruded-Tee Connections: Form tee in copper tube according to ASTM F 2014. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. Copper-Tubing Grooved Joints: Roll groove end of tube. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join copper tube and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for roll-grooved joints. Ductile-Iron-Piping Grooved Joints: Cut groove end of pipe. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join ductile-iron pipe and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for ductile-iron-pipe, cut-grooved joints. Steel-Piping Grooved Joints: Cut or roll groove end of pipe. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe grooved joints. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos-free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. 2. 3. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. Apply primer. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.

I.

J.

K.

L.

M.

N. O.

PEX Piping Joints: Join according to ASTM F 1807. Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. VALVE INSTALLATION

3.4 A. B.

General-Duty Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for valve installations. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. Drain valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." 1. 2. Hose-End Drain Valves: At low points in water mains, risers, and branches. Stop-and-Waste Drain Valves: Instead of hose-end drain valves where indicated. 15140-17 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

C.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

D.

Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for balancing valves. Install calibrated balancing valves in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set calibrated balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for calibrated balancing valves. TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION

E.

3.5 A. B.

Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping. Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping: 1. 2. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Fitting-type coupling. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: Sleeve-type coupling.

C.

Transition Fittings in Aboveground Domestic Water PipingNPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Plastic-to-metal transition unions. DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION

3.6 A. B. C. D. 3.7 A. B. C. 3.8 A.

Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings or nipples. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Use dielectric flanges. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits. FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR INSTALLATION Install flexible connectors in suction and discharge piping connections to each domestic water pump and in suction and discharge manifold connections to each domestic water booster pump. Install bronze-hose flexible connectors in copper domestic water tubing. Install stainless-steel-hose flexible connectors in steel domestic water piping. WATER METER INSTALLATION Rough-in domestic water piping, and install water meters according to utility company's requirements.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-18

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

B. C. D. E. F.

Water meters will be furnished and installed by utility company. Install water meters according to AWWA M6, utility company's requirements, and the following: Install compound-type water meters with shutoff valves on water-meter inlet and outlet and on valved bypass around meter. Support meters, valves, and piping on brick or concrete piers. Install fire-service water meters with shutoff valves on water-meter inlet and outlet and on fullsize valved bypass around meter. Support meter, valves, and piping on brick or concrete piers. Install remote registration system according to standards of utility company and of authorities having jurisdiction. HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

3.9 A. B.

Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for seismic-restraint devices. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support products and installation. 1. 2. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. b. c. 3. 4. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m) If Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

C. D. E.

Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch (10 mm). Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. NPS 3/4 (DN 20) and Smaller: 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4 (DN 25 and DN 32): 72 inches (1800 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 96 inches (2400 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 3 to NPS 5 (DN 80 to DN 125): 10 feet (3 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 10 feet (3 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. 15140-19 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

7. F. G.

NPS 8 (DN 200): 10 feet (3 m) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod.

Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet (3 m). Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) and Smaller: 84 inches (2100 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2 (DN 50): 10 feet (3 m) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 11 feet (3.4 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 3 and NPS 3-1/2 (DN 80 and DN 90): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 7/8-inch (22-mm) rod.

H. I.

Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). Install vinyl-coated hangers for CPVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: 36 inches (900 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2 (DN 32 to DN 50): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 65 to DN 90): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. NPS 8 (DN 200): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 7/8-inch (22-mm) rod.

J. K.

Install supports for vertical CPVC piping every 60 inches (1500 mm) for NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller, and every 72 inches (1800 mm) for NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) and larger. Install vinyl-coated hangers for PEX piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: 32 inches (815 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod.

L. M.

Install hangers for vertical PEX piping every 48 inches (1200 mm). Install vinyl-coated hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 65 to DN 90): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. 15140-20 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

5. N. O.

NPS 8 (DN 200): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 7/8-inch (22-mm) rod.

Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches (1200 mm). Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. CONNECTIONS Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. 2. 3. Domestic Water Booster Pumps: Cold-water suction and discharge piping. Water Heaters: Cold-water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Division 15 plumbing fixture Sections for connection sizes. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger.

3.10 A. B. C. D.

4.

3.11 A. B.

ESCUTCHEON INSTALLATION Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Escutcheons for New Piping: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One piece, deep pattern. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass with polished chrome-plated finish stamped steel with spring clips. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass with polished chrome-plated finish One piece or split plate, stamped steel with set screw. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One piece, cast brass with rough-brass finish stamped steel with spring clips. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One piece, cast brass stamped steel with set screw or spring clips. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece floor plate.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-21

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

3.12 A. B. C. D. E. F.

SLEEVE INSTALLATION General Requirements: Install sleeves for pipes and tubes passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces unless otherwise indicated. Install sleeves in new partitions, slabs, and walls as they are built. For interior wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants. For exterior wall penetrations above grade, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants. For exterior wall penetrations below grade, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe using wall penetration systems specified in this Section. Seal space outside of sleeves in concrete slabs and walls with grout. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation unless otherwise indicated. Install sleeve materials according to the following applications: 1. 2. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Concrete Floor Slabs: Steel pipe. Sleeves for Piping Passing through Concrete Floor Slabs of Mechanical Equipment Areas or Other Wet Areas: Steel pipe. a. b. Extend sleeves 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing, extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.

G.

H. I. J. K.

3.

Sleeves for Piping Passing through Gypsum-Board Partitions: a. b. c. PVC pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6 (DN 150). Galvanized-steel sheet sleeves for pipes NPS 6 (DN 150) and larger. Exception: Sleeves are not required for water supply tubes and waste pipes for individual plumbing fixtures if escutcheons will cover openings.

4.

Sleeves for Piping Passing through Concrete Roof Slabs: Steel pipe. 15140-22 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

5.

Sleeves for Piping Passing through Exterior Concrete Walls: a. b. c. d. Steel pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6 (DN 150). Cast-iron wall pipe sleeves for pipes NPS 6 (DN 150) and larger. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation when sleeve seals are used. Do not use sleeves when wall penetration systems are used.

6.

Sleeves for Piping Passing through Interior Concrete Walls: a. b. Steel pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6 (DN 150). Galvanized-steel sheet sleeves for pipes NPS 6 (DN 150) and larger.

L.

Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for firestop materials and installations. SLEEVE SEAL INSTALLATION Install sleeve seals in sleeves in exterior concrete walls at water-service piping entries into building. Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble sleeve seal components and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. WALL PENETRATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION Install wall penetration systems in new, exterior concrete walls. Assemble wall penetration system components with sleeve pipe. Install so that end of sleeve pipe and face of housing are flush with wall. Adjust locking devices to secure sleeve pipe in housing. IDENTIFICATION Identify system components. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for identification materials and installation. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Perform tests and inspections.

3.13 A. B.

3.14 A. B.

3.15 A. B. 3.16 A.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-23

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

B.

Piping Inspections: 1. 2. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. b. 3. 4. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

C.

Piping Tests: 1. 2. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required.

3.

4.

5. 6. D. E. 3.17 A.

Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. Prepare test and inspection reports. ADJUSTING Perform the following adjustments before operation: 1. 2. 3. 4. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. Open throttling valves to proper setting. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-24

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

a. b. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3.18 A.

Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide flow of hot water in each branch. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.

Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during installation. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.

CLEANING Clean and disinfect potable and non-potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. 2. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. b. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) 2) c. d. Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm (50 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm (200 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.

Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.

B.

Clean non-potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. 2. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or; if methods are not prescribed, follow procedures described below: a. b. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.

C.

Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-25

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

D. 3.19 A. B. C. D.

Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. PIPING SCHEDULE Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. Fitting Option: Extruded-tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing. Under-building-slab, domestic water, building service piping, NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B); copper pressure-seal fittings; and pressure-sealed joints.

E.

Under-building-slab, domestic water, building-service piping, NPS 4 to NPS 8 (DN 100 to DN 200) and larger, shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B); wrought-copper solderjoint fittings; and brazed joints. Mechanical-joint, ductile-iron pipe; standard- pattern mechanical-joint fittings; and mechanical joints. Push-on-joint, ductile-iron pipe; standard- pattern push-on-joint fittings; and gasketed joints. Plain-end, ductile-iron pipe; grooved-joint, ductile-iron-pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints.

F.

Under-building-slab, domestic water piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Hard or soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B); copper pressure-seal-joint fittings; and pressure-sealed joints.

G.

Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Galvanized-steel pipe and nipples; galvanized, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C); cast- copper solderjoint fittings; and soldered joints. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C); copper pressure-sealjoint fittings; and pressure-sealed joints. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C); copper push-on-joint fittings; and push-on joints. CPVC, Schedule 40 pipe; CPVC, Schedule 40 socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. CPVC, Schedule 80 pipe; CPVC, Schedule 80 threaded fittings; and threaded joints.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-26

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

7.

CPVC Tubing System: CPVC tube; CPVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and NPS 2 (DN 50) CPVC pipe with CPVC socket fittings may be used instead of tubing.

H.

Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100), shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C); cast- copper solderjoint fittings; and soldered joints. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C); copper pressure-sealjoint fittings; and pressure-sealed joints. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C); grooved-joint coppertube appurtenances; and grooved joints. Galvanized-steel pipe and nipples; galvanized, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. Galvanized-steel pipe; grooved-joint, galvanized-steel-pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints. CPVC, Schedule 40 pipe; CPVC, Schedule 40 socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. CPVC, Schedule 80 pipe; CPVC, Schedule 80 threaded fittings; and threaded joints.

I.

Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 5 to NPS 8 (DN 125 to DN 200), shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C); cast- copper solderjoint fittings; and soldered joints. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C); grooved-joint coppertube appurtenances; and grooved joints. Galvanized-steel pipe and nipples; galvanized, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. Galvanized-steel pipe; grooved-joint, galvanized-steel-pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints. CPVC, Schedule 40 pipe; CPVC, Schedule 40 socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. CPVC, Schedule 80 pipe; CPVC, Schedule 80 threaded fittings; and threaded joints.

3.20 A.

VALVE SCHEDULE Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. 2. 3. 4. Shutoff Duty: Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Use butterfly, ball, or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Use butterfly or ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Hot-Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Memory-stop balancing valves. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.

B.

Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment. 15140-27 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

C. D.

Iron grooved-end valves may be used with grooved-end piping. CPVC valves matching piping materials may be used.

END OF SECTION 15140

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15140-28

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

SECTION 15145 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. B. Vacuum breakers. Backflow preventers. Water pressure-reducing valves. Balancing valves. Temperature-actuated water mixing valves. Strainers. Outlet boxes. Hose stations. Hose bibbs. Wall hydrants. Ground hydrants. Post hydrants. Drain valves. Water hammer arresters. Air vents. Trap-seal primer valves. Trap-seal primer systems.

1.2

Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 3. Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers, pressure gages, and flow meters in domestic water piping. Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for water meters. Division 15 Section "Medical Plumbing Fixtures" for thermostatic mixing valves for sitz baths, thermostatic mixing-valve assemblies for hydrotherapy equipment, and outlet boxes for dialysis equipment. Division 15 Section "Emergency Plumbing Fixtures" for water tempering equipment. Division 15 Section "Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers" for water filters for water coolers. Division 15 Section "Water Filtration Equipment" for water filters in domestic water piping. 15145-1 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

4. 5. 6.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.3 A.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig (860 kPa), unless otherwise indicated. SUBMITTALS A. B. C. D. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. Field quality-control test reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. NSF Compliance: 1. 2. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic domestic water piping components. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9."

1.4

1.5

B.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. VACUUM BREAKERS Pipe-Applied, Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. Ames Co. Cash Acme. Conbraco Industries, Inc. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. Rain Bird Corporation. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Div. 15145-2 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

2.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

g. h. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B.

Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

Standard: ASSE 1001. Size: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3 (DN 8 to DN 80), as required to match connected piping. Body: Bronze. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded. Finish: Chrome plated.

Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. 3. 4. 5. 6. Arrowhead Brass Products, Inc. Cash Acme. Conbraco Industries, Inc. Legend Valve. MIFAB, Inc. Prier Products, Inc. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Woodford Manufacturing Company. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2.

Standard: ASSE 1011. Body: Bronze, nonremovable, with manual drain. Outlet Connection: Garden-hose threaded complying with ASME B1.20.7. Finish: Chrome or nickel plated.

C.

Pressure Vacuum Breakers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. Ames Co. Conbraco Industries, Inc. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. Flomatic Corporation. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Div. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 15145-3 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

2. 3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

g. 4. 5. 6. D.

Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

Standard: ASSE 1020. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. Pressure Loss: 5 psig (35 kPa) maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range.

Spill-Resistant Vacuum Breakers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. 3. 4. 5. 6. Conbraco Industries, Inc. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

2.

Standard: ASSE 1056. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. Size: NPS 1/2 (DN 15). Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type, on inlet and outlet.

2.2 A.

BACKFLOW PREVENTERS Intermediate Atmospheric-Vent Backflow Preventers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Cash Acme. Conbraco Industries, Inc. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. Honeywell Water Controls. Legend Valve. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2.

Standard: ASSE 1012. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. Size: NPS 1/2 (DN 15). Body: Bronze. End Connections: Solder joint. Finish: Rough bronze.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15145-4

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

B.

Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Ames Co. Conbraco Industries, Inc. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. Flomatic Corporation. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. 3.

Standard: ASSE 1013. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. Pressure Loss: 12 psig (83 kPa) maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. Size: 3” Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet ofNPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; outside screw and yoke gate-type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Air-Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection.

b. C.

Dual-Check-Valve Backflow Preventers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Cash Acme. Conbraco Industries, Inc. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. Legend Valve. Mueller Co.; Water Products Div. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15145-5

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

3. 4. 5. 6. D.

Standard: ASSE 1024. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. Size: NPS 1/2 (DN 15). Body: Bronze with union inlet.

Double-Check, Detector-Assembly Backflow Preventers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Ames Co. Conbraco Industries, Inc. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. 3.

Standard: ASSE 1048 and FMG approved or UL listed. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. Pressure Loss: 5 psig (35 kPa) maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. Size: 6” Design Flow Rate: 500 gpm Body: Cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved. End Connections: Flanged. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow. Accessories: a. b. Valves: Outside screw and yoke gate-type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet. Bypass: With displacement-type water meter, shutoff valves, and reducedpressure backflow preventer.

E.

Hose-Connection Backflow Preventers: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. 3. Conbraco Industries, Inc. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Woodford Manufacturing Company.

2.

Standard: ASSE 1052. 15145-6 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4. 5. 6. 7. F.

Operation: Up to 10-foot head of water (30-kPa) back pressure. Inlet Size: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4 (DN 15 or DN 20). Outlet Size: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. Capacity: At least 3-gpm (0.19-L/s) flow.

Backflow-Preventer Test Kits: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 4. Conbraco Industries, Inc. FEBCO; SPX Valves & Controls. Flomatic Corporation. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

2. 3.

Description: Factory calibrated, with gages, fittings, hoses, and carrying case with testprocedure instructions.

2.3 A.

WATER PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVES Water Regulators: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cash Acme. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. Honeywell Water Controls. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div. Body: Bronze with chrome-plated finish for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3 (DN 65 and DN 80). Valves for Booster Heater Water Supply: Include integral bypass. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3 (DN 65 and DN 80).

2.

3.

4. 5. B.

Water Control Valves:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15145-7

4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

1.

2. 3.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. CLA-VAL Automatic Control Valves. Flomatic Corporation. OCV Control Valves. Watts Industries, Inc.; Ames Fluid Control Systems. Watts Industries, Inc.; Watts ACV. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.

4. 5.

6.

Description: Pilot-operation, diaphragm-type, single-seated main water control valve. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig (1035 kPa) minimum with AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, interior epoxy coating. Include small pilot-control valve, restrictor device, specialty fittings, and sensor piping. Main Valve Body: Cast- or ductile-iron body with AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, interior epoxy coating; or stainless-steel body. a. Size: b. Pattern: Angle-valve design. c. Trim: Stainless steel. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger.

7.

2.4 A.

BALANCING VALVES Copper-Alloy Calibrated Balancing Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Armstrong International, Inc. Flo Fab Inc. ITT Industries; Bell & Gossett Div. NIBCO INC. TAC Americas. Taco, Inc. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 15145-8 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

2. 3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4. 5. 6. 7. B.

Type: Ball valve with two readout ports and memory setting indicator. Body: Brass, Size: Same as connected piping, but not larger than NPS 2 (DN 50). Accessories: Meter hoses, fittings, valves, differential pressure meter, and carrying case.

Memory-Stop Balancing Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Conbraco Industries, Inc. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. Hammond Valve. Milwaukee Valve Company. NIBCO INC. Red-White Valve Corp.

2.

Standard: MSS SP-110 for two-piece, copper-alloy ball valves. Pressure Rating: 400-psig (2760-kPa) minimum CWP. Size: NPS 2 (DN 50) or smaller. Body: Copper alloy. Port: Standard or full port. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. End Connections: Solder joint or threaded. Handle: Vinyl-covered steel with memory-setting device.

2.5 A.

TEMPERATURE-ACTUATED WATER MIXING VALVES Primary, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. Armstrong International, Inc. Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc. Leonard Valve Company. Powers; a Watts Industries Co. 15145-9 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

2. 3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

e. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 2.6 A.

Symmons Industries, Inc.

Standard: ASSE 1017. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). Type: Exposed-mounting, thermostatically controlled water mixing valve. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components. Connections: Threaded union inlets and outlet. Accessories: Manual temperature control, check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies, and adjustable, temperature-control handle. Valve Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Tempered-Water Setting: <110 deg F Valve Finish: Chrome plated. Piping Finish: Copper.

STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. 2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, epoxy coating and for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller;flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations, unless otherwise indicated. Perforation Size: a. b. c. 6. StrainersNPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 0.020 inch (0.51 mm). Strainers NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): 0.045 inch (1.14 mm). Strainers NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: 0.10 inch (2.54 mm).

3. 4. 5.

Drain: Factory-installed, hose-end drain valve.

2.7 A.

HOSE BIBBS Hose Bibbs: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Standard: ASME A112.18.1 for sediment faucets. Body Material: Bronze. Seat: Bronze, replaceable. Supply Connections: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4 (DN 15 or DN 20) threaded or solder-joint inlet. Outlet Connection: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). Vacuum Breaker: Integral or field-installation, nonremovable, drainable, hoseconnection vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011. Finish for Equipment Rooms: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated. Finish for Service Areas: Rough bronze. 15145-10 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 2.8 A.

Finish for Finished Rooms: Chrome or nickel plated. Operation for Equipment Rooms: Wheel handle or operating key. Operation for Service Areas: Operating key. Operation for Finished Rooms: Operating key. Include operating key with each operating-key hose bibb. Include integral wall flange with each chrome- or nickel-plated hose bibb.

WALL HYDRANTS Nonfreeze Wall Hydrants: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. B. Josam Company. MIFAB, Inc. Prier Products, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Woodford Manufacturing Company. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2.

Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for concealed-outlet, self-draining wall hydrants. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). Operation: Loose key. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamp. Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1 (DN 20 or DN 25). Outlet: Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. Box: Deep, flush mounting with cover. Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze. Outlet: Exposed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. Nozzle and Wall-Plate Finish: Polished nickel bronze. Operating Keys(s): Two with each wall hydrant. rant.

Vacuum Breaker Wall Hydrants: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15145-11 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

2.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Arrowhead Brass Products, Inc. Mansfield Plumbing Products LLC. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. Prier Products, Inc. Smith, Jay. R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. Woodford Manufacturing Company. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 2.9 A.

Standard: ASSE 1019, Type A or Type B. Type: Freeze-resistant, automatic draining with integral air-inlet valve. Classification: Type A, for automatic draining with hose removed or Type B, for automatic draining with hose removed or with hose attached and nozzle closed. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). Operation: Loose key. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamp. Inlet: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4 (DN 15 or DN 20). Outlet: Exposed with garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7.

WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS Water Hammer Arresters: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. 3. 4. 5. AMTROL, Inc. Josam Company. MIFAB, Inc. PPP Inc. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2.

Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201. Type: Copper tube with piston. Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15145-12 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

2.10 A.

AIR VENTS Bolted-Construction Automatic Air Vents: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Body: Bronze. Pressure Rating: 125-psig (860-kPa) minimum pressure rating at 140 deg F (60 deg C). Float: Replaceable, corrosion-resistant metal. Mechanism and Seat: Stainless steel. Size: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) minimum inlet. Inlet and Vent Outlet End Connections: Threaded.

B.

Welded-Construction Automatic Air Vents: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Body: Stainless steel. Pressure Rating: 150-psig (1035-kPa) minimum pressure rating. Float: Replaceable, corrosion-resistant metal. Mechanism and Seat: Stainless steel. Size: NPS 3/8 (DN 10) minimum inlet. Inlet and Vent Outlet End Connections: Threaded.

2.11 A.

TRAP-SEAL PRIMER VALVES Supply-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. MIFAB, Inc. PPP Inc. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.

2.

Standard: ASSE 1018. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum. Body: Bronze. Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) threaded, union, or solder joint. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) threaded or solder joint. Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is not chrome finished.

B.

Drainage-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 15145-13 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.

3. 4. 5.

Standard: ASSE 1044, lavatory P-trap with NPS 3/8 (DN 10) minimum, trap makeup connection. Size: NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) minimum. Material: Chrome-plated, cast brass.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. INSTALLATION Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 1. 2. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain connection with air-gap fitting, fixed air-gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe to floor drain. Locate air-gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are not acceptable for this application. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.

3. C. D. E. F.

Install water regulators with inlet and outlet shutoff valves and bypass with memory-stop balancing valve. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet. Install water control valves with inlet and outlet shutoff valves and bypass with globe valve. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet. Install balancing valves in locations where they can easily be adjusted. Install temperature-actuated water mixing valves with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with shutoff valve on outlet. 1. 2. Install thermometers and water regulators if specified. Install cabinet-type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as specified.

G. H.

Install Y-pattern strainers for water on supply side of each water pressure-reducing valve, and pump. Install nonfreeze, nondraining-type post hydrants set in concrete or pavement.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15145-14 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

I. J. K. L.

Install freeze-resistant yard hydrants with riser pipe set in concrete or pavement. Do not encase canister in concrete. Install water hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI-WH 201. Install air vents at high points of water piping. Install drain piping and discharge onto floor drain. Install supply-type, trap-seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. Install drainage-type, trap-seal primer valves as lavatory trap with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Install trap-seal primer systems with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust system for proper flow. CONNECTIONS

M. N.

3.2 A. B. C. 3.3 A.

Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." LABELING AND IDENTIFYING Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Pressure vacuum breakers. Intermediate atmospheric-vent backflow preventers. Reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventers. Double-check backflow-prevention assemblies. Carbonated-beverage-machine backflow preventers. Dual-check-valve backflow preventers. Reduced-pressure-detector, fire-protection backflow-preventer assemblies. Double-check, detector-assembly backflow preventers. Water pressure-reducing valves. Calibrated balancing valves. Primary, thermostatic, water mixing valves. Manifold, thermostatic, water-mixing-valve assemblies. Photographic-process, thermostatic, water-mixing-valve assemblies. Primary water tempering valves. Outlet boxes. Hose stations. 15145-15 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

17. 18. B.

Supply-type, trap-seal primer valves. Trap-seal primer systems.

Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.4 A.

Perform the following tests and prepare test reports: 1. Test each pressure vacuum breaker reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventer double-check backflow-prevention assembly and double-check, detector-assembly backflow preventer according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard.

B.

Remove and replace malfunctioning domestic water piping specialties and retest as specified above. ADJUSTING

3.5 A. B. C.

Set field-adjustable pressure set points of water pressure-reducing valves. Set field-adjustable flow set points of balancing valves. Set field-adjustable temperature set points of temperature-actuated water mixing valves.

END OF SECTION 15145

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15145-16 4 December 2009 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES

SECTION 15150 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following for soil, waste, and vent piping inside the building: 1. 2. 3. B. Pipe, tube, and fittings. Special pipe fittings. Encasement for underground metal piping.

1.2

Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Sewage Pumps."

1.3 A. B. C. D. E. 1.4 A.

DEFINITIONS LLDPE: Linear, low-density polyethylene plastic. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. PE: Polyethylene plastic. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. TPE: Thermoplastic elastomer. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). Sanitary Sewer, Force-Main Piping: 50 psig (345 kPa).

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15150-1

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

B.

Seismic Performance: Soil, waste, and vent piping and support and installation shall be capable of withstanding the effects of seismic events determined according to SUBMITTALS

1.5 A. B.

Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings. LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For solvent cements and adhesive primers, including printed statement of VOC content.

C.

Shop Drawings: 1. 2. Design Calculations: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer for selecting seismic restraints. Sovent Drainage System: Include plans, elevations, sections, and details.

D. 1.6 A. B.

Field quality-control inspection and test reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping; "NSF-drain" for plastic drain piping; "NSF-tubular" for plastic continuous waste piping; and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.

2.2 A.

PIPING MATERIALS Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. 15150-2 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.3 A. B. C. 2.4 A. B.

HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class(es). Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber. Calking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber. HUBLESS CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion-resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 1. Standard, Shielded, Stainless-Steel Couplings: CISPI 310, with stainless-steel corrugated shield; stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. a. Manufacturers: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 2. ANACO. Fernco, Inc. Ideal Div.; Stant Corp. Mission Rubber Co. Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div.

Heavy-Duty, Shielded, Stainless-Steel Couplings: With stainless-steel shield, stainlesssteel bands and tightening devices, and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. a. Manufacturers: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) ANACO. Clamp-All Corp. Ideal Div.; Stant Corp. Mission Rubber Co. Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div.

3.

Heavy-Duty, Shielded, Cast-Iron Couplings: ASTM A 48/A 48M, two-piece, cast-iron housing; stainless-steel bolts and nuts; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. a. Manufacturers: 1) MG Piping Products Co.

C.

Rigid, Unshielded Couplings: ASTM C 1461, sleeve-type, reducing- or transition-type mechanical coupling molded from ASTM C 1440, TPE material with corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15150-3

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

a. 2.5 A.

ANACO.

COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper. 1. B. Copper Drainage Fittings: copper, solder-joint fittings. ASME B16.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought

Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M (ASTM B 88M, Types B and C), water tube, drawn temper. 1. 2. 3. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wroughtcopper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated. Copper Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, cast copper with solder-joint end. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.

C.

Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B), water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wroughtcopper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated.

2.6 A.

PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent. 1. B. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns.

Solvent Cement and Adhesive Primer: 1. 2. Use PVC solvent cement that has a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Use adhesive primer that has a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2.7 A.

SPECIAL PIPE FITTINGS Flexible, Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring, ends of same sizes as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. c. Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co. Fernco, Inc. Logan Clay Products Company (The). 15150-4 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

d. e. f. 2.

Mission Rubber Co. NDS, Inc. Plastic Oddities, Inc.

Sleeve Materials: a. b. c. For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined.

B.

Shielded Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: ASTM C 1460, elastomeric or rubber sleeve with fulllength, corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. Mission Rubber Co.

C.

Rigid, Unshielded, Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: ASTM C 1461, sleeve-type reducing- or transition-type mechanical coupling molded from ASTM C 1440, TPE material with corrosionresistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. ANACO.

D.

Pressure Pipe Couplings: AWWA C219 metal, sleeve-type same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to, and ends compatible with, pipes to be joined. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 2. 3. 4. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. Dresser, Inc.; DMD Div. EBAA Iron Sales, Inc. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. (The); Pipe Products Div. JCM Industries, Inc. Romac Industries, Inc. Smith-Blair, Inc. Viking Johnson.

Center-Sleeve Material: Manufacturer's standard. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material.

E.

Flexible Ball Joints: Ductile-iron fitting with combination of flanged and mechanical-joint ends complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include gasketed ball-joint section and ductile-iron gland, rubber gasket, and steel bolts.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15150-5

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

1.

Manufacturers: a. EBAA Iron Sales, Inc.

F.

Expansion Joints: Two or three-piece, ductile-iron assembly consisting of telescoping sleeve(s) with gaskets and restrained-type, ductile-iron, bell-and-spigot end sections complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Select and assemble components for expansion indicated. Include AWWA C111, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. c. EBAA Iron Sales, Inc. Romac Industries, Inc. Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.

G.

Wall-Penetration Fittings: Compound, ductile-iron coupling fitting with sleeve and flexing sections for up to 20-degree deflection, gaskets, and restrained-joint ends complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include AWWA C111, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 1. Manufacturers: a. SIGMA Corp.

2.8 A. B. C.

ENCASEMENT FOR UNDERGROUND METAL PIPING Description: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105, minimum thickness. Form: tube. Color: natural.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. 3.2 A. B. EXCAVATION Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. PIPING APPLICATIONS Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be the following: 1. 2. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. 15150-6 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3. C.

Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints.

Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 5 (DN 125) and larger shall be the following: 1. 2. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints.

D.

Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints. a. Option for Vent Piping, NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3-1/2 (DN 65 and DN 90): Hard copper tube, Type M (Type C); copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

E.

Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. Solid wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.

F.

Underground, soil and waste piping NPS 5 (DN 125) and larger shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. Solid-wall, Schedule 40, PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.

G.

Aboveground sanitary-sewage force mains NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50) shall be the following: 1. 2. Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. Steel pipe, pressure fittings, and threaded joints.

H.

Aboveground sanitary-sewage force mains NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 6 (DN 65 to DN 150) shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. Steel pipe, pressure fittings, and threaded joints. Grooved-end steel pipe, grooved-joint system fittings and couplings, and grooved joints.

3.3 A.

PIPING INSTALLATION Sanitary sewer piping outside the building is specified in Division 2 Section "Sanitary Sewerage." 15150-7 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B. C. D. E. F. G.

Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Install seismic restraints on piping. Seismic-restraint devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary force-main piping. Install underground, steel, force-main piping. Install underground, ductile-iron, force-main piping according to AWWA C600. Install buried piping inside the building between wall and floor penetrations and connection to sanitary sewer piping outside the building with restrained joints. Anchor pipe to wall or floor. Install thrustblock supports at vertical and horizontal offsets. 1. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

H.

Install underground, copper, force-main tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." 1. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

I.

Install underground, ductile-iron, special pipe fittings according to AWWA C600. 1. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

J.

Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Install wall-penetration fitting at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

K. L.

M.

Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15150-8

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

N.

Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.

O.

2. 3. P.

Install engineered soil and waste drainage and vent piping systems as follows: 1. 2. 3. Combination Waste and Vent: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. Sovent Drainage System: Comply with ASSE 1043 and sovent fitting manufacturer's written installation instructions. Reduced-Size Venting: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction.

Q. R. S. T. U.

Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. Install ABS soil and waste drainage and vent piping according to ASTM D 2661. Install PVC soil and waste drainage and vent piping according to ASTM D 2665. Install underground PVC soil and waste drainage piping according to ASTM D 2321. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. JOINT CONSTRUCTION

3.4 A. B. C. D.

Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with calked joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for lead and oakum calked joints. Join hubless cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15150-9

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

E. F. G. 3.5 A. B.

Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-freealloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. Grooved Joints: Assemble joint with keyed coupling, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665. VALVE INSTALLATION General valve installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves." Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valve on each sewage pump discharge. 1. 2. Install gate or full-port ball valve for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Install gate valve for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger.

C. D.

Check Valves: Install swing check valve, between pump and shutoff valve, on each sewage pump discharge. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to sewage backflow. 1. 2. 3. 4. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. Use normally closed type, unless otherwise indicated. Floor Drains: Drain outlet backwater valves, unless drain has integral backwater valve. Install backwater valves in accessible locations. Backwater valve are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties."

3.6 A. B.

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION Seismic-restraint devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints." Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Install the following: 1. 2. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs according to the following: a. b. c. 3. 4. C. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m), if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15150-10

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

D. E. F.

Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum rods. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 3 (DN 80): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 7/8-inch (22-mm) rod.

G. H.

Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): 84 inches (2100 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2 (DN 50): 10 feet (3 m) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 11 feet (3.4 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 3 (DN 80): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 7/8-inch (22-mm) rod.

I. J.

Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). Install hangers for stainless-steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. NPS 2 (DN 50): 84 inches (2100 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 3 (DN 80): 96 inches (2400 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 4 (DN 100): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 10 feet (3 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod.

K. L.

Install supports for vertical stainless-steel piping every 10 feet (3 m). Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): 72 inches (1800 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 96 inches (2400 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. 15150-11 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4. 5. 6. M. N.

NPS 3 to NPS 5 (DN 80 to DN 125): 10 feet (3 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 10 feet (3 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 8 (DN 200): 10 feet (3 m) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod.

Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet (3 m). Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 3 (DN 80): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 4 and 5 (DN 100 and 125): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 7/8-inch (22-mm) rod.

O. P.

Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches (1200 mm). Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. CONNECTIONS

3.7 A. B. C.

Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger.

D.

Connect force-main piping to the following: 1. 2. Sanitary Sewer: To exterior force main or sanitary manhole. Sewage Pumps: To sewage pump discharge.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15150-12

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

3.8 A.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. 2. B. C. D. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug ventstack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg (250 Pa). Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

2.

3.

4.

5. 6. E.

Test force-main piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced force-main piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. Cap and subject piping to static-water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 15150-13 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

2.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3. 4. 3.9 A. B. C. 3.10 A.

Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

CLEANING Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. PROTECTION Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of waterbased latex paint.

END OF SECTION 15150END OF SECTION 15150

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15150-14

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

SECTION 15155 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following sanitary drainage piping specialties: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. B. Backwater valves. Cleanouts. Floor drains. Trench drains. Air-admittance valves. Roof flashing assemblies. Through-penetration firestop assemblies. Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. Flashing materials. Solids interceptors.

1.2

Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 3. Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping Specialties" for trench drains for storm water, channel drainage systems for storm water, roof drains, and catch basins. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures" for hair interceptors. Division 15 Section "Medical Plumbing Fixtures" for plaster sink interceptors.

1.3 A. B. C. D.

DEFINITIONS HDPE: High-density polyethylene plastic. PE: Polyethylene plastic. PP: Polypropylene plastic. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15155-1

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

1.4 A.

SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for frost-resistant vent terminals. 1. B. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a. b. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."

2. 3. C. D.

Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

Field quality-control test reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For drainage piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.5 A. B.

Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic sanitary piping specialty components. COORDINATION

C.

1.6 A. B.

Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. Coordinate size and location of roof penetrations.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15155-2

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

1.7 A.

EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. BACKWATER VALVES Horizontal, Cast-Iron Backwater Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Josam Company; Josam Div. MIFAB, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfr. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2. 3.

Standard: ASME A112.14.1. Size: Same as connected piping. Body: Cast iron. Cover: Cast iron with bolted access check valve. End Connections: Hub and spigot. Type Check Valve: Removable, bronze, swing check, factory assembled or field modified to hang closed. Extension: ASTM A 74, Service class; full-size, cast-iron, soil-pipe extension to fieldinstalled cleanout at floor; replaces backwater valve cover.

2.2 A.

CLEANOUTS Exposed Metal Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: 15155-3 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

2. 3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. B.

Josam Company; Josam Div. MIFAB, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. Josam Company; Blucher-Josam Div.

Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for cast iron for cleanout test tee. Size: Same as connected drainage piping Body Material: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. Closure: Countersunk, brass plug. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. Closure: Stainless-steel plug with seal.

Metal Floor Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Josam Company; Josam Div. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. Josam Company; Josam Div. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Josam Company; Blucher-Josam Div.

2. 3.

Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for adjustable housing cleanout. Size: Same as connected branch. Type: Threaded, adjustable housing. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron. Clamping Device: Not required. Outlet Connection: Spigot. Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with set-screws or other device. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Polished bronze. Frame and Cover Shape: Round. Top Loading Classification: Medium Duty. Riser: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout. Standard: ASME A112.3.1. Size: Same as connected branch. 15155-4 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

18. 19. 20. C.

Housing: Stainless steel. Closure: Stainless steel with seal. Riser: Stainless-steel drainage pipe fitting to cleanout.

Cast-Iron Wall Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Josam Company; Josam Div. MIFAB, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2. 3.

Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. Closure: , drilled-and-threaded brass plug. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome-plated brass or stainless-steel cover plate with screw. Wall Access: Round, wall-installation frame and cover.

2.3 A.

FLOOR DRAINS Cast-Iron Floor Drains: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Commercial Enameling Co. Josam Company; Josam Div. MIFAB, Inc. Prier Products, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. 15155-5 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

2. 3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

i. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 2.4 A.

Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

Standard: ASME A112.6.3. Pattern: Floor drain. Body Material: Gray iron. Seepage Flange: Required. Anchor Flange: Required. Clamping Device: Not required. Outlet: Bottom. Backwater Valve: Drain-outlet type. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Not required. Sediment Bucket: Not required. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Nickel bronze. Top Shape: Round. Top Loading Classification: Light Duty. Funnel: Not required. Inlet Fitting: Gray iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap-seal primer valve connection. Trap Material: Cast iron. Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap. Trap Features: Trap-seal primer valve drain connection.

TRENCH DRAINS Trench Drains: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Josam Company; Josam Div. MIFAB, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2. 3.

Standard: ASME A112.6.3 for trench drains. Material: Ductile or gray iron. Flange: Anchor. Clamping Device: Not required. Outlet: Bottom. Grate Material: Ductile iron. Grate Finish: Painted. 15155-6 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

11. 12. 13. 2.5 A.

Top Loading Classification: Medium Duty. Trap Material: Cast iron. Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap.

AIR-ADMITTANCE VALVES Fixture Air-Admittance Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. Ayrlett, LLC. Durgo, Inc. Oatey. ProSet Systems Inc. RectorSeal. Studor, Inc.

2.

Standard: ASSE 1051, Type A for single fixture or Type B for branch piping. Housing: Plastic. Operation: Mechanical sealing diaphragm. Size: Same as connected fixture or branch vent piping.

Stack Air-Admittance Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. 3. 4. 5. 6. Durgo, Inc. Oatey. Studor, Inc.

2.

Standard: ASSE 1050 for vent stacks. Housing: Plastic. Operation: Mechanical sealing diaphragm. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack.

2.6 A.

ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES Roof Flashing Assemblies:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15155-7

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

1.

2. 3.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. Acorn Engineering Company; Elmdor/Stoneman Div. Thaler Metal Industries Ltd.

B.

Description: Manufactured assembly made of 4.0-lb/sq. ft. (20-kg/sq. m), 0.0625-inch- (1.6mm-) thick, lead flashing collar and skirt extending at least 6 inches (150 mm) from pipe, with galvanized-steel boot reinforcement and counterflashing fitting. 1. 2. 3. Open-Top Vent Cap: Without cap. Low-Silhouette Vent Cap: With vandal-proof vent cap. Extended Vent Cap: With field-installed, vandal-proof vent cap.

2.7 A.

MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES Open Drains: 1. Description: Shop or field fabricate from ASTM A 74, Service class, hub-and-spigot, cast-iron, soil-pipe fittings. Include P-trap, hub-and-spigot riser section; and where required, increaser fitting joined with ASTM C 564, rubber gaskets. Size: Same as connected waste piping.

2. B.

Floor-Drain, Trap-Seal Primer Fittings: 1. 2. Description: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap-seal primer valve connection. Size: Same as floor drain outlet with NPS 1/2 (DN 15) side inlet.

C.

Air-Gap Fittings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Standard: ASME A112.1.2, for fitting designed to ensure fixed, positive air gap between installed inlet and outlet piping. Body: Bronze or cast iron. Inlet: Opening in top of body. Outlet: Larger than inlet. Size: Same as connected waste piping and with inlet large enough for associated indirect waste piping.

D.

Sleeve Flashing Device: 1. Description: Manufactured, cast-iron fitting, with clamping device, that forms sleeve for pipe floor penetrations of floor membrane. Include galvanized-steel pipe extension in top

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15155-8

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

2. E.

of fitting that will extend 1 inch (25 mm) above finished floor and galvanized-steel pipe extension in bottom of fitting that will extend through floor slab. Size: As required for close fit to riser or stack piping.

Stack Flashing Fittings: 1. 2. Description: Counterflashing-type, cast-iron fitting, with bottom recess for terminating roof membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extending vent pipe. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack.

F.

Vent Caps: 1. 2. Description: Cast-iron body with threaded or hub inlet and vandal-proof design. Include vented hood and setscrews to secure to vent pipe. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack.

G.

Frost-Resistant Vent Terminals: 1. 2. Description: Manufactured or shop-fabricated assembly constructed of copper, leadcoated copper, or galvanized steel. Design: To provide 1-inch (25-mm) enclosed air space between outside of pipe and inside of flashing collar extension, with counterflashing.

H.

Expansion Joints: 1. 2. 3. 4. Standard: ASME A112.21.2M. Body: Cast iron with bronze sleeve, packing, and gland. End Connections: Matching connected piping. Size: Same as connected soil, waste, or vent piping.

2.8 A.

FLASHING MATERIALS Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. 3. B. General Use: 4.0-lb/sq. ft. (20-kg/sq. m), 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) thickness. Vent Pipe Flashing: 3.0-lb/sq. ft. (15-kg/sq. m), 0.0469-inch (1.2-mm) thickness. Burning: 6-lb/sq. ft. (30-kg/sq. m), 0.0938-inch (2.4-mm) thickness.

Copper Sheet: ASTM B 152/B 152M, of the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. General Applications: 12 oz./sq. ft. (3.7 kg/sq. m or 0.41-mm) thickness. Vent Pipe Flashing: 8 oz./sq. ft. (2.5 kg/sq. m or 0.27-mm) thickness.

C.

Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with 0.20 percent copper content and 0.04inch (1.01-mm) minimum thickness, unless otherwise indicated. Include G90 (Z275) hot-dip galvanized, mill-phosphatized finish for painting if indicated.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15155-9

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

D. E. F. G. H.

Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40-mil (1.01-mm) minimum thickness. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. INSTALLATION Refer to Division 15 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. Install backwater valves in building drain piping. For interior installation, provide cleanout deck plate flush with floor and centered over backwater valve cover, and of adequate size to remove valve cover for servicing. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. 3. 4. D. E. F. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4 (DN 100). Use NPS 4 (DN 100) for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller and 100 feet (30 m) for larger piping. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.

C.

For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. 2. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii: a. Radius, 30 Inches (750 mm) or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4-inch (6.35-mm) total depression. 15155-10 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

b. c. 3. 4. G. H. I.

Radius, 30 to 60 Inches (750 to 1500 mm): Equivalent to 1 percent slope. Radius, 60 Inches (1500 mm) or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1-inch (25-mm) total depression.

Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated.

Install trench drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished surface, unless otherwise indicated. Assemble and install ASME A112.3.1, stainless-steel channel drainage systems according to ASME A112.3.1. Install on support devices so that top will be flush with surface. Assemble non-ASME A112.3.1, stainless-steel channel drainage system components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install on support devices so that top will be flush with adjacent surface. Assemble FRP channel drainage system components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install on support devices so that top will be flush with adjacent surface. Assemble plastic channel drainage system components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install on support devices so that top will be flush with adjacent surface. Install fixture air-admittance valves on fixture drain piping. Install stack air-admittance valves at top of stack vent and vent stack piping. Install air-admittance-valve wall boxes recessed in wall. Install roof flashing assemblies on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. Install flashing fittings on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. Install through-penetration firestop assemblies in plastic conductors and stacks at floor penetrations. Assemble open drain fittings and install with top of hub 1 inch (25 mm) above floor. Install deep-seal traps on floor drains and other waste outlets, if indicated. Install floor-drain, trap-seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap-seal primer connection. 1. 2. Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap-seal primer connection. Size: Same as floor drain inlet.

J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T.

U.

Install air-gap fittings on draining-type backflow preventers and on indirect-waste piping discharge into sanitary drainage system. 15155-11 4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

V. W. X. Y. Z.

Install sleeve flashing device with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane. Install vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. Install frost-resistant vent terminals on each vent pipe passing through roof. Maintain 1-inch (25-mm) clearance between vent pipe and roof substrate. Install expansion joints on vertical stacks and conductors. Position expansion joints for easy access and maintenance. Install frost-proof vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. Maintain 1-inch (25-mm) clearance between vent pipe and roof substrate.

AA. Assemble components of FOG disposal systems and install on floor. Install trap, vent, fresh-air inlet, and flow-control fitting according to authorities having jurisdiction. Install shelf fastened to reinforcement in wall construction and adjacent to unit, unless otherwise indicated. Install culture bottle, culture metering pump, timer, and control on shelf. Install tubing between culture bottle, metering pump, and chamber. BB. Install grease interceptors, including trapping, venting, and flow-control fitting, according to authorities having jurisdiction and with clear space for servicing. 1. 2. 3. 4. CC. Above-Floor Installation: Set unit with bottom resting on floor, unless otherwise indicated. Flush with Floor Installation: Set unit and extension, if required, with cover flush with finished floor. Recessed Floor Installation: Set unit in receiver housing having bottom or cradle supports, with receiver housing cover flush with finished floor. Install cleanout immediately downstream from interceptors not having integral cleanout on outlet.

Install grease removal devices on floor. Install trap, vent, and flow-control fitting according to authorities having jurisdiction. Install control panel adjacent to unit, unless otherwise indicated.

DD. Install oil interceptors, including trapping, venting, and flow-control fitting, according to authorities having jurisdiction and with clear space for servicing. Coordinate oil-interceptor storage tank and gravity drain with Division 15 Section "Facility Fuel-Oil Piping." EE. Install solids interceptors with cleanout immediately downstream from interceptors that do not have integral cleanout on outlet. Install trap on interceptors that do not have integral trap and are connected to sanitary drainage and vent systems. Install wood-blocking reinforcement for wall-mounting-type specialties.

FF.

GG. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15155-12

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

HH. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. 3.2 A. B. C. CONNECTIONS Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. FOG Disposal Systems: Connect inlet and outlet to unit, connect flow-control fitting and freshair inlet piping to unit inlet piping, and connect vent piping between trap and media chamber. Connect electrical power. Grease Interceptors: Connect inlet and outlet to unit, and connect flow-control fitting and vent to unit inlet piping. Install valve on outlet of automatic drawoff-type unit. Grease Removal Devices: Connect controls, electrical power, factory-furnished accessories, and inlet, outlet, and vent piping to unit. Oil Interceptors: Connect inlet, outlet, vent, and gravity drawoff piping to unit; flow-control fitting and vent to unit inlet piping; and gravity drawoff and suction piping to oil storage tank. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join flashing according to the following if required: 1. Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6.0-lb/sq. ft. (30-kg/sq. m), 0.0938-inch (2.4-mm) thickness or thicker. Solder joints of lead sheets 4.0-lb/sq. ft. (20-kg/sq. m), 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) thickness or thinner. Copper Sheets: Solder joints of copper sheets.

D. E. F. G. H. 3.3

2. B.

Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. 1. 2. 3. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches (250 mm), and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around pipe. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around sleeve. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around specialty.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15155-13

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

C. D. E. F. G. 3.4 A.

Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially made flashing fittings, according to Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure flashing into cast-iron sleeve having calking recess. Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes. LABELING AND IDENTIFYING Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. FOG disposal systems. Grease interceptors. Grease removal devices. Oil interceptors. Solids interceptors.

B.

Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Division 15 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.5 A.

Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled and their installation, including piping and electrical connections, and to assist in testing.

B.

Tests and Inspections: 1. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

3.6 A.

PROTECTION Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15155-14

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

B.

Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.

END OF SECTION 15155

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15155-15

4 December 2009 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES

SECTION 15160 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following storm drainage piping inside the building: 1. 2. 3. B. Pipe, tube, and fittings. Special pipe fittings. Encasement for underground metal piping.

1.2

Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Sump Pumps."

1.3 A. B. C. 1.4 A.

DEFINITIONS LLDPE: Linear, low-density polyethylene plastic. PE: Polyethylene plastic. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum workingpressure, unless otherwise indicated: 1. 2. B. Storm Drainage Piping: 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). Storm Drainage, Force-Main Piping: 50 psig (345 kPa).

Seismic Performance: Soil, waste, and vent piping and support and installation shall be capable of withstanding the effects of seismic events determined according to ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures."

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15160-1

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

1.5 A. B.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings. LEED Submittal: 1. C. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For solvent cements and adhesive primers, including printed statement of VOC content.

Shop Drawings: 1. 2. Design Calculations: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer for selecting seismic restraints. Controlled-Flow Storm Drainage System: Include calculations, plans, and details.

D. 1.6 A. B.

Field quality-control inspection and test reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-drain" for plastic drain piping and "NSFsewer" for plastic sewer piping.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.

2.2 A.

PIPING MATERIALS Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service Extra-Heavy class(es). 15160-2 4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

2.3

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B. C. 2.4 A. B.

Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber. Calking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber. HUBLESS CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion-resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 1. Standard, Shielded, Stainless-Steel Couplings: CISPI 310, with stainless-steel corrugated shield; stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. a. Manufacturers: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 2. ANACO. Fernco, Inc. Ideal Div.; Stant Corp. Mission Rubber Co. Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div.

Heavy-Duty, Shielded, Stainless-Steel Couplings: With stainless-steel shield, stainlesssteel bands and tightening devices, and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. a. Manufacturers: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) ANACO. Clamp-All Corp. Ideal Div.; Stant Corp. Mission Rubber Co. Tyler Pipe; Soil Pipe Div.

3.

Heavy-Duty, Shielded, Cast-Iron Couplings: ASTM A 48/A 48M, two-piece, cast-iron housing; stainless-steel bolts and nuts; and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve. a. Manufacturers: 1) MG Piping Products Co.

C.

Rigid, Unshielded Couplings: ASTM C 1461, sleeve-type, reducing- or transition-type mechanical coupling molded from ASTM C 1440, TPE material with corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. ANACO.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15160-3

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

2.5 A.

SPECIAL PIPE FITTINGS Flexible, Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring, ends of same sizes as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co. Fernco, Inc. Logan Clay Products Company (The). Mission Rubber Co. NDS, Inc. Plastic Oddities, Inc.

Sleeve Materials: a. b. c. For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined.

B.

Shielded Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: ASTM C 1460, elastomeric or rubber sleeve with fulllength, corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. Mission Rubber Co.

C.

Rigid, Unshielded, Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: ASTM C 1461, sleeve-type reducing- or transition-type mechanical coupling molded from ASTM C 1440, TPE material with corrosionresistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. ANACO.

D.

Pressure Pipe Couplings: AWWA C219 metal, sleeve-type same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to, and ends compatible with, pipes to be joined. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. f. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. Dresser, Inc.; DMD Div. EBAA Iron Sales, Inc. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. (The); Pipe Products Div. JCM Industries, Inc. Romac Industries, Inc. 15160-4 4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

g. h. 2. 3. 4. E.

Smith-Blair, Inc. Viking Johnson.

Center-Sleeve Material: Manufacturer's standard. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material.

Flexible Ball Joints: Ductile-iron fitting with combination of flanged and mechanical-joint ends complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include gasketed ball-joint section and ductile-iron gland, rubber gasket, and steel bolts. 1. Manufacturers: a. EBAA Iron Sales, Inc.

F.

Expansion Joints: Two or three-piece, ductile-iron assembly consisting of telescoping sleeve(s) with gaskets and restrained-type, ductile-iron, bell-and-spigot end sections complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Select and assemble components for expansion indicated. Include AWWA C111, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. c. EBAA Iron Sales, Inc. Romac Industries, Inc. Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div.

G.

Wall-Penetration Fittings: Compound, ductile-iron coupling fitting with sleeve and flexing sections for up to 20-degree deflection, gaskets, and restrained-joint ends complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include AWWA C111, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 1. Manufacturers: a. SIGMA Corp.

2.6 A. B. C.

ENCASEMENT FOR UNDERGROUND METAL PIPING Description: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105, high-density, crosslaminated PE film of 0.004inch (0.10-mm) or LLDPE film of 0.008-inch (0.20-mm) minimum thickness. Form: tube. Color: natural.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15160-5

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. 3.2 A. B. EXCAVATION Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. PIPING APPLICATIONS Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated. Aboveground storm drainage piping NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller shall be the following: 1. 2. C. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and coupled joints.

Aboveground, storm drainage piping NPS 8 (DN 200) and larger shall be the following: 1. 2. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and coupled joints.

D.

Underground storm drainage piping NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Flexible, nonpressure pipe couplings for joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD.

E.

Underground, storm drainage piping NPS 8 (DN 200) and larger shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Flexible, nonpressure pipe couplings for joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD.

F.

Aboveground storm drainage force mains NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50) shall be the following: 1. 2. Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. Steel pipe, pressure fittings, and threaded joints.

G.

Aboveground storm drainage force mains NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 6 (DN 65 and DN 150) shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. Steel pipe, pressure fittings, and threaded joints. Grooved-end steel pipe, grooved-joint system fittings and couplings, and grooved joints.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15160-6

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

3.3 A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

PIPING INSTALLATION Storm sewer and drainage piping outside the building are specified in Division 2 Section "Storm Drainage." Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Install seismic restraints on piping. Seismic-restraint devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building storm drains connect to building storm sewers. Cleanouts are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in storm drainage force-main piping. Install underground, steel, force-main piping. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. Install underground, ductile-iron, force-main piping according to AWWA C600. Install buried piping inside building between wall and floor penetrations and connection to storm sewer piping outside building with restrained joints. Anchor pipe to wall or floor. Install thrust-block supports at vertical and horizontal offsets. 1. H. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

Install underground, copper, force-main tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." 1. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

I.

Install underground, ductile-iron, special pipe fittings according to AWWA C600. 1. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

J.

Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Install wall-penetration fitting system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

K. L.

M.

Make changes in direction for storm drainage piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of 15160-7 4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. N. Lay buried building storm drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. Install storm drainage piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Storm Drain: 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger. Horizontal Storm-Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.

O.

2. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V.

Install force mains at elevations indicated. Install engineered controlled-flow storm drainage piping in locations indicated. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. Install ABS storm drainage piping according to ASTM D 2661. Install PVC storm drainage piping according to ASTM D 2665. Install underground PVC storm drainage piping according to ASTM D 2321. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. JOINT CONSTRUCTION

3.4 A. B. C. D. E.

Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Hub-and-Spigot, Cast-Iron Soil Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints. Hub-and-Spigot, Cast-Iron Soil Piping Calked Joints: Join according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for lead and oakum calked joints. Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Piping Coupled Joints: Join according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-freealloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15160-8

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

F. G. 3.5 A. B.

Grooved Joints: Cut groove ends of pipe and assemble grooved ends of pipes, grooved-end fittings, and grooved-end-piping couplings according to AWWA C606. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665. VALVE INSTALLATION General valve installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves." Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valve on each sump pump discharge. 1. 2. Install gate or full-port ball valve for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Install gate valve for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger.

C. D.

Check Valves: Install swing check valve, between pump and shutoff valve, on each sump pump discharge. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to backflow. 1. 2. 3. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. Install backwater valves in accessible locations. Backwater valve are specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties."

3.6 A. B.

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION Seismic-restraint devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints." Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Install the following: 1. 2. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. b. c. 3. 4. C. D. E. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m), if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum rods.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15160-9

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

F.

Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 3 (DN 80): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 7/8-inch (22-mm) rod. Spacing for 10-foot (3-m) lengths may be increased to 10 feet (3 m). Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches (1500 mm).

G. H.

Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): 84 inches (2100 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2 (DN 50): 10 feet (3 m) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 11 feet (3.4 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 3 (DN 80): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 7/8-inch (22-mm) rod.

I. J.

Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): 72 inches (1800 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 96 inches (2400 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 3 to NPS 5 (DN 80 to DN 125): 10 feet (3 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 10 feet (3 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 8 (DN 200): 10 feet (3 m) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod.

K. L.

Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet (3 m). Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. 2. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 3 (DN 80): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15160-10

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

3. 4. 5. M. N.

NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 7/8-inch (22-mm) rod.

Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches (1200 mm). Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. CONNECTIONS

3.7 A. B. C. D.

Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Connect interior storm drainage piping to exterior storm drainage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. Connect storm drainage piping to roof drains and storm drainage specialties. Connect force-main piping to the following: 1. 2. Storm Sewer: To exterior force main or storm manhole. Sump Pumps: To sump pump discharge.

3.8 A.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. 2. B. C. D. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. Test storm drainage piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15160-11

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

2.

3.

4. 5. E.

Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced storm drainage piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. Test Procedure: Test storm drainage piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

Test force-main piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced force-main piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. Cap and subject piping to static-water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

2.

3. 4. 3.9 A. B. C.

CLEANING Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.

END OF SECTION 15160END OF SECTION 15160

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15160-12

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPIN

SECTION 15165 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following storm drainage piping specialties: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. Backwater valves. Cleanouts. Trench drains. Roof drains. Miscellaneous storm drainage piping specialties. Flashing materials.

1.2

Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties" for backwater valves, floor drains, trench drains and channel drainage systems connected to sanitary sewer, air admittance valves, FOG disposal systems, grease interceptors and removal devices, oil interceptors, and solid interceptors.

1.3 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H.

DEFINITIONS ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. FOG: Fats, oils, and greases. FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic. HDPE: High-density polyethylene plastic. PE: Polyethylene plastic. PP: Polypropylene plastic. PUR: Polyurethane plastic. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 15165-1 4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.4 A. 1.5 A.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. QUALITY ASSURANCE Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of roof penetrations.

1.6

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. BACKWATER VALVES Horizontal, Cast-Iron Backwater Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Josam Company; Josam Div. MIFAB, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfr. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2. 3.

Standard: ASME A112.14.1. Size: Same as connected piping. Body: Cast iron. Cover: Cast iron with bolted access check valve. End Connections: Hub and spigot. Type Check Valve: Removable, bronze, swing check, factory assembled or field modified to hang closed. Extension: ASTM A 74, Service class; full-size, cast-iron, soil-pipe extension to fieldinstalled cleanout at floor; replaces backwater valve cover.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15165-2

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

2.2 A.

CLEANOUTS Exposed Metal Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. B. Josam Company; Josam Div. MIFAB, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. Josam Company; Blucher-Josam Div.

2. 3.

Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for cast iron for cleanout test tee. Size: Same as connected drainage piping Body Material: Hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil pipe T-branch as required to match connected piping. Closure: Countersunk, brass plug. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. Closure: Stainless-steel plug with seal.

Cast-Iron Wall Cleanouts: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Josam Company; Josam Div. MIFAB, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2. 3.

Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. Closure: Countersunk, drilled-and-threaded brass plug. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 15165-3 4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

9. 10.

Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome-plated brass or stainless-steel cover plate with screw. Wall Access: Round, nickel-bronze, copper-alloy, or stainless-steel wall-installation frame and cover.

2.3 A.

TRENCH DRAINS Trench Drains: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Josam Company; Josam Div. MIFAB, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

2. 3.

Standard: ASME A112.6.3 for trench drains. Material: Ductile or gray iron. Flange: Anchor. Clamping Device: Not required. Outlet: Bottom. Grate Material: Ductile iron. Grate Finish: Painted. Top Loading Classification: Light Duty. Trap Material: Cast iron. Trap Pattern: Standard P-trap.

2.4 A.

ROOF DRAINS Metal Roof Drains: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following:

2. 3.

a.

Josam Company; Josam Div. 15165-4 4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

b. c. d. e. f. g. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 2.5 A. B.

MIFAB, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

Standard: ASME A112.21.2M. Pattern: Roof drain. Body Material: Cast iron. Combination Flashing Ring and Gravel Stop: Not required. Flow-Control Weirs: Not required. Outlet: Bottom. Dome Material: Cast iron. Extension Collars: Not required. Underdeck Clamp: Not required. Sump Receiver: Required.

FLASHING MATERIALS Copper Sheet: ASTM B 152/B 152M, 12 oz./sq. ft. (3.7 kg/sq. m or 0.41-mm) thickness. Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with 0.20 percent copper content and 0.04inch (1.01-mm) minimum thickness, unless otherwise indicated. Include G90 (Z275) hot-dip galvanized, mill-phosphatized finish for painting if indicated. Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40-mil (1.01-mm) minimum thickness. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic.

C. D. E. F. G.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. INSTALLATION Refer to Division 15 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for piping joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 15165-5 4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1. 2. 3. 4. C. D. E. F. G.

Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4 (DN 100). Use NPS 4 (DN 100) for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller and 100 feet (30 m) for larger piping. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.

For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. Install trench drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished surface, unless otherwise indicated. Assemble and install ASME A112.3.1, stainless-steel channel drainage systems according to ASME A112.3.1. Install on support devices so that top will be flush with surface. Assemble non-ASME A112.3.1, stainless-steel channel drainage system components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install on support devices so that top will be flush with adjacent surface. Assemble FRP channel drainage system components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install on support devices so that top will be flush with adjacent surface. Assemble plastic channel drainage system components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install on support devices so that top will be flush with adjacent surface. Install through-penetration firestop assemblies in plastic conductors and stacks at floor penetrations. Install roof drains at low points of roof areas according to roof membrane manufacturer's written installation instructions. Roofing materials are specified in Division 7. 1. 2. Install roof-drain flashing collar or flange so that there will be no leakage between drain and adjoining roofing. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. Position roof drains for easy access and maintenance.

H. I. J. K.

L. M. N. O.

Install sleeve flashing device with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane. Install expansion joints on vertical stacks and conductors. Position expansion joints for easy access and maintenance. Install manufactured, gray-iron downspout boots at grade with top 6 inches (152 mm) above grade. Secure to building wall. Install conductor nozzles at exposed bottom of conductors where they spill onto grade.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15165-6

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

P.

Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. CONNECTIONS

3.2 A.

Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. FLASHING INSTALLATION

3.3 A.

Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join flashing according to the following if required: 1. Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6.0-lb/sq. ft. (30-kg/sq. m), 0.0938-inch (2.4-mm) thickness or thicker. Solder joints of lead sheets 4.0-lb/sq. ft. (20-kg/sq. m), 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) thickness or thinner. Copper Sheets: Solder joints of copper sheets.

2. B.

Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. 1. 2. 3. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches (250 mm), and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around pipe. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around sleeve. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around specialty.

C. D. E. 3.4 A. B.

Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes. PROTECTION Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.

END OF SECTION 15165

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15165-7

4 December 2009 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES

SECTION 15181 HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, joining methods, special-duty valves, and specialties for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B. Hot-water heating piping. Chilled-water piping. Condenser-water piping. Makeup-water piping. Condensate-drain piping. Air-vent piping. Safety-valve-inlet and -outlet piping.

1.2

Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Hydronic Pumps" for pumps, motors, and accessories for hydronic piping.

1.3 A. B. C. 1.4 A.

DEFINITIONS PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene. RTRF: Reinforced thermosetting resin (fiberglass) fittings. RTRP: Reinforced thermosetting resin (fiberglass) pipe. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure and temperature: 1. 2. 3. Hot-Water Heating Piping: 160 psig at 200 deg F. Chilled-Water Piping: 60 psig at 200 deg F. Condenser-Water Piping: 32 psig at 150 deg F. 15181-1 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Makeup-Water Piping: 80 psig at 150 deg F. Condensate-Drain Piping: 150 deg F. Blowdown-Drain Piping: 200 deg F. Air-Vent Piping: 200 deg F. Safety-Valve-Inlet and -Outlet Piping: Equal to the pressure of the piping system to which it is attached.

1.5 A.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B. Plastic pipe and fittings with solvent cement. RTRP and RTRF with adhesive. Pressure-seal fittings. Valves. Include flow and pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing for calibrated-orifice balancing valves and automatic flow-control valves. Air control devices. Chemical treatment. Hydronic specialties.

LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For solvent cements and adhesive primers, including printed statement of VOC content.

C.

Shop Drawings: Detail, at 1/4 scale, the piping layout, fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to the building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. Welding certificates. Qualification Data: For Installer. Field quality-control test reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air control devices, hydronic specialties, and special-duty valves to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Water Analysis: Submit a copy of the water analysis to illustrate water quality available at Project site. QUALITY ASSURANCE

D. E. F. G. H.

1.6 A.

Installer Qualifications:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15181-2

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

1.

2.

Installers of Pressure-Sealed Joints: Installers shall be certified by the pressure-seal joint manufacturer as having been trained and qualified to join piping with pressure-seal pipe couplings and fittings. Fiberglass Pipe and Fitting Installers: Installers of RTRF and RTRP shall be certified by the manufacturer of pipes and fittings as having been trained and qualified to join fiberglass piping with manufacturer-recommended adhesive.

B. C.

Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. 1. 2. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current.

D.

ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. EXTRA MATERIALS

1.7 A. B.

Water-Treatment Chemicals: Furnish enough chemicals for initial system startup and for preventive maintenance for one year from date of Substantial Completion. Differential Pressure Meter: For each type of balancing valve and automatic flow control valve, include flowmeter, probes, hoses, flow charts, and carrying case.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. D. COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L. Annealed-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type K. DWV Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, Type DWV. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. Anvil International, Inc. Victaulic Company of America.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15181-3

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

2. 3.

Grooved-End Copper Fittings: casting.

ASTM B 75, copper tube or ASTM B 584, bronze

4.

Tongue and recess couplings will be acceptable only with the use of a torque wrench per manufacturer’s installation instructions. Contractor shall remove and replace any improperly installed grooved joints. Grooved-End-Tube Couplings: Copper-tube dimensions, rigid pattern with offsetting angle-pattern, bolt pads, unless otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting. Ductile-iron housing with key matching pipe and fitting grooves, prelubricated FlushSeal® EPDM gasket rated for minimum 230 deg F for use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts, Victaulic Series 607 “Quick Vic”.

E. 2.2 A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel with plain ends; type, grade, and wall thickness as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125 and 250 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 25, 125, and 250; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. Wrought Cast- and Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. 2. 3. Material Group: 1.1. End Connections: Butt welding. Facings: Raised face.

H.

Grooved Mechanical-Joint Fittings and Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. 2. Anvil International, Inc. Victaulic Company of America.

Joint Fittings: ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron; ASTM A 47/A 47M, Grade 32510 malleable iron; ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type F, E, or S, Grade B fabricated 15181-4 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3.

4.

steel; or ASTM A 106, Grade B steel fittings with grooves or shoulders constructed to accept grooved-end couplings; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings. Tongue and recess couplings will be acceptable only with the use of a torque wrench per manufacturer’s installation instructions. Contractor shall remove and replace any improperly installed grooved joints. Couplings: Ductile- or malleable-iron housing and synthetic rubber gasket of central cavity pressure-responsive design; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings.

I.

Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of same materials and wall thicknesses as pipe in which they are installed. JOINING MATERIALS

2.3 A.

Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. b. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.

B. C. D. E. F. G.

Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for joining copper with copper; or BAg-1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. a. b. 2. Use CPVC solvent cement that has a VOC content of 490 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Use adhesive primer that has a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15181-5

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

a. b. H.

Use PVC solvent cement that has a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Use adhesive primer that has a VOC content of 550 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer. 1. Use fiberglass adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

I.

Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and working temperatures and pressures. TRANSITION FITTINGS

2.4 A.

Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. 2. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. IPEX Inc. KBi.

CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with one threaded brass or copper insert and one Schedule 80 solvent-cement-joint end.

B.

Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. d. 2. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. IPEX Inc. KBi. NIBCO INC.

MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC union. Include brass or copper end, Schedule 80 solventcement-joint end, rubber gasket, and threaded union.

2.5 A. B.

DIELECTRIC FITTINGS Description: Combination fitting of copper-alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solderjoint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. 15181-6 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

C.

Dielectric Unions: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Capitol Manufacturing Company. Central Plastics Company. Hart Industries International, Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; AquaSpec Commercial Products Division.

Factory-fabricated union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F.

D.

Dielectric Flanges: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. 2. Capitol Manufacturing Company. Central Plastics Company. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Factory-fabricated companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.

E.

Dielectric-Flange Kits: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. d. 2. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. Calpico, Inc. Central Plastics Company. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

3. F.

Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.

Dielectric Couplings: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 15181-7 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

a. b. 2. G.

Calpico, Inc. Lochinvar Corporation.

Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

Dielectric Nipples: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. d. 2. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. Victaulic Company of America.

Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

2.6 A. B. C.

VALVES Gate, Globe, Check, Ball, and Butterfly Valves: Division 15 Section "Valves." Comply with requirements specified in

Automatic Temperature-Control Valves, Actuators, and Sensors: Comply with requirements specified in Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls." Diaphragm-Operated, Pressure-Reducing Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Amtrol, Inc. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. Conbraco Industries, Inc. Spence Engineering Company, Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Body: Bronze or brass. Disc: Glass and carbon-filled PTFE. Seat: Brass. Stem Seals: EPDM O-rings. Diaphragm: EPT. Low inlet-pressure check valve. Inlet Strainer: removable without system shutdown. Valve Seat and Stem: Noncorrosive. 15181-8 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

10. D.

Valve Size, Capacity, and Operating Pressure: Selected to suit system in which installed, with operating pressure and capacity factory set and field adjustable.

Diaphragm-Operated Safety Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Amtrol, Inc. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. Conbraco Industries, Inc. Spence Engineering Company, Inc. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Body: Bronze or brass. Disc: Glass and carbon-filled PTFE. Seat: Brass. Stem Seals: EPDM O-rings. Diaphragm: EPT. Wetted, Internal Work Parts: Brass and rubber. Inlet Strainer: removable without system shutdown. Valve Seat and Stem: Noncorrosive. Valve Size, Capacity, and Operating Pressure: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IV, and selected to suit system in which installed, with operating pressure and capacity factory set and field adjustable.

E.

Automatic Flow-Control Valves: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Flow Design Inc. Griswold Controls.

Body: Brass or ferrous metal. Piston and Spring Assembly: Stainless steel, tamper proof, self cleaning, and removable. Combination Assemblies: Include bonze or brass-alloy ball valve. Identification Tag: Marked with zone identification, valve number, and flow rate. Size: Same as pipe in which installed. Performance: Maintain constant flow, plus or minus 5 percent over system pressure fluctuations. Minimum CWP Rating: 175 psig. Maximum Operating Temperature: 200 deg F.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15181-9

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

2.7 A.

AIR CONTROL DEVICES Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Amtrol, Inc. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a division of ITT Industries. Taco.

Manual Air Vents: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Body: Bronze. Internal Parts: Nonferrous. Operator: Screwdriver or thumbscrew. Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2. Discharge Connection: NPS 1/8. CWP Rating: 150 psig. Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 deg F.

C.

Automatic Air Vents: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Body: Bronze or cast iron. Internal Parts: Nonferrous. Operator: Noncorrosive metal float. Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2. Discharge Connection: NPS 1/4. CWP Rating: 150 psig. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.

D.

Expansion Tanks: 1. Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125-psig working pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating temperature, with taps in bottom of tank for tank fitting and taps in end of tank for gage glass. Tanks shall be factory tested with taps fabricated and labeled according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. Air-Control Tank Fitting: Cast-iron body, copper-plated tube, brass vent tube plug, and stainless-steel ball check, 100-gal. unit only; sized for compression-tank diameter. Provide tank fittings for 125-psig working pressure and 250 deg F maximum operating temperature. Tank Drain Fitting: Brass body, nonferrous internal parts; 125-psig working pressure and 240 deg F maximum operating temperature; constructed to admit air to compression tank, drain water, and close off system. Gage Glass: Full height with dual manual shutoff valves, 3/4-inch- diameter gage glass, and slotted-metal glass guard.

2.

3.

4. E.

Diaphragm -Type Expansion Tanks:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15181-10

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

1.

2. 3. F.

Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125-psig working pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating temperature. Factory test with taps fabricated and supports installed and labeled according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. Diaphragm: Securely sealed into tank to separate air charge from system water to maintain required expansion capacity. Air-Charge Fittings: Schrader valve, stainless steel with EPDM seats.

Tangential-Type Air Separators: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Tank: Welded steel; ASME constructed and labeled for 125-psig minimum working pressure and 375 deg F maximum operating temperature. Air Collector Tube: Perforated stainless steel, constructed to direct released air into expansion tank. Tangential Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged connections for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Blowdown Connection: Threaded. Size: Match system flow capacity.

G.

In-Line Air Separators: 1. 2. 3. Tank: One-piece cast iron with an integral weir constructed to decelerate system flow to maximize air separation. Maximum Working Pressure: Up to 175 psig. Maximum Operating Temperature: Up to 300 deg F.

H.

Air Purgers: 1. 2. 3. Body: Cast iron with internal baffles that slow the water velocity to separate the air from solution and divert it to the vent for quick removal. Maximum Working Pressure: 150 psig. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.

2.8 A.

CHEMICAL TREATMENT Bypass Chemical Feeder: Welded steel construction; 125-psig working pressure; 5-gal. capacity; with fill funnel and inlet, outlet, and drain valves. 1. 2. Chemicals: Specially formulated, based on analysis of makeup water, to prevent accumulation of scale and corrosion in piping and connected equipment. Provide bypass feeder for each closed loop system.

2.9 A.

HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. 2. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 15181-11 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3. 4. B.

Strainer Screen: 60-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50 percent free area. CWP Rating: 125 psig.

Basket Strainers: 1. 2. 3. 4. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, high-tensile cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Strainer Screen: 60-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50 percent free area. CWP Rating: 125 psig.

C.

T-Pattern Strainers: 1. 2. 3. 4. Body: Ductile or malleable iron with removable access coupling and end cap for strainer maintenance. End Connections: Grooved ends. Strainer Screen: 60-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 57 percent free area. CWP Rating: 750 psig.

D.

Stainless-Steel Bellow, Flexible Connectors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Body: Stainless-steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-reinforcing protective jacket. End Connections: Threaded or flanged to match equipment connected. Performance: Capable of 3/4-inch misalignment. CWP Rating: 150 psig. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.

E.

Spherical, Rubber, Flexible Connectors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Body: Fiber-reinforced rubber body. End Connections: Steel flanges drilled to align with Classes 150 and 300 steel flanges. Performance: Capable of misalignment. CWP Rating: 150 psig. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.

F.

Expansion fittings are specified in Division 15 Section "Pipe Expansion Fittings and Loops."

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. PIPING APPLICATIONS Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15181-12

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

1. B.

Type L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and soldered joints.

Hot-water heating piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be any of the following: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought-steel fittings and wrought-cast or forged-steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. 2. Schedule 40 steel pipe; grooved, mechanical joint coupling and fittings; and grooved, mechanical joints. Chilled-water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Type L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and soldered joints.

C.

D.

Chilled-water piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be any of the following: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought-steel fittings and wrought-cast or forged-steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. 2. Schedule 40 steel pipe; grooved, mechanical joint coupling and fittings; and grooved, mechanical joints. Condenser-water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Type L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and soldered joints.

E.

F.

Condenser-water piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be any of the following: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought-steel fittings and wrought-cast or forged-steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. 2. Schedule 40 steel pipe; grooved, mechanical joint coupling and fittings; and grooved, mechanical joints. Makeup-Water Piping Installed Belowground and within Slabs: Type K, annealed-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and soldered joints. Use the fewest possible joints. Condensate-Drain Piping: Schedule 40 PVC plastic pipe and fittings and solvent welded joints. Blowdown-Drain Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which blowdown drain is installed. Air-Vent Piping: 1. 2. Inlet: Same as service where installed with metal-to-plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to the piping manufacturer's written instructions. Outlet: Type K, annealed-temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints.

G. H. I. J.

K.

Safety-Valve-Inlet and -Outlet Piping for Hot-Water Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which safety valve is installed with metal-toplastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to the piping manufacturer's written instructions.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15181-13

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

3.2 A. B. C. D. E.

VALVE APPLICATIONS Install shutoff-duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and at supply connection to each piece of equipment. Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves at each branch connection to return main. Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves in the return pipe of each heating or cooling terminal. Install check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow direction. Install safety valves at hot-water generators and elsewhere as required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Install drip-pan elbow on safety-valve outlet and pipe without valves to the outdoors; and pipe drain to nearest floor drain or as indicated on Drawings. Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1, for installation requirements. Install pressure-reducing valves at makeup-water connection to regulate system fill pressure. PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. Install piping to permit valve servicing. Install piping at indicated slopes. Install piping free of sags and bends. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Install piping to allow application of insulation. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. 15181-14 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

F. 3.3

B. C.

D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S.

Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up. Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, connect the branch to the top of the main pipe. Install valves according to Division 15 Section "Valves." Install unions in piping, NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. Install strainers on inlet side of each control valve, pressure-reducing valve, solenoid valve, inline pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in blowdown connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2. Install expansion loops, expansion joints, anchors, and pipe alignment guides as specified in Division 15 Section "Pipe Expansion Fittings and Loops." Identify piping as specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

T. U. 3.4 A. B.

Hanger, support, and anchor devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Comply with the following requirements for maximum spacing of supports. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet long. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal piping 20 feet or longer. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. Provide copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe. On plastic pipe, install pads or cushions on bearing surfaces to prevent hanger from scratching pipe.

C.

Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. 15181-15 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. D.

NPS 1: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. NPS 2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. NPS 3: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. NPS 4: Maximum span, 14 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. NPS 6: Maximum span, 17 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. NPS 8: Maximum span, 19 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch. NPS 10: Maximum span, 20 feet; minimum rod size, 3/4 inch. NPS 12: Maximum span, 23 feet; minimum rod size, 7/8 inch. NPS 14: Maximum span, 25 feet; minimum rod size, 1 inch. NPS 16: Maximum span, 27 feet; minimum rod size, 1 inch. NPS 18: Maximum span, 28 feet; minimum rod size, 1-1/4 inches. NPS 20: Maximum span, 30 feet; minimum rod size, 1-1/4 inches.

Install hangers for drawn-temper copper piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. NPS 1: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. NPS 2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

E.

Plastic Piping Hanger Spacing: Space hangers according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions for service conditions. Avoid point loading. Space and install hangers with the fewest practical rigid anchor points. Fiberglass Piping Hanger Spacing: Space hangers according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions for service conditions. Avoid point loading. Space and install hangers with the fewest practical rigid anchor points. Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at 10-foot intervals between floors. PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

F.

G. 3.5 A. B. C. D.

Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15181-16

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

E. F.

Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. 2. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

G. H. I.

Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with coupling and gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Cut or roll grooves in ends of pipe based on pipe and coupling manufacturer's written instructions for pipe wall thickness. Use grooved-end fittings and rigid, grooved-end-pipe couplings. HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION

3.6 A. B. C. D. E. F.

Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air venting. Install automatic air vents at high points of system piping in mechanical equipment rooms only. Manual vents at heat-transfer coils and elsewhere as required for air venting. Install piping from boiler air outlet, air separator, or air purger to expansion tank with a 2 percent upward slope toward tank. Install in-line air separators in pump suction. Install drain valve on air separators NPS 2 and larger. Install tangential air separator in pump suction. Install blowdown piping with gate or full-port ball valve; extend full size to nearest floor drain. Install bypass chemical feeders in each hydronic system where indicated, in upright position with top of funnel not more than 48 inches above the floor. Install feeder in minimum NPS 3/4 bypass line, from main with full-size, full-port, ball valve in the main between bypass connections. Install NPS 3/4 pipe from chemical feeder drain, to nearest equipment drain and include a full-size, full-port, ball valve. Install expansion tanks above the air separator. Install tank fitting in tank bottom and charge tank. Use manual vent for initial fill to establish proper water level in tank. 1. Install tank fittings that are shipped loose. 15181-17 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

G.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.

Support tank from floor or structure above with sufficient strength to carry weight of tank, piping connections, fittings, plus tank full of water. Do not overload building components and structural members.

H.

Install expansion tanks on the floor. Vent and purge air from hydronic system, and ensure tank is properly charged with air to suit system Project requirements. TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS

3.7 A. B. C. D.

Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment connections. Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are installed, only one bypass is required. Install ports for pressure gages and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections according to Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.8 A.

Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace strainer screens. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test.

5. B.

Perform the following tests on hydronic piping: 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid. Isolate expansion tanks and determine that hydronic system is full of water. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum

2. 3. 4.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15181-18

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

5.

6. C.

yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping." After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. Prepare written report of testing.

Perform the following before operating the system: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Open manual valves fully. Inspect pumps for proper rotation. Set makeup pressure-reducing valves for required system pressure. Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type). Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. Inspect and set operating temperatures of hydronic equipment, such as boilers, chillers, cooling towers, to specified values. Verify lubrication of motors and bearings.

END OF SECTION 15181

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15181-19

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PIPING

SECTION 15185 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 2.Close-coupled, end-suction centrifugal pumps. 3.Separately coupled, horizontal, in-line centrifugal pumps. 4.Separately coupled, vertical, in-line centrifugal pumps. 5.1. SSeparately coupled, base-mounted, end-suction centrifugal pumps. 9.2. Automatic condensate pump units. DEFINITIONS A. B. 1.4 A. Buna-N: Nitrile rubber. EPT: Ethylene propylene terpolymer. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Include certified performance curves and rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, final impeller dimensions, and accessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves. Shop Drawings: Show pump layout and connections. Include setting drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. 1. 2. C. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Grooved joint couplings and fittings shall be shown on drawings and product submittals, and be specifically identified with the applicable Victaulic style number. For pumps to include in emergency, operation, and
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

1.2

1.3

B.

Operation and Maintenance Data: maintenance manuals.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15185-1

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PUMPS

1.5 A. B.

QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations: Obtain hydronic pumps through one source from a single manufacturer. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of hydronic pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product Requirements." Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembly and testing. Protect flanges, pipe openings, and nozzles with wooden flange covers or with screwed-in plugs. Store pumps in dry location. Retain protective covers for flanges and protective coatings during storage. Protect bearings and couplings against damage from sand, grit, and other foreign matter. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions. COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Mechanical Seals: One mechanical seal(s) for each pump.

C.

D. 1.6

B. C. D. E. 1.7

1.8

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 15185-2 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PUMPS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.Aurora Pump; Division of Pentair Pump Group. 4.Burks Pumps; Div. of Crane Pumps & Systems. 5.Demming Div.; Crane Co. 6.Flowserve Corporation; Div. of Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps. 7.Grundfos Pumps Corporation. 8.Little Giant Pump Co.; Subsidiary of Tecumseh Products Co. 9.MEPCO (Marshall Engineered Products Co.). 10.PACO Pumps. 11.Patterson Pump Co.; a Subsidiary of The Gorman-Rupp Co. 12.Peerless Pump; a Member of the Sterling Fluid Systems Group. 5.Packing Seal: Stuffing box, with a minimum of four rings of graphite-impregnated braided yarn with bronze lantern ring between center two graphite rings, and bronze packing gland. 2.62.2 A. SEPARATELY COUPLED, BASE-MOUNTED, END-SUCTION CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS Manufacturers: 1.American-Marsh Pumps. 2.1. Armstrong Pumps Inc. 3.Aurora Pump; Division of Pentair Pump Group. 4.2. Bell & Gossett; Div. of ITT Industries. 5.Buffalo Pumps, Inc.; an Ampco Pittsburgh Co. 6.Burks Pumps; Div. of Crane Pumps & Systems. 7.Deming Pumps; Div. of Crane Pumps & Systems. 8.Flowserve Corporation; Div. of Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps. 9.MEPCO (Marshall Engineered Products Co.). 10.PACO Pumps. 11.Scot Pump; Div. of Ardox Corp. 12.3. Taco, Inc. 13.4. Thrush Company Inc. 14.5. Weinman; Div. of Crane Pumps & Systems. B. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, centrifugal, overhung-impeller, separately coupled, end-suction pump designed for base mounting, with pump and motor shafts horizontal. Rate pump for 175-psig minimum working pressure and a continuous water temperature of 225 deg F. Pump Construction: 1. Casing: Cast iron, with replaceable bronze wear rings, threaded gage tappings at inlet and outlet, drain plug at bottom and air vent at top of volute, and flanged connections. Provide integral mount on volute to support the casing, and attached piping

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

C.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15185-3

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PUMPS

2.

3. 4. 5.

6. D.

to allow removal and replacement of impeller without disconnecting piping or requiring the realignment of pump and motor shaft. Impeller: ASTM B 584, cCast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed to shaft, and secured with a locking cap screw. Trim impeller to match specified performance. Pump Shaft: Steel, with copper-alloy shaft sleeve or Stainless steel. Mechanical Seal: Carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a stainless-steel spring, and Buna-N or EPT bellows and gasket. Packing Seal: Stuffing box, with a minimum of four rings of graphite-impregnated braided yarn with bronze lantern ring between center two graphite rings, and bronze packing gland. Pump Bearings: Grease-lubricated ball bearings contained in cast-iron housing with grease fittings.

Shaft Coupling: Molded rubber insert and interlocking spider capable of absorbing vibration. Couplings shall be drop-out type to allow disassembly and removal without removing pump shaft or motor and EPDM coupling sleeve for variable-speed applications. Coupling Guard: Dual rated; ANSI B15.1, Section 8; OSHA 1910.219 approved; steel; removable; attached to mounting frame. Mounting Frame: Welded-steel frame and cross members, factory fabricated from ASTM A 36/A 36M channels and angles. Fabricate to mount pump casing, coupling guard, and motor. Motor: Single speed, with permanently lubricated ball bearings, unless otherwise indicated; secured to mounting frame, with adjustable alignment. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors."
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

E. F.

G.

2.112.4 PUMP SPECIALTY FITTINGS A. Suction Diffuser: Angle pattern, 175-psig pressure rating, cast or ductile-iron body and end cap, pump-inlet fitting; with bronze startup and bronze or stainless-steel permanent strainers; bronze or stainless-steel straightening vanes; drain plug; and factory-fabricated support. Grooved End Suction Diffuser: 300-psig pressure rating, ductile-iron body, 304 stainless steel frame and perforated sheet diffuser with 5/32” diameter holes 3”-12” inlet sizes, or 3/16” diameter holes 14”-16” inlet sizes. Removable 20 mesh stainless steel start-up prefilter, outlets for pressure/temperature drain connections, and base support boss. Victaulic Series 731-G. Triple-Duty Valve: Angle or straight pattern, 175-psig pressure rating, cast or ductile-iron body, pump-discharge fitting; with drain plug and bronze-fitted shutoff, balancing, and check valve features. Brass gage ports with integral check valve, and orifice for flow measurement. Tri-Service Valve Assembly: Straight pattern, combination shut-off, throttling and non-slam check valve. Vic®-300 MasterSeal™ butterfly valve assembled with Style 779 Venturi Check and grooved joint couplings (style to be determined by system requirements). Working pressures to 300 PSI. (Optional: Vic-Plug valve Series 377 assembled with Venturi Check Style 779,

B.

C.

D.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15185-4

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PUMPS

working pressure to 175 PSI). Memory stops standard. Transition couplings Style 307 required for plug valve assembly. PART 3 - EXECUTION
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

3.13.1 A. B. C. D. 3.2 A.

EXAMINATION Examine equipment foundations and anchor-bolt locations for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before pump installation. Examine foundations and inertia bases for suitable conditions where pumps are to be installed. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CONCRETE BASES Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for pumps and controllers. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." 1. 2. 3. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around full perimeter of base. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

B. 3.3

Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3. PUMP INSTALLATION
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

B.A. Install pumps with access for periodic maintenance including removal of motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C.B. Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and weight of pumps is not supported by piping. D.C. Vibration isolation devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Isolation”. Fabricate brackets or supports as required. Hanger and support materials are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports."
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

F.D. Set base-mounted pumps on concrete foundation. Disconnect coupling before setting. Do not reconnect couplings until alignment procedure is complete.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15185-5

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PUMPS

1.

2.

Support pump baseplate on rectangular metal blocks and shims, or on metal wedges with small taper, at points near foundation bolts to provide a gap of 3/4 to 1-1/2 inches between pump base and foundation for grouting. Adjust metal supports or wedges until pump and driver shafts are level. Check coupling faces and suction and discharge flanges of pump to verify that they are level and plumb.

3.4 A. B. C. D.

ALIGNMENT Align pump and motor shafts and piping connections after setting on foundation, grout has been set and foundation bolts have been tightened, and piping connections have been made. Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions. Adjust pump and motor shafts for angular and offset alignment. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts. CONNECTIONS A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J.I. K.J. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install piping adjacent to pump to allow service and maintenance. Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are same size as piping connected to pumps. Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles. Install triple-duty valve on discharge side of pumps. Install suction diffuser and shutoff valve on suction side of pumps. Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base-mounted pumps between pump casing and valves. Install pressure gages on pump suction and discharge, at integral pressure-gage tapping, or install single gage with multiple input selector valve.
Formatted: Bullets and Numbering

3.5

Install electrical connections for power, controls, and devices. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

L.K. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." L. Grooved Joint Installation: Grooved joint piping systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines and recommendations. All grooved piping specialties shall be the products of a single manufacturer. Grooved coupling manufacturer’s factory trained field 15185-6 4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PUMPS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

representative shall provide on-site training for contractor’s field personnel in the installation of grooved piping products. Factory trained representative shall periodically review the product installation. Contractor shall remove or replace any improperly installed products. 3.6 A. STARTUP SERVICE Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. 2. 3. 4. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. Check piping connections for tightness. Clean strainers on suction piping. Perform the following startup checks for each pump before starting: a. b. Verify bearing lubrication. Verify that pump is free to rotate by hand and that pump for handling hot liquid is free to rotate with pump hot and cold. If pump is bound or drags, do not operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. Verify that pump is rotating in the correct direction.

c. 5. 6. 7. 3.7 A.

Prime pump by opening suction valves and closing drains, and prepare pump for operation. Start motor. Open discharge valve slowly.

DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps. Refer to Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures and Demonstration and Training."

END OF SECTION 15185

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15185-7

4 December 2009 HYDRONIC PUMPS

SECTION 15189 HVAC WATER TREATMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following HVAC water-treatment systems: 1. 2. 3. 1.3 A. B. C. 1.4 A. Bypass chemical-feed equipment. Chemical treatment test equipment. HVAC water-treatment chemicals.

1.2

DEFINITIONS EEPROM: Electrically erasable, programmable read-only memory. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits. TDS: Total dissolved solids. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Water quality for HVAC systems shall minimize corrosion, scale buildup, and biological growth for optimum efficiency of HVAC equipment without creating a hazard to operating personnel or the environment. Base HVAC water treatment on quality of water available at Project site, HVAC system equipment material characteristics and functional performance characteristics, operating personnel capabilities, and requirements and guidelines of authorities having jurisdiction. Closed hydronic systems, including hot-water heating and chilled water, shall have the following water qualities: 1. 2. 3. 4. pH: Maintain a value within 9.0 to 10.5. "P" Alkalinity: Maintain a value within 100 to 500 ppm. Boron: Maintain a value within 100 to 200 ppm. Chemical Oxygen Demand: Maintain a maximum value of 100 ppm. 15189-1 4 December 2009 HVAC WATER TREATMENT

B.

C.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Soluble Copper: Maintain a maximum value of 2000 ppm. TDS: Maintain a maximum value of 2000 ppm. Ammonia: Maintain a maximum value of 20 ppm. Free Caustic Alkalinity: Maintain a maximum value of 20 ppm. Microbiological Limits: a. b. c. d. e. Total Aerobic Plate Count: Maintain a maximum value of 1000 organisms/ml. Total Anaerobic Plate Count: Maintain a maximum value of 100 organisms/ml. Nitrate Reducers: Maintain a maximum value of 100 organisms/ml. Sulfate Reducers: Maintain a maximum value of 0 organisms/ml. Iron Bacteria: Maintain a maximum value of 0 organisms/ml.

D.

Passivation for Galvanized Steel: For the first 60 days of operation. 1. 2. 3. pH: Maintain a value within 7 to 8. Calcium Carbonate Hardness: Maintain a value within 100 to 300 ppm. Calcium Carbonate Alkalinity: Maintain a value within 100 to 300 ppm.

1.5 A.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories for the following products: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Bypass feeders. Chemical test equipment. Chemical material safety data sheets. Centrifugal separators.

Shop Drawings: Pretreatment and chemical treatment equipment showing tanks, maintenance space required, and piping connections to HVAC systems. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power and control wiring.

C. D. E.

Field quality-control test reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sensors, injection pumps, water filtration units, and controllers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Other Informational Submittals: 1. Water-Treatment Program: Written sequence of operation on an annual basis for the application equipment required to achieve water quality defined in the "Performance Requirements" Article above. Water Analysis: Illustrate water quality available at Project site, based on site sampling and lab analysis. Passivation Confirmation Report: Verify passivation of galvanized-steel surfaces, and confirm this observation in a letter to Architect.

2. 3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15189-2

4 December 2009 HVAC WATER TREATMENT

1.6 A.

QUALITY ASSURANCE HVAC Water-Treatment Service Provider Qualifications: An experienced HVAC watertreatment service provider capable of analyzing water qualities, installing water-treatment equipment, and applying water treatment as specified in this Section. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Scope of Maintenance Service: Provide chemicals and service program to maintain water conditions required above to inhibit corrosion, scale formation, and biological growth for cooling, chilled-water piping and heating, hot-water piping and equipment. Services and chemicals shall be provided for a period of one year from date of Substantial Completion, and shall include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Initial water analysis and HVAC water-treatment recommendations. Startup assistance for Contractor to flush the systems, clean with detergents, and initially fill systems with required chemical treatment prior to operation. Field service and consultation, monthly. Customer report charts and log sheets. Laboratory technical analysis. Analyses and reports of all chemical items concerning safety and compliance with government regulations.

B.

1.7

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. ARC Aquagy Anderson Chemical Co, Inc. Aqua-Chem, Inc.; Cleaver-Brooks Div. Barclay Chemical Co.; Water Management, Inc. Boland Trane Services GE Betz. GE Osmonics H-O-H Chemicals, Inc. Metro Group. Inc. (The); Metropolitan Refining Div. G.F. Morin Company ONDEO Nalco Company. Watcon, Inc. 15189-3 4 December 2009 HVAC WATER TREATMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.2 A.

MANUAL CHEMICAL-FEED EQUIPMENT Bypass Feeders: Steel, with corrosion-resistant exterior coating, minimum 3-1/2-inch fill opening in the top, and NPS 3/4 bottom inlet and top side outlet. Quarter turn or threaded fill cap with gasket seal and diaphragm to lock the top on the feeder when exposed to system pressure in the vessel. 1. 2. Capacity: 5 gal.. Minimum Working Pressure: 125 psig.

2.3 A. B. C.

STAINLESS-STEEL PIPES AND FITTINGS Stainless-Steel Tubing: Comply with ASTM A 269, Type 316. Stainless-Steel Fittings: Complying with ASTM A 815/A 815M, Type 316, Grade WP-S. Two-Piece, Full-Port, Stainless-Steel Ball Valves: ASTM A 351, Type 316 stainless-steel body; ASTM A 276, Type 316 stainless-steel stem and vented ball, carbon-filled TFE seats, threaded body design with adjustable stem packing, threaded ends, and 250-psig SWP and 600psig CWP ratings. CHEMICAL TREATMENT TEST EQUIPMENT A. Corrosion Test-Coupon Assembly: Constructed of corrosive-resistant material, complete with piping, valves, and mild steel and copper coupons. Locate copper coupon downstream from mild steel coupon in the test-coupon assembly. 1. 2. Two-station rack for closed-loop systems. Four-station rack for open systems.

2.4

2.5 A.

CHEMICALS Chemicals shall be as recommended by water-treatment system manufacturer that are compatible with piping system components and connected equipment, and that can attain water quality specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. FILTRATION EQUIPMENT A. Centrifugal Separators: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product. a. 2. 3. LAKOS; a div. of Claude Laval Corporation.

2.6

Description: Simplex separator housing with baffles and chambers for removing particles from water by centrifugal action and gravity. Housing: With manufacturer's proprietary system of baffles and chambers. 15189-4 4 December 2009 HVAC WATER TREATMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h.

Construction: Fabricate and label steel separator housing to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. Inlet: Designed with tangential entry to produce centrifugal flow of feedwater. Vortex Chamber: Designed for downward vortex flow and gravity separation of particles. Collection Chamber: Designed to hold separated particles. Outlet: Near top of unit. Purge: At bottom of collection chamber. Pipe Connections NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded according to ASME B1.20.1. Pipe Connections NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Steel, Class 150 flanges according to ASME B16.5 or grooved according to AWWA C606. Provide stainless-steel flanges if tank is stainless steel.

4.

Motorized Purge Valve: Gate or plug pattern valve. a. Motorized Valves: Butterfly-type, flanged or grooved-end, ductile-iron body, with EPDM valve seat and stem seal; with ASTM B 148 aluminum bronze disc.

5. 6. 7. 8.

Strainer: Stainless-steel basket type mounted on pump suction. Piping: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type S, F, or E; Grade B, Schedule 40 black steel, with flanged, grooved, or threaded joints and malleable, steel welding, or ductile-iron fittings. Piping: ASTM B 88, Type L copper water tube, copper-alloy solder-joint fittings, and brazed, flanged, or grooved joints. Support: Hung. Fabricate supports to separator housing with reinforcement strong enough to resist separator movement during a seismic event when separator base is anchored to building structure. Capacities and Characteristics: (As scheduled.) Liquid Recover System: (As scheduled.)

9. 10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. 3.2 A. WATER ANALYSIS Perform an analysis of supply water to determine quality of water available at Project site. INSTALLATION Install chemical application equipment on concrete bases, level and plumb. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. Anchor chemical tanks and floor-mounting accessories to substrate. Install water testing equipment on wall near water chemical application equipment. Bypass Feeders: Install in closed hydronic systems, including hot-water heating and chilled water, and equipped with the following:

B. C.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15189-5

4 December 2009 HVAC WATER TREATMENT

1. 2. 3. 4. 3.3 A. B. C.

Install bypass feeder in a bypass circuit around circulating pumps, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Install test-coupon assembly in bypass circuit around circulating pumps, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Install a gate or full-port ball isolation valves on inlet, outlet, and drain below feeder inlet. Install a swing check on inlet after the isolation valve.

CONNECTIONS Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. Make piping connections between HVAC water-treatment equipment and dissimilar-metal piping with dielectric fittings. Dielectric fittings are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Install shutoff valves on HVAC water-treatment equipment inlet and outlet. Metal general-duty valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves." Refer to Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for backflow preventers required in makeup water connections to potable-water systems. Confirm applicable electrical requirements in Division 16 Sections for connecting electrical equipment. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.

D. E. F. G. H. 3.4

B.

C.

Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical connections. 15189-6 4 December 2009 HVAC WATER TREATMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.

3. 4. 5. 6.

7.

8. D. E.

Inspect piping and equipment to determine that systems and equipment have been cleaned, flushed, and filled with water, and are fully operational before introducing chemicals for water-treatment system. Place HVAC water-treatment system into operation and calibrate controls during the preliminary phase of HVAC systems' startup procedures. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is tested and satisfactory test results are achieved. Test for leaks and defects. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, and replaced water piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow test pressure to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping until no leaks exist.

Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. At six-week intervals following Substantial Completion, perform separate water analyses on hydronic systems to show that automatic chemical-feed systems are maintaining water quality within performance requirements specified in this Section. Submit written reports of water analysis advising Owner of changes necessary to adhere to Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. Comply with ASTM D 3370 and with the following standards: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Silica: ASTM D 859. Steam System: ASTM D 1066. Acidity and Alkalinity: ASTM D 1067. Iron: ASTM D 1068. Water Hardness: ASTM D 1126.

F.

3.5 A.

DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC water-treatment systems and equipment. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training." Training: Provide a "how-to-use" self-contained breathing apparatus video that details exact operating procedures of equipment.

B.

END OF SECTION 15189

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15189-7

4 December 2009 HVAC WATER TREATMENT

SECTION 15195 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1.3 A. Pipes, tubes, and fittings. Piping specialties. Piping and tubing joining materials. Valves. Pressure regulators. Service meters. Mechanical sleeve seals. Grout. Concrete bases. Natural Gas Booster System

1.2

DEFINITIONS Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Operating-Pressure Ratings: 1. 2. 3. Piping and Valves: 100 psig (690 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. Service Regulators: 100 psig (690 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. Minimum Operating Pressure of Service Meter: 3.5” water column. 15195-1 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

B. C.

1.4

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B. C.

Natural-Gas System Pressure within Buildings: More than 0.25 psig (3.45 kPa) but not more than 2 psig (13.8 kPa). Delegated Design: Design restraints and anchors for natural-gas piping and equipment, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. SUBMITTALS

1.5 A.

Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Piping specialties. Corrugated, stainless-steel tubing with associated components. Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of selected models. Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. Service meters. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. Include bypass fittings and meter bars supports. Dielectric fittings. Mechanical sleeve seals. Escutcheons. Natural Gas Booster System. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities.

B.

Shop Drawings: For facility natural-gas piping layout. Include plans, piping layout and elevations, sections, and details for fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. 1. 2. Shop Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch per foot (1:50). Detail mounting, supports, and valve arrangements for service meter assembly and pressure regulator assembly.

C.

Delegated-Design Submittal: For natural-gas piping and equipment indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. 2. Detail fabrication and assembly of seismic restraints. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints.

D.

Coordination Drawings: Plans and details, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other installations, using input from installers of the items involved. Site Survey: Plans, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other services and utilities. Qualification Data: For qualified professional engineer. Welding certificates. 15195-2 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

E. F. G.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

H. I.

Field quality-control reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pressure regulators and service meters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.6 A. B. C.

Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.7 A. B.

Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and dispose of liquids from existing natural-gas piping according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory-applied protective coatings to avoid damaging coating, and protect from direct sunlight. Protect stored PE pipes and valves from direct sunlight. PROJECT CONDITIONS

C. D. 1.8 A. B.

Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility-locating service for area where Project is located. Interruption of Existing Natural-Gas Service: Do not interrupt natural-gas service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide purging and startup of natural-gas supply according to requirements indicated: 1. 2. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of natural-gas service. Do not proceed with interruption of natural-gas service without Construction Manager's written permission.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-3

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

1.9 A. B.

COORDINATION Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for valves installed concealed behind finished surfaces. Comply with requirements in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. 2. 3. 4. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. Wrought-Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M for butt welding and socket welding. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends. Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: a. b. c. d. e. 5. Material Group: 1.1. End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe. Lapped Face: Not permitted underground. Gasket Materials: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and spiral-wound metal gaskets. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground and stainless steel underground. Factory-applied, three-layer coating of

Protective Coating for Underground Piping: epoxy, adhesive, and PE. a.

Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat-shrink PE sleeves.

6.

Mechanical Couplings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) b. c. d. Dresser Piping Specialties; Division of Dresser, Inc. Smith-Blair, Inc.

Steel flanges and tube with epoxy finish. Buna-nitrile seals. Steel bolts, washers, and nuts.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-4

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

e. f. B.

Coupling shall be capable of joining PE pipe to PE pipe, steel pipe to PE pipe, or steel pipe to steel pipe. Steel body couplings installed underground on plastic pipe shall be factory equipped with anode.

Corrugated, Stainless-Steel Tubing: Comply with ANSI/IAS LC 1. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. OmegaFlex, Inc. Parker Hannifin Corporation; Parflex Division. Titeflex. Tru-Flex Metal Hose Corp.

Tubing: ASTM A 240/A 240M, corrugated, Series 300 stainless steel. Coating: PE with flame retardant. a. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1) 2) Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. Smoke-Developed Index: 50 or less.

4.

5. 6.

7. C.

Fittings: Copper-alloy mechanical fittings with ends made to fit and listed for use with corrugated stainless-steel tubing and capable of metal-to-metal seal without gaskets. Include brazing socket or threaded ends complying with ASME B1.20.1. Striker Plates: Steel, designed to protect tubing from penetrations. Manifolds: Malleable iron or steel with factory-applied protective coating. Threaded connections shall comply with ASME B1.20.1 for pipe inlet and corrugated tubing outlets. Operating-Pressure Rating: 5 psig (34.5 kPa).

Drawn-Temper Copper Tube: Comply with ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A). 1. 2. Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought copper, and streamlined pattern. Bronze Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.24, Class 150. a. b. 3. Gasket Material: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and spiral-wound metal gaskets. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel or stainless steel.

Protective Coating for Underground Tubing: Factory-applied, extruded PE a minimum of 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick.

D.

Annealed-Temper Copper Tube: Comply with ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A). 1. 2. Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought copper, and streamlined pattern. Flare Fittings: Comply with ASME B16.26 and SAE J513. 15195-5 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

a. b. c. 3. E.

Copper fittings with long nuts. Metal-to-metal compression seal without gasket. Dryseal threads complying with ASME B1.20.3.

Protective Coating for Underground Tubing: Factory-applied, extruded PE a minimum of 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick.

Tin-Lined Copper Tube: ASTM B 280, seamless, annealed, with interior tin-plated lining. 1. Flare Fittings: Comply with ASME B16.26 and SAE J513. a. b. c. d. Copper fittings with long nuts. Metal-to-metal compression seal without gasket. Dryseal threads complying with ASME B1.20.3. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) 3) e. f. g. h. Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.

PE body with molded-in, stainless-steel support ring. Buna-nitrile seals. Acetal collets. Electro-zinc-plated steel stiffener.

2.2 A.

PIPING SPECIALTIES Appliance Flexible Connectors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. B. Indoor, Fixed-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24. Indoor, Movable-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.69. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with polymer coating. Operating-Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig (3.45 kPa). End Fittings: Zinc-coated steel. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. Maximum Length: 72 inches (1830 mm).

Quick-Disconnect Devices: Comply with ANSI Z21.41. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Copper-alloy convenience outlet and matching plug connector. Nitrile seals. Hand operated with automatic shutoff when disconnected. For indoor or outdoor applications. Adjustable, retractable restraining cable.

C.

Y-Pattern Strainers: 15195-6 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1. 2. 3. 4. D.

Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Strainer Screen: 40 -mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50 percent free area. CWP Rating: 125 psig (862 kPa).

Basket Strainers: 1. 2. 3. 4. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, high-tensile cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Strainer Screen: 40 -mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 50 percent free area. CWP Rating: 125 psig (862 kPa).

E.

T-Pattern Strainers: 1. 2. 3. 4. Body: Ductile or malleable iron with removable access coupling and end cap for strainer maintenance. End Connections: Grooved ends. Strainer Screen: 40 -mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket with 57 percent free area. CWP Rating: 750 psig (5170 kPa).

F.

Weatherproof Vent Cap: Cast- or malleable-iron increaser fitting with corrosion-resistant wire screen, with free area at least equal to cross-sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded-end connection. JOINING MATERIALS

2.3 A. B. C.

Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F (540 deg C) complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent phosphorus are prohibited. MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES

2.4 A. B.

See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: ASME B16.33. 15195-7 Comply with

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. C.

CWP Rating: 125 psig (862 kPa). Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch (25 mm) and smaller. Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) to NPS 2 (DN 50) shall have initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body.

General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Comply with ASME B16.38. 1. 2. 3. CWP Rating: 125 psig (862 kPa). Flanged Ends: Comply with ASME B16.5 for steel flanges. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. Service Mark: Initials "WOG" shall be permanently marked on valve body.

4. D.

One-Piece, Bronze Ball Valve with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.

Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. Packing: Separate packnut with adjustable-stem packing threaded ends. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). Listing: Valves NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

E.

Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company. 15195-8 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

b. c. d. e. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. F.

Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.

Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. Ball: Chrome-plated bronze. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). Listing: Valves NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

Two-Piece, Regular-Port Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.

Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. Ball: Chrome-plated bronze. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. Seats: Reinforced TFE. Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). Listing: Valves NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

G.

Bronze Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. 2. 3. Lee Brass Company. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.

Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. Plug: Bronze. 15195-9 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. H.

Ends: Threaded, socket, or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. Pressure Class: 125 psig (862 kPa). Listing: Valves NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

Cast-Iron, Nonlubricated Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div. Xomox Corporation; a Crane company.

Body: Cast iron, complying with ASTM A 126, Class B. Plug: Bronze or nickel-plated cast iron. Seat: Coated with thermoplastic. Stem Seal: Compatible with natural gas. Ends: Threaded or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. Pressure Class: 125 psig (862 kPa). Listing: Valves NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

I.

Cast-Iron, Lubricated Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Flowserve. Homestead Valve; a division of Olson Technologies, Inc. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. Milliken Valve Company. Mueller Co.; Gas Products Div. R&M Energy Systems, A Unit of Robbins & Myers, Inc.

Body: Cast iron, complying with ASTM A 126, Class B. Plug: Bronze or nickel-plated cast iron. Seat: Coated with thermoplastic. Stem Seal: Compatible with natural gas. Ends: Threaded or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. Pressure Class: 125 psig (862 kPa).

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-10

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

9. 10. 2.5 A.

Listing: Valves NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.

PRESSURE REGULATORS General Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Single stage and suitable for natural gas. Steel jacket and corrosion-resistant components. Elevation compensator. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for regulators NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger.

Service Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 1. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Actaris. American Meter Company. Fisher Control Valves and Regulators; Division of Emerson Process Management. Invensys. Richards Industries; Jordan Valve Div.

Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 100 psig (690 kPa).

C.

Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 1. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 15195-11 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. D.

Actaris. American Meter Company. Eclipse Combustion, Inc. Fisher Control Valves and Regulators; Division of Emerson Process Management. Invensys. Maxitrol Company. Richards Industries; Jordan Valve Div.

Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 2 psig (13.8 kPa).

Appliance Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.18. 1. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Canadian Meter Company Inc. Eaton Corporation; Controls Div. Harper Wyman Co. Maxitrol Company. SCP, Inc.

Body and Diaphragm Case: Die-cast aluminum. Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. Factory-Applied Finish: Minimum three-layer polyester and polyurethane paint finish. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection, if approved by authorities having jurisdiction. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 2 psig (13.8 kPa).

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-12

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

2.6 A.

DIELECTRIC FITTINGS Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Capitol Manufacturing Company. Central Plastics Company. Hart Industries International, Inc. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. Watts Regulator Co.; Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Wilkins; Zurn Plumbing Products Group.

Minimum Operating-Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1034 kPa). Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials. Insulating materials suitable for natural gas. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed-joint, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials.

Dielectric Flanges: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. 5. Capitol Manufacturing Company. Central Plastics Company. Watts Regulator Co.; Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. Wilkins; Zurn Plumbing Products Group.

Minimum Operating-Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1034 kPa). Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials. Insulating materials suitable for natural gas. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed-joint, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials.

C.

Dielectric-Flange Kits: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. Calpico Inc. Central Plastics Company. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

Minimum Operating-Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1034 kPa). Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or PE bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 15195-13 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

5. 6.

Insulating materials suitable for natural gas. Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, brazed-joint, plain, or welded end connections that match piping system materials.

2.7 A. B.

SLEEVES Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. Calpico Inc. Metraflex Company (The). Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.

2.8

Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe and sleeve. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one nut and bolt for each sealing element.

2.9 A. B. C.

ESCUTCHEONS General Requirements for Escutcheons: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with ID to fit around pipe or tube, and OD that completely covers opening. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Escutcheons: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chromeplated finish. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Escutcheons: With set screw. 1. D. Finish: Polished chrome-plated or rough brass.

Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Escutcheons: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated or rough brass.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-14

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

E. F. G. H. 2.10 A.

One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Escutcheons: With spring clips and chrome-plated finish. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Escutcheons: With hinge, spring clips, and chrome-plated finish. One-Piece, Floor-Plate Escutcheons: Cast-iron floor plate. Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Escutcheons: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. GROUT Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout. 1. 2. 3. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume adjusting, nonstaining, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. noncorrosive,

2.11

NATURAL GAS BOOSTER SYSTEM

A. Description: Provide hermetic gas booster of multistage centrifugal design built in overhung construction where the impellers are mounted on an extended motor shaft. 1. Design: Booster shall compress a maximum 9,000 ICFH of natural gas at 13.8" w.c. boost pressure with inlet conditions of 70°F and 14.7 PbSIA. The specific gravity of the gas shall be 0.6. 2. The pressure shall remain practically constant from the surge limit to the full volume rating while the power consumption shall increase in direct proportion to the volume of gas handled at operating speed. The gas booster performance and design shall be approved and listed by Underwriters Laboratories. B. Motor: The motor shall be capable of operating continuously in the natural gas environment. 1. Rating: The motor shall be rated at 1.0 HP and suitable for operation on 230/460V/3PH/60HZ at 3500 RPM. 2. Enclosure: Shall be explosion proof per NEMA Class 1, Division 1, Group D classification with thermal overload protection. C. Gas Booster Casing: Shall be cylindrical fabricated steel construction. The enclosing heads shall be of similar metal, properly braced for strength. The inlet and outlet connections shall be flanged. The casing shall be leak tight to 10-3 cc/sec, with drive fans contained within casing shell. D. Impellers: The impeller peripheral speed shall not exceed 25,000 FPM. There shall be at least 1/8 inch clearance between each impeller and all stationary parts. Impellers shall be fabricated from high strength aluminum alloy, and shall be attached to the shaft by a clamped or tapered bushing hub. E. Deflectors: Fabricated steel deflectors with properly curved guide vanes for directing the gas to each succeeding impeller shall be provided.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-15

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

F. Shaft and Bearings: The motor shall have an oversized, extended shaft supported by two oversized, anti-friction grease lubricated bearings designed to absorb both thrust and radial loads. Each shaft shall be sized so that the rotating assembly shall operate at a minimum of 20% below the first critical speed. G. Vibration and Performance Test: Each motor and compressor assembly shall be balanced for minimum vibration (1.5 mils or less for 3500 RPM units) and shall be capable of operation throughout its’ design range without the need for hold down or mounting bolts. Each unit shall be given a complete factory performance test over its full range. The results of this test shall be comparable to ASME Code Test requirements. A multiple orifice plate shall be installed on the end of a fabricated still pipe section. For this test the pipe section will be at least one and one -half pipe diameters long and the same diameter as the blower outlet on which it will be installed. The outlet sections shall be sized for maximum velocity of 4600 FPM and 100% rated flow. Pressure taps flush with the inside diameter of the test section shall be installed at least one-half pipe diameter before the orifice plate. Sharp-edged orifices shall be opened to atmosphere, a few at a time and pressure, temperature, speed, voltage, amperage, and kilowatt readings shall be recorded for each test point. The air volume at a particular discharge pressure shall then be read from a calibrated orifice chart and this volume shall be multiplied by the number of open orifices. On request, certified performance curves shall then be supplied showing the exact performance and efficiencies of each specific machine. Prior tests on similar or identical machines shall not be acceptable. H. Flexible Joints: To the inlet and discharge of each gas booster shall be installed a flanged expansion joint suitable for natural gas service. Flexible joints shall be of the same diameter as the gas booster’s inlet and discharge (4”) and shall serve as vibration isolation between the gas booster and the gas train piping. I. Isolation Valves: A lubricated plug valve shall be installed on the inlet and discharge of each gas booster. Valves shall be gas tight and approved for natural gas service. Valves shall be of the same diameter as the gas booster inlet and discharge (4”) and shall serve to isolated gas flow to and from each gas booster. A valve shall also be installed between the inlet and discharge piping to act as a service by-pass to allow gas to flow down stream if the booster is ever taken out of service. J. Check Valve: A check valve (4”) shall be installed on the common inlet main to the gas booster and on the inlet piping to each gas booster. Valves shall be low-pressure drop type, approved for natural gas service and shall be of the same diameter as the gas booster inlet. Valves shall be mounted in a horizontal position and shall serve to prevent reversal of gas flow. K. Gas Pressure Regulator: A gas pressure regulator shall be installed on the discharge piping of the gas booster. The regulator shall be of the service type with lock-up feature and approved for natural gas service. The regulator shall serve to limit the discharge pressure to 13.5 Inches W.C.G. Two (2) flanged isolation of lubricated plug type shall be installed at a point 2-feet upstream and 2-feet downstream of the regulator. L. Low Pressure Switch: Provide one (1) UL Approved, manual reset type low inlet pressure switch. The switch shall be used to shut down the on-line booster in the event of below normal supply pressure. The switch shall be housed in a NEMA 1 enclosure, and preset at 3.5” w.c.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-16

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

M. Pressure Gauges: A pressure gauge shall be installed at the inlet main to the gas booster, at the discharge of the gas booster and at the discharge of the pressure regulator. Gauges shall have a scale of 0-30 inches W.C. and shall be suitable by the manufacturer for natural gas service. Gauges shall be installed in a straight section of pipe in an upright position and at least two (2) diameters from any device or elbow. Gauges shall include shut-off cocks. N. Manual Bypass Valve (For Low/No Flow Operation): Install a booster recirculating by-pass line from the common booster discharge main to the common booster inlet main. The by-pass line shall include a 2-inch diameter shut-off valve designed for natural gas service. The by-pass shall serve to insure a nominal amount of gas flow is maintained through the booster and that slight heat rise of gas is dissipated during low/no flow operation. O. Control Panel (Single Operation): Provide a NEMA 12 Control Panel for the operation of one (1) Spencer Natural Gas Booster. The control panel shall be manufactured by the gas booster manufacturer and shall be built in accordance with UL508A Standards for Industrial Control Panels and shall include: 1. One (1) OSHA type lock-out/tag-out circuit breaker disconnect switch. 2. One (1) ATL magnetic, non-reversing motor starter for 1.0 HP, 230/460V/3PH/60HZ GB motor. 3. One (1) Control transformer. 4. One (1) Hand – Off – Auto selector switch to control Gas Booster. • Hand - Allows start/shutdown from local pushbuttons only. • Off - Off • Auto – Allows start/shutdown of on-line booster via remote signal (dry contact). 5. Loss of Power Sequencing: In the event of supply power loss to the Spencer Control Panel (SCP), the SCP shall “power up” automatically upon restoration of power supply when the Hand-Off-Auto selector switch is in the Hand position (i.e.: facility power outage and restoration by an emergency supply). When in the Auto position, the booster shall “power up” automatically only if a remote dry contact from the process controls is maintained in the “closed” position (i.e.: calling for booster to run). 6. One (1) Set of Start/Stop push buttons. 7. Provisions (dry contacts) for remote start/shutdown of booster via a signal from process controls. 8. Provisions for a low inlet gas pressure switch to shutdown the on-line booster, energize a warning light, and energize the common alarm relay upon low supply pressure. 9. Provision for a N.C. motor high temperature switch to shut down the on-line booster, energize a warning light, and energize the common alarm relay. 10. Provisions for a motor starter overload relay to shut down the on-line booster, flash the booster running pilot light, and energize the common alarm relay. 11. One (1) Lamp Test push button to energize all pilot lights for a lamp test. 12. Panel Display lights for: • Power “ON” • Booster “Running” • Low Supply Pressure • High Motor Temperature • Starter Overload Fault 13. One (1) Alarm horn (mounted in panel door) with reset and silence push buttons

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-17

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

14. One (1) Provision (dry contacts) to activate a remote alarm when panel common alarm is activated. 15. One (1) - Red mushroom-type emergency shutdown button in panel door 16. One (1) Elapsed “run time” hour meter. 17. Miscellaneous components and hardware to assure proper functioning. P. Start-Up: An authorized factory-trained manufacturer’s representative shall perform system start -up services including inspection of the installation and training of owner’s personnel in the operation and maintenance of the system. 2.12 A. LABELING AND IDENTIFYING Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches (750 mm) deep; colored yellow.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. 3.2 A. B. C. 3.3 A. B. EXAMINATION Examine roughing-in for natural-gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off natural gas to premises or piping section. Inspect natural-gas piping according to NFPA 54 to determine that natural-gas utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected. Comply with NFPA 54 requirements for prevention of accidental ignition. OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. Install underground, natural-gas piping buried at least 36 inches (900 mm) below finished grade. Comply with requirements in Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 1. If natural-gas piping is installed less than 36 inches (900 mm) below finished grade, install it in containment conduit. 15195-18 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

C. D.

Install underground, PE, natural-gas piping according to ASTM D 2774. Steel Piping with Protective Coating: 1. 2. 3. Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating manufacturer. Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe.

E.

Copper Tubing with Protective Coating: 1. 2. Apply joint cover kits over tubing to cover, seal, and protect joints. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating manufacturer.

F. G.

Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. 2. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches (150 mm) in diameter. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches (150 mm) and larger in diameter.

H.

Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. Install pressure gage downstream from each service regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages." INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION

I.

J.

3.4 A. B.

Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.

C.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-19

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

D. E.

Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. Locate valves for easy access. Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps. Install piping free of sags and bends. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Install escutcheons at penetrations of interior walls, ceilings, and floors. 1. New Piping: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. 2. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stampedsteel type. Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type and set screw. Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with rough-brass finish. Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set screw or spring clips. Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type. Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set screw or spring clips. Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate type.

F. G. H. I. J. K.

Existing Piping: a. b. c. d. Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish. Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stampedsteel type with concealed hinge and spring clips. Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish. Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and set screw.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-20

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

e. f. g. h. i. L.

Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with roughbrass finish. Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed or exposed-rivet hinge and set screw or spring clips. Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass type. Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with set screw or spring clips. Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, floor-plate type.

Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems." Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-fired appliances and equipment for roughing-in requirements. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service-meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing. 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm) long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap.

M. N. O.

P. Q. R.

Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view. Concealed Location Installations: Except as specified below, install concealed natural-gas piping and piping installed under the building in containment conduit constructed of steel pipe with welded joints as described in Part 2. Install a vent pipe from containment conduit to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. 1. 2. Above Accessible Ceilings: Natural-gas piping, fittings, valves, and regulators may be installed in accessible spaces without containment conduit. In Floors: Install natural-gas piping with welded or brazed joints and protective coating in cast-in-place concrete floors. Cover piping to be cast in concrete slabs with minimum of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) of concrete. Piping may not be in physical contact with other metallic structures such as reinforcing rods or electrically neutral conductors. Do not embed piping in concrete slabs containing quick-set additives or cinder aggregate. In Floor Channels: Install natural-gas piping in floor channels. Channels must have cover and be open to space above cover for ventilation. In Walls or Partitions: Protect tubing installed inside partitions or hollow walls from physical damage using steel striker barriers at rigid supports.

3. 4.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-21

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

a. 5.

Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls does not require striker barriers.

Prohibited Locations: a. Do not install natural-gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts. Do not install natural-gas piping in solid walls or partitions.

b. S. T. U. V. W. X.

Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode. Install strainer on inlet of each line-pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages." SERVICE-METER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION

3.5 A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

Install service-meter assemblies aboveground, on concrete bases. Install metal shutoff valves upstream from service regulators. Shutoff valves are not required at second regulators if two regulators are installed in series. Install strainer on inlet of service-pressure regulator and meter set. Install service regulators mounted outside with vent outlet horizontal or facing down. Install screen in vent outlet if not integral with service regulator. Install metal shutoff valves upstream from service meters. Install dielectric fittings downstream from service meters. Install service meters downstream from pressure regulators. Install metal bollards to protect meter assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for pipe bollards.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-22

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

3.6 A. B. C. D. E. 3.7 A. B. C.

VALVE INSTALLATION Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless-steel tubing, aluminum, or copper connector. Install underground valves with valve boxes. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing. Install earthquake valves aboveground outside buildings according to listing. Install anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping. PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. Threaded Joints: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. D. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is specified. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.

Welded Joints: 1. 2. 3. Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction.

E. F. G.

Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter. Flanged Joints: Install gasket material, size, type, and thickness appropriate for natural-gas service. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, then use wrench. Do not overtighten.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-23

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

H.

PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. 2. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.

3.8 A.

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. D. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches (2438 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): Maximum span, 108 inches (2743 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): Maximum span, 108 inches (2743 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 65 to DN 90): Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 1/2 inch (13 mm). NPS 4 (DN 100) and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 5/8 inch (15.8 mm).

B. C.

Install hangers for horizontal drawn-temper copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. 2. 3. 4. NPS 3/8 (DN 10): Maximum span, 48 inches (1220 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). NPS 1/2 and NPS 5/8 (DN 15 and DN 18): Maximum span, 72 inches (1830 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). NPS 3/4 and NPS 7/8 (DN 20 and DN 22): Maximum span, 84 inches (2134 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). NPS 1 (DN 25): Maximum span, 96 inches (2440 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).

E.

Install hangers for horizontal, corrugated stainless-steel tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. 2. NPS 3/8 (DN 10): Maximum span, 48 inches (1220 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). NPS 1/2 (DN 15): Maximum span, 72 inches (1830 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-24

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

3.

NPS 3/4 (DN 20) and Larger: Maximum span, 96 inches (2440 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm).

3.9 A. B. C. D.

CONNECTIONS Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches (1800 mm) of each gas-fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance. LABELING AND IDENTIFYING Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for piping and valve identification. Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grade, except 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavements and slabs. PAINTING Comply with requirements in Division 9 painting Sections for painting interior and exterior natural-gas piping. Paint exposed, exterior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory-applied paint or protective coating. 1. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1D. a. b. c. d. C. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (flat). Color: Gray.

E.

3.10 A. B.

3.11 A. B.

Paint exposed, interior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory-applied paint or protective coating. 1. Latex Over Alkyd Primer System: MPI INT 5.1Q. 15195-25 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

a. b. c. d. 2.

Prime Coat: Quick-drying alkyd metal primer. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. Topcoat: Interior latex (flat). Color: Gray.

Alkyd System: MPI INT 5.1E. a. b. c. d. Prime Coat: Quick-drying alkyd metal primer. Intermediate Coat: Interior alkyd matching topcoat. Topcoat: Interior alkyd (flat). Color: Gray.

D.

Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-applied finishes with materials and by procedures to match original factory finish. CONCRETE BASES Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to seismic codes at Project. 1. 2. 3. 4. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger in both directions than supported unit. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around the full perimeter of the base. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. Use 3000-psig (20.7-MPa), 28-day, compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

3.12 A.

5. 6.

3.13 A. B.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Perform tests and inspections. Tests and Inspections: 1. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according to NFPA 54 and authorities having jurisdiction.

C. D.

Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. Prepare test and inspection reports.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-26

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

3.14 A.

DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain earthquake valves. OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE Underground natural-gas piping shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. PE pipe and fittings joined by heat fusion, or mechanical couplings; service-line risers with tracer wire terminated in an accessible location. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints, or mechanical couplings. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. Annealed-temper copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for copper tubing.

3.15 A.

B.

Aboveground natural-gas piping shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Annealed-temper copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints.

C.

Branch Piping in Cast-in-Place Concrete to Single Appliance: Annealed-temper copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints. Install piping embedded in concrete with no joints in concrete. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES LESS THAN 0.5 PSIG (3.45 kPa) Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with mechanical fittings having socket or threaded ends to match adjacent piping. Annealed-temper, tin-lined copper tube with flared joints and fittings. Annealed-temper, copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints. Aluminum tube with flared fittings and joints. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.

D.

3.16 A.

B.

Aboveground, distribution piping shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Drawn-temper copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints.

C.

Underground, below building, piping shall be the following: 15195-27 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1. 2. D. E.

Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.

Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded or wrought-steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES MORE THAN 0.5 PSIG (3.45 kPa) AND LESS THAN 5 PSIG (34.5 kPa) Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Corrugated stainless-steel tubing with mechanical fittings having socket or threaded ends to match adjacent piping. Annealed-temper, tin-lined copper tube with flared joints and fittings. Annealed-temper, copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints. Aluminum tube with flared fittings and joints. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.

3.17 A.

B.

Aboveground, distribution piping shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. Steel pipe with steel welding fittings and welded joints. Drawn-temper copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints.

C.

Underground, below building, piping shall be the following: 1. 2. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat

D. E.

Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.

Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded or wrought-steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. UNDERGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE Connections to Existing Gas Piping: Use valve and fitting assemblies made for tapping utility's gas mains and listed by an NRTL. Underground: 1. PE valves. 15195-28 4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

3.18 A. B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2. 3. 3.19 A.

NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze plug valves. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Cast-iron, lubricated plug valves.

ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller at service meter shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. Bronze plug valve.

B.

Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger at service meter shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. Bronze plug valve. Cast-iron, nonlubricated plug valve.

C.

Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. Bronze plug valve.

D.

Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. Bronze plug valve. Cast-iron, lubricated plug valve.

E.

Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be the following: 1. 2. 3. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. Bronze plug valve.

END OF SECTION 15195

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15195-29

4 December 2009 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

SECTION 15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following conventional plumbing fixtures and related components: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. B. Faucets for lavatories. Flushometers. Toilet seats. Protective shielding guards. Fixture supports. Dishwasher air-gap fittings. Disposers. Water closets. Urinals. Lavatories. Kitchen sinks. Service basins.

1.2

Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 3. Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for exterior plumbing fixtures and hydrants. Division 15 Section "Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers." Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for backflow preventers, floor drains, and specialty fixtures not included in this Section.

1.3 A. B. C.

DEFINITIONS Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities. Cast Polymer: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material. This material includes cultured-marble and solid-surface materials. Cultured Marble: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material with surface coating.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-1

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

D.

Fitting: Device that controls the flow of water into or out of the plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads and tub spouts, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and general-duty valves are included where indicated. FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic. PMMA: Polymethyl methacrylate (acrylic) plastic. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. Solid Surface: Nonporous, homogeneous, cast-polymer-plastic material with heat-, impact-, scratch-, and stain-resistance qualities. SUBMITTALS

E. F. G. H.

1.4 A.

Product Data: For each type of plumbing fixture indicated. Include selected fixture and trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports. Indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates. LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Credit WE 2: Documentation indicating flow and water consumption requirements.

B.

C. D. E. 1.5 A.

Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. Operation and Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixtures to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category through one source from a single manufacturer. 1. Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that category.

B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities" for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.

C.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-2

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

D. E. F. G.

Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing fixtures: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M. Porcelain-Enameled, Formed-Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M. Solid-Surface-Material Lavatories and Sinks: ANSI/ICPA SS-1. Stainless-Steel Commercial, Handwash Sinks: NSF 2 construction. Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M. Water-Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME A112.19.5. Water-Closet, Flushometer Tank Trim: ASSE 1037.

H.

Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory and sink faucets: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: ASME A112.18.3M. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet: ASME A112.18.3M. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. NSF Potable-Water Materials: NSF 61. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951. Supply Fittings: ASME A112.18.1. Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.

I.

Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous fittings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1. Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021. Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037. Plastic Tubular Fittings: ASTM F 409. Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2. Sensor-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037 and UL 1951.

J.

Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components: 1. Disposers: ASSE 1008 and UL 430. 15410-3 4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 1.6 A.

Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021. Flexible Water Connectors: ASME A112.18.6. Floor Drains: ASME A112.6.3. Grab Bars: ASTM F 446. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. Hot-Water Dispensers: ASSE 1023 and UL 499. Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. Plastic Shower Receptors: ANSI Z124.2. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1. Whirlpool Bathtub Equipment: UL 1795.

WARRANTY Special Warranties: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of whirlpools that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. 2. 3. 4. 5. Structural failures of unit shell. Faulty operation of controls, blowers, pumps, heaters, and timers. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use.

Warranty Period for Commercial Applications: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty Period for Residential Applications of Shells: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty Period for Residential Applications of Pumps and Blowers: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty Period for Residential Applications of Electronic Controls: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

1.7 A.

EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. 2. 3. 4. Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed. Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed. Flushometer Valve, Repair Kits: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than 12 of each type. Provide hinged-top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes, with separate compartments for each type and size of extra materials listed above.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-4

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

5. 6. 7.

Flushometer Tank, Repair Kits: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than 2 of each type. Water-Closet Tank, Repair Kits: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed. Toilet Seats: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. LAVATORY FAUCETS Lavatory Faucets,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. 4. American Standard Companies, Inc. Bradley Corporation. Chicago Faucets. Delta Faucet Company. Elkay Manufacturing Co. Just Manufacturing Company. Speakman Company. T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Commercial Brass Operation. Chicago Faucets. Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC. Hydrotek International, Inc. Just Manufacturing Company. Sloan Valve Company.

2. 3.

Description: Single-control mixing valve. Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes; coordinate outlet with spout and fixture receptor. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass. Finish: Polished chrome plate. Maximum Flow Rate: 0.5 gpm (1.5 L/min.). Maximum Flow: 0.25 gal. (0.95 L). Centers: Single hole. Mounting: Deck, exposed. Valve Handle(s): Lever. Inlet(s): NPS 3/8 (DN 10) tubing, with NPS 1/2 (DN 15) male adaptor. Spout: Rigid type. Spout Outlet: Aerator. 15410-5 4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

k. l. m. 2.2 A.

Operation: Sensor. Drain: Grid. Tempering Device: Thermostatic.

SINK FAUCETS Sink Faucets: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. 4. American Standard Companies, Inc. Bradley Corporation. Chicago Faucets. Delta Faucet Company. Eljer. Elkay Manufacturing Co. Just Manufacturing Company. Moen, Inc. T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Commercial Brass Operation. Hydrotek International, Inc. Speakman Company.

2. 3.

Description: Kitchen faucet without spray. Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes; coordinate outlet with spout and fixture receptor. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass General-duty, solid brass or copper or brass underbody with brass cover plate. Finish: Polished chrome plate. Maximum Flow Rate: 1.5 gpm, unless otherwise indicated. Mixing Valve: Single control. Backflow Protection Device for Hose Outlet: Not required. Backflow Protection Device for Side Spray: Not required. Centers: Adjustable. Mounting: Deck,. Handle(s): Lever. Inlet(s): NPS 3/8 (DN 10) tubing with NPS 1/2 (DN 15) male adapter. Spout Type: Swing, round tubular Swivel gooseneck. Spout Outlet: Aerator. Vacuum Breaker: Not required. Operation: Noncompression, manual. Drain: Lift and turn. 15410-6 4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.3 A.

FLUSHOMETERS Urinal Flushometers,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. Coyne & Delany Co. Delta Faucet Company. Sloan Valve Company. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Commercial Brass Operation. Hydrotek International, Inc. Sloan Valve Company.

2. 3.

Description: Flushometer for urinal water-closet-type fixture. Include brass body with corrosion-resistant internal components, non-hold-open feature, control stop with check valve, vacuum breaker, copper or brass tubing, and polished chrome-plated finish on exposed parts. a. b. c. d. e. Internal Design: Intergral Solenoid Operator. Style: Exposed. Trip Mechanism: Hardwired sensor actuator. Consumption: 0.13 gal./flush (0.5 L/flush). Tailpiece Size: NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) and length to top of bowl.

2.4 A.

TOILET SEATS Toilet Seats,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 4. American Standard Companies, Inc. Bemis Manufacturing Company. Church Seats. Eljer.

2. 3.

Description: Toilet seat for water-closet-type fixture.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-7

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

a. b. c. d. e. f. 2.5 A.

Material: Molded, solid plastic with antimicrobial agent. Configuration: Open front without cover. Size: Elongated. Hinge Type: SR, self-raising. Class: Standard commercial. Color: White.

PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS Protective Shielding Pipe Covers,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. 3. Engineered Brass Co. McGuire Manufacturing Co., Inc. TCI Products. TRUEBRO, Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation.

2.

Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and coldwater supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements.

B.

Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. 3. TRUEBRO, Inc.

2.

Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold-water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements.

2.6 A. B.

FIXTURE SUPPORTS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-8

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C.

Josam Company. MIFAB Manufacturing Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc.; a div. of Watts Industries, Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

Water-Closet Supports,: 1. Description: Combination carrier designed for standard mounting height of wallmounting, water-closet-type fixture. Include single or double, vertical or horizontal, huband-spigot or hubless waste fitting as required for piping arrangement; faceplates; couplings with gaskets; feet; and fixture bolts and hardware matching fixture. Include additional extension coupling, faceplate, and feet for installation in wide pipe space.

D.

Urinal Supports,: 1. Description: Type I, urinal carrier with fixture support plates and coupling with seal and fixture bolts and hardware matching fixture for wall-mounting, urinal-type fixture. Include steel uprights with feet. Accessible-Fixture Support: Include rectangular steel uprights.

2. 2.7 A.

DISHWASHER AIR-GAP FITTINGS Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 3. B & K Industries, Inc. Brass Craft Mfg. Co.; a Subsidiary of Masco Corporation. Brasstech Inc.; Newport Brass Div. Dearborn Brass; a div. of Moen, Inc. Geberit Manufacturing, Inc. JB Products; a Federal Process Corporation Company. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. Watts Brass & Tubular; a division of Watts Regulator Co.

2.

4.

Description: Fitting suitable for use with domestic dishwashers and for deck mounting; with plastic body, chrome-plated brass cover; and capacity of at least 5 gpm (0.32 L/s); and inlet pressure of at least 5 psig (35 kPa) at a temperature of at least 140 deg F (60 deg C). Include 5/8-inch- (16-mm-) ID inlet and 7/8-inch- (22-mm-) ID outlet hose connections. Hoses: Rubber and suitable for temperature of at least 140 deg F (60 deg C). a. Inlet Hose: 5/8-inch (16-mm) ID and 48 inches (1219 mm) long. 15410-9 4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

b. 2.8 A.

Outlet Hose: 7/8-inch (22-mm) ID and 48 inches (1219 mm) long.

DISPOSERS Disposers,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 4. American Standard Companies, Inc. In-Sink-Erator; a div. of Emerson Electric Co. KitchenAid. Maytag Co.

2. 3.

Description: Continuous-feed household, food-waste disposer. Include reset button; wall switch; corrosion-resistant chamber with jam-resistant, cutlery- or stainless-steel grinder or shredder; NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) outlet; quick-mounting, stainless-steel sink flange; antisplash guard; and combination cover/stopper. a. b. c. Type: Continuous-feed household. Model: Sound-insulated chamber. Motor: 115-V ac, 1725 rpm, 1/3 hp with overload protection.

2.9 A.

WATER CLOSETS Water Closets,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 4. Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products. American Standard Companies, Inc. American Standard Companies, Inc. Gerber

2. 3.

Description Accessible, wall-mounting, back-outlet, vitreous-china fixture designed for flushometer valve operation.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-10

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

a.

Style: One piece. 1) 2) 3) Bowl Type: Elongated with siphon-jet design. Design Consumption: 1.6 gal./flush & 1.1 gal./flush. Color: White.

b. c.

Supply: NPS 1 chrome-plated brass or copper with screwdriver stop. Style: Flushometer valve. 1) 2) 3) Bowl Type: Elongated with siphon-jet design. Design Consumption: 1.6 gal./flush & 1.1 gal./flush. Color: White.

2.10 A.

URINALS Urinals,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 4. American Standard Companies, Inc. Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products. Mansfield Plumbing Products, Inc. Gerber

2. 3.

Description: Accessible, wall-mounting, back-outlet, vitreous-china fixture designed for ultra low flush flushometer valve operation. a. b. c. d. e. f. Type: Ultra low flush. Strainer or Trapway: Open trapway with integral trap. Design Consumption: 1 gal./flush (3.8 L/flush). Color: White. Supply Spud Size: NPS 3/4 (DN 20). Outlet Size: NPS 2 (DN 50).

2.11

LAVATORIES 1. Description: Counter-mounting, vitreous-china fixture. a. b. c. d. Type: Self-rimming. Oval Lavatory Size: 19 by 16 inches (483 by 406 mm). Faucet Hole Punching: One hole. Faucet Hole Location: Top. 15410-11 4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

e. f. g. h.

Color: White. Faucet: Lavatory for separate drain. Supplies: NPS 3/8 (DN 10) chrome-plated copper with stops. Drain: Grid with offset waste. 1) Location: Near back of bowl.

i.

j.

Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/4 by NPS 1-1/2 (DN 32 by DN 40) chrome-plated, castbrass P-trap;, 0.032-inch- (0.8-mm-) thick tubular brass waste to wall; and wall escutcheon. Drain Piping: Schedule 40 PVC, NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) P-trap;, tubular waste to wall; and wall escutcheon. 1) Exception: Omit P-trap if hair interceptor is required.

k. l. 2.12 A.

Hair Interceptor: Not required. Protective Shielding Guard(s):

KITCHEN SINKS Kitchen Sinks,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. Commercial Enameling Company. Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC. American Standard Companies, Inc. Eljer. Dayton Products, Inc. Elkay Manufacturing Co. Just Manufacturing Company. Moen, Inc. Sink Faucet: Supplies: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) chrome-plated copper with stops. Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) chrome-plated, cast-brass P-trap; 0.045-inch(1.1-mm-) thick tubular brass waste to wall; and wall escutcheon(s). Drain Piping: Schedule 40 PVC, NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) P-trap; tubular waste to wall; continuous waste; and wall escutcheon(s). Disposer: . Dishwasher Air-Gap Fitting: Not required. Hot-Water Dispenser: Not required

2. 3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-12

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

2.13 A.

SERVICE BASINS Service Basins,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. 4. Acorn Engineering Company. Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products. Florestone Products Co., Inc. Precast Terrazzo Enterprises, Inc. Stern-Williams Co., Inc. Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products. Florestone Products Co., Inc. Mustee, E. L. & Sons, Inc. Swan Corporation (The). Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.

2. 3.

Description: Flush-to-wall, floor-mounting, precast terrazzo fixture with rim guard. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Shape: Square. Size: 24 by 24 inches (610 by 610 mm). Height: 6 inches (150 mm). Tiling Flange: Not required. Rim Guard: On all top surfaces. Color: Not applicable. Faucet: Sink. Drain: Grid with NPS 3 (DN 80) outlet.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C. EXAMINATION Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before plumbing fixture installation. Examine cabinets, counters, floors, and walls for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-13

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

3.2 A. B.

INSTALLATION Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions. Install off-floor supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounting fixtures. 1. 2. 3. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixtures. Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping. Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures.

Install back-outlet, wall-mounting fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to supports. Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate. Install wall-mounting fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports. Install floor-mounting, back-outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate and wall bracket and onto waste fitting seals. Install counter-mounting fixtures in and attached to casework. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. 1. Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with fixture. Valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves."

J. K. L.

Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to sanitary drainage system. Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to drainage system. Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. Install tanks for accessible, tank-type water closets with lever handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install toilet seats on water closets. Install trap-seal liquid in dry urinals.

M. N. O.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-14

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

P. Q. R. S. T.

Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. Install water-supply flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves. Install faucet flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. Install shower flow-control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms. Install traps on fixture outlets. 1. 2. Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps. Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated.

U. V. W.

Install disposer in outlet of each sink indicated to have disposer. Install switch where indicated or in wall adjacent to sink if location is not indicated. Install hot-water dispensers in back top surface of sink or in countertop with spout over sink. Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Escutcheons are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Set service basins in leveling bed of cement grout. Grout is specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." CONNECTIONS

X. Y.

3.3 A. B. C. D. 3.4 A.

Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Verify that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-15

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

B. C. D.

Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components. Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms. ADJUSTING

E. 3.5 A. B. C. D. E. 3.6 A.

Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls. Operate and adjust disposers and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls. Adjust water pressure at faucets and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and stream. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms. CLEANING Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Do the following: 1. 2. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts. Remove sediment and debris from drains.

B.

After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished fixtures, faucets, and fittings, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes. PROTECTION

3.7 A. B.

Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings. Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.

END OF SECTION 15410END OF SECTION 15410

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15410-16

4 December 2009 PLUMBING FIXTURE

SECTION 15415 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 1.2 A. B. C. 1.3 A. Style W, wall-mounting drinking fountains. Type PB, pressure with bubbler, Style W, wall-mounting water coolers. Fixture supports.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. Operation and maintenance data. QUALITY ASSURANCE Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; for fixtures for people with disabilities. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. ARI Standard: Comply with ARI's "Directory of Certified Drinking Water Coolers" for style classifications. ARI Standard: Comply with ARI 1010, "Self-Contained, Mechanically Refrigerated DrinkingWater Coolers," for water coolers and with ARI's "Directory of Certified Drinking Water Coolers" for type and style classifications. ASHRAE Standard: Comply with ASHRAE 34, "Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants" for water coolers. Provide HFC 134a (tetrafluoroethane) refrigerant unless otherwise indicated. 15415-1 4 December 2009 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLER

B.

C. D. E.

F.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. PRESSURE WATER COOLERS Water Coolers,: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. 4. Elkay Manufacturing Co. Halsey Taylor. Haws Corporation. Larco, Inc. Oasis Corporation. Sunroc Corp.

2. 3.

Description: Accessible, ARI 1010, Type PB, pressure with bubbler, Style W, wallmounting water cooler for adult-mounting height. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Cabinet: , all stainless steel. Bubbler: One, with adjustable stream regulator, located on each cabinet deck. Control: Push button. Supply: NPS 3/8 (DN 10) with ball, gate, or globe valve. Filter: One or more water filters complying with NSF 42 and NSF 53 for cyst and lead reduction to below EPA standards; with capacity sized for unit peak flow rate. Drain(s): Grid with NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) minimum horizontal waste and trap complying with ASME A112.18.1. Cooling System: Electric, with hermetically sealed compressor, cooling coil, aircooled condensing unit, corrosion-resistant tubing, refrigerant, corrosion-resistantmetal storage tank, and adjustable thermostat. 1) Capacity: 8 gph (0.0084 L/s) of 50 deg F (10 deg C) cooled water from 80 deg F (27 deg C) inlet water and 90 deg F (32 deg C) ambient air temperature. Electrical Characteristics: 1/6 hp; 120-V ac; single phase; 60 Hz.

2) h. 2.2 A.

Support: Type II, water cooler carrier. Refer to "Fixture Supports" Article.

FIXTURE SUPPORTS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15415-2 4 December 2009 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLER

B.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Josam Co. MIFAB Manufacturing, Inc. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. Watts Drainage Products Inc.; a div. of Watts Industries, Inc. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.

C.

Description: ASME A112.6.1M, water cooler carriers. Include vertical, steel uprights with feet and tie rods and bearing plates with mounting studs matching fixture to be supported. 1. 2. 3. Type I: Hanger-type carrier with two vertical uprights. Type II: Bilevel, hanger-type carrier with three vertical uprights. Supports for Accessible Fixtures: Include rectangular, vertical, steel uprights instead of steel pipe uprights.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C. 3.2 A. B. C. APPLICATIONS Use carrier off-floor supports for wall-mounting fixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Set freestanding and pedestal drinking fountains on floor. Use chrome-plated brass or copper tube, fittings, and valves in locations exposed to view. INSTALLATION Install off-floor supports affixed to building substrate and attach wall-mounting fixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Install fixtures level and plumb. For fixtures indicated for children, install at height required by authorities having jurisdiction. Install water-supply piping with shutoff valve on supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Use ball, gate, or globe valve. Install valves in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. Valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves." Install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be connected to sanitary drainage system. Install pipe escutcheons at wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. Escutcheons are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."

D. E.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15415-3 4 December 2009 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLER

F.

Seal joints between fixtures and walls and floors using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint sealants." CONNECTIONS

3.3 A. B. C. 3.4 A.

Connect fixtures with water supplies, traps, and risers, and with soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Water Cooler Testing: After electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Test and adjust controls and safeties. 1. 2. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. Report test results in writing.

3.5 A. B.

ADJUSTING Adjust fixture flow regulators for proper flow and stream height. Adjust water cooler temperature settings.

END OF SECTION 15415

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15415-4 4 December 2009 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLER

SECTION 15446 SUMP PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following sump pumps and accessories, inside the building, for building storm drainage systems: 1. 2. 3. B. Submersible sump pumps. Sump pump basins and pits. Packaged, submersible, drainage pump units.

1.2

Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Sewage Pumps" for application in sanitary drainage systems.

1.3 A.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type and size of sump pump specified. Include certified performance curves with operating points plotted on curves, and rated capacities of selected models, furnished specialties, and accessories. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each sump pump to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of sump pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product Requirements." Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 15446-1 4 December 2009 SUMP PUMPS

B. C.

1.4

B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1.5 A. B. C. 1.6 A.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage. Protect bearings and couplings against damage. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions for handling. COORDINATION Coordinate size and location of concrete bases and pits. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.

2.2 A.

SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. B. ABS Pumps, Inc. Aermotor Pumps, Inc. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; ITT Industries. Goulds Pumps; ITT Industries. Grundfos Pumps Corp. Little Giant Pump Co. Stancor, Inc. Weil Pump Company, Inc. Zoeller Company.

Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, simplex, single-stage, centrifugal, end-suction, submersible, direct-connected sump pumps complying with UL 778 and HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3 for submersible sump pumps. Casing: Cast iron; with cast-iron inlet strainer, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller, and vertical discharge with companion flange for piping connection.

C.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15446-2

4 December 2009 SUMP PUMPS

D. E. F. G. H. I. J.

Impeller: stainless steel; statically and dynamically balanced, semiopen nonclog design, overhung, single suction, keyed and secured to shaft. Casing: Stainless steel; with stainless-steel inlet strainer, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller, and vertical discharge with companion flange suitable for piping connection. Impeller: Stainless steel or other corrosion-resistant material. Casing and Impeller: Cast-iron casing with metal inlet strainer and brass, bronze, or cast-iron impeller. Casing and Impeller: Cast-iron or plastic casing with inlet strainer and metal or plastic impeller. Pump and Motor Shaft: Stainless steel, with factory-sealed, grease-lubricated ball bearings. Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type, with built-in overload protection; threeconductor waterproof power cable of length required, and with grounding plug and cablesealing assembly for connection at pump. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." 1. Moisture-Sensing Probe: Internal moisture sensor with moisture alarm.

K. L. M. N.

Pump Discharge Piping: Factory or field fabricated, ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, galvanized-steel pipe or PVC. Basin or Pit Cover: Cast iron or steel with bituminous coating and strong enough to support controls. See Part 2 "Sump Pump Basins and Pits" Article for other requirements. Controls: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure, pedestal-mounted float switch; with float, float rod, and rod buttons. Controls: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure, pedestal-mounted float switch; with float, float rod, and rod buttons. Include automatic alternator to alternate operation of pump units on successive cycles and to operate multiple units if one pump cannot handle load. Controls: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure, pedestal mounted unless wall mounting is indicated; with two mercury-float switches in NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosures; mounting rod; and electric cables. Controls: NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure, pedestal mounted unless wall mounting is indicated; with three mercury-float switches in NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosures; mounting rod; and electric cables. Include automatic alternator to alternate operation of pump units on successive cycles and to operate multiple units if one pump cannot handle load. 1. 2. Float Guide: Pipe or other restraint for floats and rods in basins of depth greater than 60 inches (1500 mm). High-Water Alarm: Cover-mounted, compression-probe alarm, with electric bell; 120-V ac, with transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell.

O.

P.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15446-3

4 December 2009 SUMP PUMPS

3.

High-Water Alarm: Rod-mounted, NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosure with mercury-floatswitch alarm matching control and electric bell; 120-V ac, with transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell.

Q. 2.3 A. B.

Controls: NEMA 250, Type 6, 120-V ac, float switch, mounted on discharge piping. SUMP PUMP BASINS Description: Factory fabricated basin with sump, pipe connections, and separate cover. Sump: Fabricate watertight, with sidewall openings for pipe connections. 1. 2. 3. Material: Fiberglass. Reinforcement: Mounting plates for pumps, fittings, and accessories. Anchor Flange: Same material as or compatible with sump, cast in or attached to sump, in location and of size required to anchor basin in concrete slab.

C.

Cover: Fabricate with openings having gaskets, seals, and bushings, for access to pumps, pump shafts, control rods, discharge piping, vent connections, and power cables. 1. 2. Material: Steel with bituminous coating. Reinforcement: Steel or cast iron, capable of supporting foot traffic for basins installed in foot-traffic areas.

D.

Capacity and Characteristics: 1. 2. 3. 4. Material: Fiberglass. Diameter: 48” Depth: 60” Inlet No. 1: a. b. 5. Drainage Pipe Size: 4” Type: Threaded outside.

Inlet No. 2: a. b. Drainage Pipe Size: 4” Type: Threaded outside.

6.

Cover: a. b. c. d. Material: Steel with bituminous coating. Diameter: 48” Manhole Required: No. Vent Size: 2”

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15446-4

4 December 2009 SUMP PUMPS

2.4 A. B.

SUMP PUMP PITS Description: Concrete pit with sump, pipe connections, curb frame, and separate cover. Sump: Construct of watertight, cast-in-place, reinforced concrete with sidewall openings for pipe connections. Cast-in-place concrete, formwork, and reinforcement are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 1. Pipe Connections: Sleeved openings large enough for mechanical sleeve seals for drainage piping. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods," and drainage piping is specified in Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping."

C.

Curb Frame and Cover: 1. Curb Frame Material: Galvanized steel or steel with bituminous coating. a. Pattern: Z-cross-section shape with raised outer rim of height matching cover, for recessed mounting having installed cover flush with top of floor slab.

2.5 A.

FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS Manufacturers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. B. Anamet, Inc. Flex-Hose Co., Inc. Flexicraft Industries. Flex-Pression, Ltd. Flex-Weld, Inc. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. Mercer Rubber. Metraflex, Inc. Proco Products, Inc. Tozen America Corporation. Unaflex Inc.

Description: 125-psig (860-kPa) minimum working-pressure rating and ends matching pump connection: 1. 2. Bronze Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, bronze inner tubing covered with bronze wire braid. Include copper-tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze welded to tubing. Stainless-Steel Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless-steel inner tubing covered with stainless-steel wire braid. Include stainless-steel nipples or flanges, welded to tubing.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15446-5

4 December 2009 SUMP PUMPS

2.6 A.

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM INTERFACE Provide auxiliary contacts in pump controllers for interface to building automation system. Include the following: 1. 2. On-off status of each pump. Alarm status.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EXAMINATION Examine roughing-in of plumbing piping to verify actual locations of storm drainage piping connections before sump pump installation. CONCRETE A. Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for pumps and controllers. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." 1. 2. 3. 4. B. 3.3 A. B. C. D. E. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around full perimeter of base. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

3.2

Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3. SUMP PUMP INSTALLATION Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." Install sump pumps according to applicable requirements in HI 1.4. Install pumps and arrange to provide access for maintenance including removal of motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. Set submersible sump pumps on basin or pit floor. Make direct connections to storm drainage piping. Install sump pump basins and connect to drainage piping. Brace interior of basins according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent distortion or collapse during concrete placement. Set basin cover and fasten to basin top flange. Install cover so top surface is flush with finished floor.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15446-6

4 December 2009 SUMP PUMPS

F.

Construct sump pump pits and connect to drainage piping. Set pit curb frame recessed in and anchored to concrete. Fasten pit cover to pit curb flange. Install cover so top surface is flush with finished floor. Install packaged, pedestal, drainage pump units and make direct connection to storm drainage piping. Install packaged, submersible, drainage pump unit basins on floor or concrete base unless recessed installation is indicated. Make direct connections to storm drainage piping. Support piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps. CONNECTIONS

G. H. I. 3.4 A. B. C.

Piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install piping adjacent to sump pumps to allow service and maintenance. Connect storm drainage piping to pumps. Install discharge piping equal to or greater than size of pump discharge piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping." 1. 2. Install flexible connectors adjacent to pumps in discharge piping. Install check and shutoff valves on discharge piping from each pump. Install unions on pumps having threaded pipe connections. Install valves same size as connected piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for general-duty valves for drainage piping.

D. E. 3.5 A.

Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." STARTUP SERVICE Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. Verify bearing lubrication. Disconnect couplings and check motors for proper direction of rotation. Verify that each pump is free to rotate by hand. If pump is bound or drags, do not operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. Verify that pump controls are correct for required application.

B.

Start pumps without exceeding safe motor power: 1. 2. 3. Start motors. Open discharge valves slowly. Check general mechanical operation of pumps and motors.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15446-7

4 December 2009 SUMP PUMPS

C. D.

Test and adjust controls and safeties. Remove and replace damaged and malfunctioning components. 1. 2. Pump Controls: Set pump controls for automatic start, stop, and alarm operation as required for system application. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated, or if not indicated, for normal operation.

E.

Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose. DEMONSTRATION

3.6 A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain controls and pumps. Refer to Division 1 Section " Demonstration and Training."

END OF SECTION 15446

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15446-8

4 December 2009 SUMP PUMPS

SECTION 15485 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following electric water heaters: 1. Flow-control, instantaneous electric water heaters. 2. Commercial, storage electric water heaters. 3. Water heater accessories. SUBMITTALS A. B. Product Data: For each type and size of water heater indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. LEED Submittal: 1. C. D. E. Product Data for Prerequisite EA 2: Documentation indicating that units comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 7 - "Service Water Heating."

1.2

1.3

Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. Product Certificates: For each type of commercial and instantaneous electric water heater, signed by product manufacturer. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that commercial water heaters, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a. b. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15485-1

4 December 2009 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

2. 3. F. G. H. I. 1.4 A. B.

Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

Source quality-control test reports. Field quality-control test reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For electric water heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations: Obtain same type of electric water heaters through one source from a single manufacturer. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of electric water heaters and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product Requirements." Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.12004. ASME Compliance: Where indicated, fabricate and label commercial water heater storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for all components that will be in contact with potable water. COORDINATION

C.

D. E. F.

1.5 A. 1.6 A.

Coordinate size and location of concrete bases with Architectural and Structural Drawings. WARRANTY Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of electric water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15485-2

4 December 2009 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

a. b. c. 2.

Structural failures including storage tank and supports. Faulty operation of controls. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use.

Warranty Period(s): From date of Substantial Completion: a. b. Instantaneous Electric Water Heaters: One year(s). Commercial Electric Water Heaters: 1) 2) Storage Tank: Three years. Controls and Other Components: Three years.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.

2.2 A.

INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS Flow-Control, Instantaneous Electric Water Heaters: Comply with UL 499 for tankless electric (water heater) heating appliance. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. 2. Controlled Energy Corporation. Eemax, Inc. Hot Aqua, Inc. IMI Waterheating, Ltd. Stiebel Eltron, Inc.

Construction: Copper piping or tubing complying with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable water, without storage capacity. a. b. c. d. Connections: ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). Heating Element: Resistance heating system. Temperature Control: Flow-control fitting. 15485-3 4 December 2009 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

e. f. 3. 4.

Safety Control: High-temperature-limit cutoff device or system. Jacket: Aluminum or steel with enameled finish or plastic.

Support: Bracket for wall mounting. Capacity and Characteristics: a. Temperature Control: Flow-control fitting. 1) 2) Flow-Control Fitting: 1 gpm Water Temperature Rise: 65 degrees

2.3 A.

COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS Commercial, Storage Electric Water Heaters: Comply with UL 1453 requirements for storagetank-type water heaters. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 2. American Water Heater Company. Bradford White Corporation. Lochinvar Corporation. PVI Industries, LLC. Rheem Water Heater Div.; Rheem Manufacturing Company. Ruud Water Heater Div.; Rheem Manufacturing Company. Smith, A. O. Water Products Company. State Industries, Inc.

Storage-Tank Construction: ASME-code, steel vertical arrangement. a. Tappings: Factory fabricated of materials compatible with tank and piping connections. Attach tappings to tank before testing. 1) 2) NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel and stainless-steel flanges, and according to ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges.

b. c. 3.

Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable-water tank linings, including extending lining material into tappings.

Factory-Installed Storage-Tank Appurtenances: a. b. c. d. e. Anode Rod: Replaceable magnesium. Drain Valve: Corrosion-resistant metal complying with ASSE 1005. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. Jacket: Steel with enameled finish. Heating Elements: Electric, screw-in or bolt-on immersion type arranged in multiples of three. 15485-4 4 December 2009 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1) f. g. h.

Staging: Input not exceeding 18 kW per step.

Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. Safety Controls: High-temperature-limit and low-water cutoff devices or systems. Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC 25.3, for combination temperature and pressure relief valves. Include one or more relief valves with total relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than water heater working-pressure rating. Select one relief valve with sensing element that extends into storage tank.

4. 5. 6.

Special Requirements: NSF 5 construction. Building Automation System Interface: Normally closed dry contacts for enabling and disabling water heater. Capacity and Characteristics: a. b. c. d. Capacity: 30 gallon Recovery: at 100 deg F (56 deg C) temperature rise. Temperature Setting: 140 deg F (60 deg C). Number of Heating Elements: Two. 1) 2) Number of Stages: One. Kilowatt per Stage: 6

2.4 A.

COMPRESSION TANKS Description: Steel pressure-rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory-installed butyl-rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system-operating pressure at tank. 1. Manufacturers: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 2. AMTROL Inc. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. Honeywell Sparco. Myers, F. E.; Pentair Pump Group (The). Smith, A. O.; Aqua-Air Div. State Industries, Inc. Taco, Inc. Watts Regulator Co.

Construction: a. b. c. Tappings: Factory-fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME B1.20.1, pipe thread. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 barrier materials for potable-water tank linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. Air-Charging Valve: Factory installed.

3.

Capacity and Characteristics:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15485-5

4 December 2009 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

a. b. 2.5 A.

Working-Pressure Rating: 100 psig (690 kPa). Capacity Acceptable: 2 gal. (7.6 L) minimum.

WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES Combination Temperature and Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC 25.3. Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than water heater working-pressure rating. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into storage tank. Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC 25.3. Include pressure setting less than water heater working-pressure rating. Water Heater Stand and Drain-Pan Units: High-density-polyethylene-plastic, 18-inch- (457mm-) high, enclosed-base stand complying with IAPMO PS 103 and IAS No. 2. Include integral or separate drain pan with raised edge and NPS 1 (DN 25) drain outlet with ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. Water Heater Stands: Water heater manufacturer's factory-fabricated steel stand for floor mounting and capable of supporting water heater and water. Include dimension that will support bottom of water heater a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor. Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Water heater manufacturer's factory-fabricated steel bracket for wall mounting and capable of supporting water heater and water. Drain Pans: Corrosion-resistant metal with raised edge. Include dimensions not less than base of water heater and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4 (DN 20). Piping Manifold Kits: Water heater manufacturer's factory-fabricated inlet and outlet piping arrangement for multiple-unit installation. Include piping and valves for field assembly that are capable of isolating each water heater and of providing balanced flow through each water heater. Piping-Type Heat Traps: Field-fabricated piping ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 or ASHRAE 90.2-2004. arrangement according to

B. C.

D.

E. F. G.

H. I. J. 2.6 A. B.

Water Regulators: ASSE 1003, water-pressure reducing valve. Set at 25-psig- (172.5-kPa-) maximum outlet pressure, unless otherwise indicated. Shock Absorbers: ASSE 1010 or PDI WH 201, Size A water hammer arrester. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Test and inspect water heater storage tanks, specified to be ASME-code construction, according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Hydrostatically test commercial water heater storage tanks before shipment to minimum of one and one-half times pressure rating. 15485-6 4 December 2009 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

C.

Prepare test reports.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. WATER HEATER INSTALLATION Install commercial water heaters on concrete bases. 1. 2. B. Exception: Omit concrete bases for commercial water heaters if installation on stand, bracket, suspended platform, or direct on floor is indicated. Concrete base construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."

Install water heaters level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible. Install seismic restraints for commercial water heaters. Anchor to substrate. Install combination temperature and pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend commercial-water-heater relief-valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. Install combination temperature and pressure relief valves in water piping for water heaters without storage. Extend commercial-water-heater relief-valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. Install water-heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water piping for water heaters that do not have tank drains. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for hose-end drain valves. Install thermometer on outlet piping of water heaters. Refer to Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping of household, collector-to-tank, solar-electric water heaters. Refer to Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers. Install pressure gage(s) on inlet and outlet of commercial electric water- heater piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for pressure gages. Assemble and install inlet and outlet piping manifold kits for multiple water heaters. Fabricate, modify, or arrange manifolds for balanced water flow through each water heater. Include shutoff valve, thermometer in each water heater inlet and outlet, and throttling valve in each water heater outlet. Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for general-duty valves and to Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers. 15485-7 4 December 2009 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

C. D.

E.

F.

G. H. I. J.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

K. L. M. N. 3.2 A. B. C. D. 3.3 A.

Install water regulator, with integral bypass relief valve, in booster-heater inlet piping and water hammer arrester in booster-heater outlet piping. Install piping-type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting-type heat traps. Fill water heaters with water. Charge compression tanks with air. CONNECTIONS Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install piping adjacent to water heaters to allow service and maintenance. Arrange piping for easy removal of water heaters. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. 2. 3. Leak Test: After installation, test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, confirm proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

B.

C.

Remove and replace water heaters that do not pass tests and inspections and retest as specified above. DEMONSTRATION

3.4 A.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain commercial and instantaneous electric water heaters. Refer to Division 1 Section " Demonstration and Training."

END OF SECTION 15485END OF SECTION 15485

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15485-8

4 December 2009 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

SECTION 15513 CONDENSING BOILERS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes packaged, factory-fabricated and -assembled, gas-fired, pulse-combustion condensing boilers, trim, and accessories for generating hot water. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities of selected model, weights (shipping, installed, and operating), installation and start-up instructions, along with furnished accessory information. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for boilers including ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-installed. Source quality-control test reports. Field quality-control test reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: maintenance manuals. For boilers to include in emergency, operation, and

1.2

1.3

B. C.

D. E. F. G. H.

Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. Other Informational Submittals: 1. ASME Stamp Certification and Report: Submit "A," "S," or "PP" stamp certificate of authorization, as required by authorities having jurisdiction, and document hydrostatic testing of piping external to boiler.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15513-1

4 December 2009 CONDENSING BOILERS

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of pulse combustion, high efficiency, condensing boilers, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years. B. The hot water boiler maximum working pressure will be 160 psig. C. The entire boiler system and its installation shall conform to the manufacturer's instructions, applicable codes and associated National Board requirements. D. The equipment shall, as a minimum, be in strict compliance with the requirements of this specification and shall be the manufacturer’s standard commercial product unless specified otherwise. Additional equipment features, details, accessories, etc. which are not specifically identified but which are a part of the manufacturer’s standard commercial product, shall be included in the equipment being furnished. E. The equipment shall be of the type, design, and size that the manufacturer currently offers for sale and appears in the manufacturer’s current catalog. F. The equipment shall fit within the allocated space, leaving ample allowance for maintenance and inspection. G. The equipment shall be new and fabricated from new materials. The equipment shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship. H. All units of the same classification shall be identical to the extent necessary to ensure interchangeability of parts, assemblies, accessories, and space parts wherever possible. I. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label boilers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

J.

K. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Boilers shall have minimum efficiency according to "Gas and Oil Fired Boilers - Minimum Efficiency Requirements." L. LEED-NC Prerequisite EA 2 requires ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004. minimum efficiency equal to requirements in

M. DOE Compliance: Minimum efficiency shall comply with 10 CFR 430, Subpart B, Appendix N, "Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Furnaces and Boilers." N. UL Compliance: Test boilers for compliance with UL 795, "Commercial-Industrial Gas Heating Equipment." Boilers shall be listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15513-2

4 December 2009 CONDENSING BOILERS

1.5 A.

COORDINATION Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. WARRANTY A. Boiler manufacturer shall guarantee in writing equipment to be free of defects for one year after start-up date or 18 months from factory shipment, and to repair or replace at manufacturer's expense any defective parts. Unit shall receive such factory tests as are deemed advisable by the manufacturer to check construction and operation. The pressure vessel shall be guaranteed against thermal shock for 10 years when utilized in a closed loop hydronic heating system with a maximum temperature differential rating of up to 170 °F. The boiler pressure vessel shall be guaranteed accordingly without a minimum flow rate or return water temperature requirement. The boiler shall not require the use of flow switches or other devices to ensure minimum flow. The pressure vessel shall carry a 10-year warranty against material and workmanship defects. The combustor and exhaust pipes (heat exchanger) shall be guaranteed against flue gas corrosion for a period of 10 years for carbon steel boilers and a period of 5 years for stainless steel boilers. All parts not covered by the above warranties shall carry a one-year warranty. This shall include all electrical and burner components.

1.6

B.

C. D.

E.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 2.2 A. B. Gasmaster Industries Incorporated. Hydrotherm, Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. AERCO International. Lochinvar Corporation. BOILER CONSTRUCTION The exhaust decoupler shall be constructed of ¼”corrosion resistant Corten and include a flue gas condensate drain. The combustor shall be constructed of SA-53B ERW pipe.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15513-3

4 December 2009 CONDENSING BOILERS

C.

The pressure vessel shell shall be SA-53B ERW pipe or SA-285 Grade C plate. The heads shall be SA-516 Grade 70 plate. The pressure vessel shall be fully insulated with 2” of high temperature insulation. The pulse combustor location shall be such that all combustor assembly components are located within water-backed areas. The boiler’s pressure vessel, combustor, and exhaust decoupler shall be encased in an 18 gauge metal cabinet with primer and finish coat of paint. Boilers utilizing copper heat exchanger construction are not acceptable. BOILER DESIGN

D. E. F. 2.3 A.

Boiler shall be fire-tube design, utilizing the principles of pulse combustion. The boiler shall be self-aspirating and require no forced or induced draft fan to supply air for combustion after ignition. External convection and radiation heat losses to the boiler room from the boiler shall be less than 0.5% of the rated boiler input. The boiler shall not contain any refractory, refractory lining or ceramic in the furnace or firebox. The boiler shall be designed for operation in a condensing mode, in order to extract the latent heat from the combustion products. The boiler shall have a minimum acceptable fuel-towater efficiency of 91% at a return water temperature of 80 °F and at the full rated input capacity of the boiler. Overall efficiency at the low fire rated input capacity will be 98%. The boiler shall be able to operate without the use of a 3-way valves or primary/secondary piping loops. The boiler shall have no minimum return water temperature requirements. The boiler shall have no minimum flow rate requirements.

B.

C.

D. E. F.

2.4 A.

CONTROLS The flame safeguard system shall be Fulton Model RM7865 with LED display module. The control shall provide a 35-second pre-purge and post-purge. The control shall maintain a running history of operating hours, number of cycles, and the most recent six faults. The control shall have the capability to be connected to a keyboard display module that will retrieve this information. Pulse Combustion controls shall include the following: 1. Operating Temperature Controller for automatic start/stop of the pulse combustion process. Controller will have auto-tune PID capabilities for simplified loop configuration and fast response to water temperature fluctuations. A Type J temperature sensor shall be located in the boiler pressure vessel. 2. High limit temperature aquastat with manual reset.

B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15513-4

4 December 2009 CONDENSING BOILERS

3. One low water cutoff probe in the boiler shell with manual reset and push-to-test capability. 4. Air safety switch to prevent operation unless sufficient pre-purge air is assured. 5. High condensate cut-off probe located in the exhaust decoupler. 6. A Proof of Flame switch and Flame Rod operating in parallel, to prove combustion. C. A combustion control system shall be furnished which provides a turndown ratio of 5:1 per ANSI Z21.13 (3:1 for LPG Fired Boilers) over the input range from high to low fire. The supply temperature and setpoint temperature shall be displayed at all times by the operating temperature control. Firing rate shall be controlled by a continuous 4-20mA analog signal to a modulation motor. All controls to be panel mounted and so located on the boiler as to provide ease of servicing the boiler without disturbing the controls and also located to prevent possible damage by water according to CSA requirements. Electrical power supply shall be 120 volts, 60 cycle, single phase, 10 Amps maximum. Boiler shall draw less than 1 Amp while in run mode. No additional electric power shall be required for devices such as forced draft fans. A sequencing control system shall be provided to stage the boilers. The control shall include automatic rotation of the lead boiler, an adjustable outdoor reset schedule, multiple setback schedules, hydronic system interface, multiple setpoint control modes, BMS interface, alarm status and history, SMS text messaging, and a digital display. The sequencing control system shall stage each boiler on at low fire. After all boilers are running, the sequencing control system will then modulate the boilers as a group. To ensure proper integration with the boiler controls, the boiler manufacturer shall supply the sequencing control system. MAIN GAS TRAIN COMPONENTS A. The boiler shall have an integral gas train, factory assembled and installed. The main gas train will include: 1. One manual shut-off valve at gas inlet. 2. Gas inlet trap. 3. Gas regulator rated for a maximum 14”wc supply pressure. 4. Two safety shut-off valves. One to be solenoid and one motorized valve. 5. Independent low and high gas pressure switches shall be supplied.

D.

E.

2.5

2.6 A. B. C.

BOILER FITTINGS Boiler shall be supplied with a ASME Section IV approved, side outlet type safety valve. The safety relief valve size shall be in accordance with ASME code requirements. Temperature and pressure gauges shall be mounted on top of the boiler. A condensate drain connection shall be provided in the exhaust decoupler. A condensate drain kit will be provided to collect and drain the flue gas condensate.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15513-5

4 December 2009 CONDENSING BOILERS

2.7

ELECTRICAL POWER A. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are specified in Division 16 Sections. B. Single-Point Field Power Connection: Factory-installed and -wired switches, motor controllers, transformers, and other electrical devices necessary shall provide a single-point field power connection to boiler. 1. House in NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosure. 2. Wiring shall be numbered and color-coded to match wiring diagram. 3. Install factory wiring outside of an enclosure in a metal raceway. 4. Field power interface shall be to a nonfused disconnect switch. 5. Provide branch power circuit to each motor and to controls. 6. Provide each motor with overcurrent protection. C. Provide non-fused disconnect switch for each boiler.

2.8 A.

VENTING The boiler shall be CSA approved as a direct vent boiler. A conventional chimney or stack shall not be required. Direct venting shall be accomplished with AL-29-4C stainless steel, single (or double) wall. Vent piping shall be installed in accordance with applicable national and local codes and per the boiler manufacturers’ recommendations. The boiler shall have the outside combustion air intake supply ducted with PVC pipe. An air intake muffler shall be provided by the boiler manufacturer and mounted within 10 feet of the boiler intake connection. An external muffler to be provided by the boiler manufacturer and mounted within 10 feet of the boiler exhaust connection.

B.

C.

2.9 A.

EMISSIONS The boiler shall operate with CO emissions less than 100 PPM corrected to 3% O₂ and shall with NOx emissions less than 50 PPM corrected to 3% O₂ over the entire turndown range. OPERATING MANUAL Instructions for installation, operation and maintenance of the boiler shall be contained in a manual provided with each boiler unit. A wiring diagram corresponding to the boiler configuration shall be permanently affixed to the boiler near the electrical panel.

2.10 A.

B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15513-6

4 December 2009 CONDENSING BOILERS

2.11 A.

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Burner and Hydrostatic Test. Factory adjust burner to eliminate excess oxygen, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen emissions, and carbon monoxide in flue gas and to achieve combustion efficiency; perform hydrostatic test. Test and inspect factory-assembled boilers, before shipping. According to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

B.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EXAMINATION Before boiler installation, examine roughing-in for concrete equipment bases, anchor-bolt sizes and locations, and piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting boiler performance, maintenance, and operations. 1. B. C. 3.2 A. Final boiler locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. Determine exact locations before roughing-in for piping and electrical connections.

Examine mechanical spaces for suitable conditions where boilers will be installed. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. BOILER INSTALLATION Equipment and materials shall be installed in an approved manner and in accordance with the boiler manufacturers’ installation requirements. The installer shall construct a level continuous concrete pad (min. 3-1/2 inches high) for the entire boiler system according to the boiler manufacturer's erecting instructions. Assemble unit sections and parts shipped loose or unassembled for shipment purposes. Follow manufacturer's installation recommendations and instructions, assemble and install boiler trim. Install electrical control items furnished by manufacturer per wiring diagram provided by manufacturer. Install control wiring to field mounted electrical devices. Complete water piping installation as required by manufacturer for operation of system. Provide air intake and exhaust piping, size and type as recommended by the manufacturer. Provide boiler manufacturer recommended manifold pipe and fittings from each boiler to nearest floor drain or as indicated.

B.

C.

D.

E. F. G.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15513-7

4 December 2009 CONDENSING BOILERS

3.3 A. B. C. D.

CONNECTIONS Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install piping adjacent to boiler to allow service and maintenance. Install piping from equipment drain connection to nearest floor drain. Piping shall be at least full size of connection. Provide an isolation valve if required. Connect piping to boilers, except safety relief valve connections, with flexible connectors of materials suitable for service. Flexible connectors and their installation are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Connect gas piping to boiler gas-train inlet with union. Piping shall be at least full size of gas train connection. Provide a reducer if required. Connect hot-water piping to supply- and return-boiler tappings with shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection. Install piping from safety relief valves to nearest floor drain. Install piping from safety valves to drip-pan elbow and to nearest floor drain. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in starting and testing.

E. F. G. H. I. J. 3.4

B.

Tests and Inspections: 1. 2. 3. 4. Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. Leak Test: Hydrostatic test. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. Operational Test: Start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Adjust air-fuel ratio and combustion. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. a. b. Check and adjust initial operating set points and high- and low-limit safety set points of fuel supply, water level and water temperature. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15513-8

4 December 2009 CONDENSING BOILERS

C.

Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

D. Arrange with National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors for inspection of boilers and piping. Obtain certification for complete boiler units, delivered to Owner, and obtain receipt. 3.5 A. DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain boilers. Video record the training sessions.

END OF SECTION 15513

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15513-9

4 December 2009 CONDENSING BOILERS

SECTION 15629 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. B. Packaged, water-cooled, electric-motor-driven, scroll water chillers.

1.2

Related Sections: 1. Division 15 Section "Refrigerant Monitoring and Safety Equipment" for refrigerant monitors, alarms, supplemental breathing apparatus, and ventilation equipment interlocks.

1.3 A. B. C.

DEFINITIONS COP: Coefficient of performance. The ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input using consistent units for any given set of rating conditions. EER: Energy-efficiency ratio. The ratio of the cooling capacity given in terms of Btu/h to the total power input given in terms of watts at any given set of rating conditions. IPLV: Integrated part-load value. A single number part-load efficiency figure of merit calculated per the method defined by ARI 550/590 and referenced to ARI standard rating conditions. kW/Ton: The ratio of total power input of the chiller in kilowatts to the net refrigerating capacity in tons at any given set of rating conditions. NPLV: Nonstandard part-load value. A single number part-load efficiency figure of merit calculated per the method defined by ARI 550/590 and intended for operating conditions other than the ARI standard rating conditions.

D. E.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15629-1

4 December 2009 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS

1.4 1.5 A.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS Product Data: Include refrigerant, rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Performance at ARI standard conditions and at conditions indicated. Performance at ARI standard unloading conditions. Minimum evaporator flow rate. Refrigerant capacity of water chiller. Oil capacity of water chiller. Fluid capacity of evaporator. Fluid capacity of condenser. Characteristics of safety relief valves. Minimum entering condenser-water temperature. Performance at varying capacity with constant design condenser-water temperature. Repeat performance at varying capacity for different condenser-water temperatures from design to minimum in 5 deg F (3 deg C) increments. Minimum entering condenser-air temperature Performance at varying capacity with constant design entering condenser-air temperature. Repeat performance at varying capacity for different entering condenser-air temperatures from design to minimum in 10 deg F (6 deg C) increments.

11. 12.

B.

LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Credit EA 4: Documentation required by Credit EA 4 indicating that equipment and refrigerants comply.

C.

Shop Drawings: Complete set of manufacturer's prints of water chiller assemblies, control panels, sections and elevations, and unit isolation. Include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Assembled unit dimensions. Weight and load distribution. Required clearances for maintenance and operation. Size and location of piping and wiring connections. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

D.

Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. 2. 3. 4. Structural supports. Piping roughing-in requirements. Wiring roughing-in requirements, including spaces reserved for electrical equipment. Access requirements, including working clearances for mechanical controls and electrical equipment, and tube pull and service clearances.

E.

Certificates: For certification required in "Quality Assurance" Article.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15629-2

4 December 2009 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS

F. G. H. I. 1.6 A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

Source quality-control test reports. Startup service reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each water chiller to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Warranty: Sample of warranty. QUALITY ASSURANCE ARI Certification: Certify chiller according to ARI 590 certification program. ARI Rating: Rate water chiller performance according to requirements in ARI 550/590, "Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle." ASHRAE Compliance: ASHRAE 15 for safety code for mechanical refrigeration. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.12004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning." ASME Compliance: Fabricate and stamp water chiller heat exchangers to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Comply with NFPA 70. Qualifications: Equipment manufacturer must specialize in the manufacture of the products specified and have five years experience with similar equipment and the refrigerant offered. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.7 A. B. 1.8 A. B. C.

Ship water chillers from the factory fully charged with refrigerant and filled with oil. Comply with the manufacturer’s instructions for rigging and handling equipment. COORDINATION Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Coordinate sizes, locations, and anchoring attachments of structural-steel support structures. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15629-3

4 December 2009 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS

1.9 A.

WARRANTY The equipment manufacturer’s warranty shall be for a period of one year from date of equipment start-up but not more than 18 months from shipment. The warranty shall cover defective materials and workmanship within the above period, excluding refrigerant. 1. Compressor Warranty Period: Five years from date of substantial completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. PACKAGED WATER-COOLED WATER CHILLERS Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 2.2 Carrier. Trane. York.

UNIT DESCRIPTION Provide and install as shown on the plans factory assembled, factory charged, and factory run tested water-cooled scroll compressor packaged chillers in the quantity specified. Each chiller shall consist of multiple hermetic scroll compressors, multi-circuit brazed plate or shell-and –tube evaporator, shell-and-tube water-cooled condensers, control system and all components necessary for controlled unit operation. Refrigerant shall be R-410A.

2.3

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide a complete scroll packaged chiller as specified herein and as shown on the drawings. The unit shall be in accordance with the standards referenced in section 1.02 and any local codes in effect. Performance: Refer to the schedule of performance on the drawings. Performance shall be in accordance with applicable ARI Standard. Acoustics: Sound power levels (without sound insulation) for the unit shall not exceed the following specified levels. The manufacturer shall provide the necessary sound treatment to meet these levels if required. Sound data shall be provided with the quotation. Test shall be in accordance with ARI Standard 575 octave band readings are flat dB. Octave Band 63 46 125 50 250 61 500 83 1000 75 2000 80 4000 75 8000 63 Overall dBA 86

B. C.

2.4

CHILLER COMPONENTS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15629-4

4 December 2009 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS

A.

Compressors: The compressors shall be sealed hermetic scroll type with crankcase oil heater and suction strainer. The compressor motor shall be refrigerant gas cooled, high torque, hermetic induction type, two-pole, with inherent thermal protection on all three phases and shall be mounted on RIS vibration isolator pads. Evaporator: On units 30 tons to 130 tons, the evaporator shall be direct expansion type with stainless steel plates brazed together. It shall be insulated with 3/4 inch (19mm) closed cell polyurethane insulation and have 653 psi (4500 kPa) water side working pressure. Units from 135 to 200 tons, the evaporator shall be shell-and-tube construction, insulated with 3/4 inch (19mm) closed cell polyurethane insulation, and with 150 psi (1033kPa) water-side working pressure.

B.

C.

Condenser: Horizontal shell and finned tube type with steel shell and integral finned copper tubes rolled into steel tube sheets. The chiller shall be equipped with intermediate tube supports. Construct condenser in accordance with the requirements of ASME Section VIII Unfired Pressure Vessel Code and ANSI B9.1 Safety Code. It shall be designed for 232 psi (1599 kPa) water side working pressure and 450 psig (3104 kPa) refrigerant side pressure and be provided with ASME, ANSI B9.1 pressure relief valves. Refrigerant Circuit: Each refrigerant circuit shall include a liquid line shutoff valve, replaceable core or sealed filter-drier, sight glass with moisture indicator, liquid line solenoid valve, thermal expansion valve, and insulated suction line. Control Panel: The control panel shall contain a microprocessor controller providing operating and equipment protection controls plus motor starting equipment, factory wired, operationally tested, and ready for operation. Standard components shall include a control transformer with primary and secondary fusing, microprocessor transformers with integral fusing, compressor contactors, circuit breakers, single-point wiring arrangement and switches for each circuit pumpdown and unit control power. The control panel shall have a hinged tool-locked door. The control system shall stage the compressors based on the leaving water temperature. Equipment protection devices controlled by the microprocessor include motor protection, high pressure, loss of refrigerant, loss of water flow, freeze protection, and low refrigerant pressure. Controls shall include auto/stop switch, chilled water setpoint adjustment, anti-recycle timer, and digital display with water temperature and setpoint, operating temperatures and pressures, and diagnostic messages. The following features and functions shall be included: 1. 2. 3. 4. The LCD-type display shall have a minimum of 20 characters with all messages in plain English. Coded messages are not acceptable. Critical parameters shall have their own section of control and shall be password protected. Resetting chilled water temperature by a remote 4-20mA DC signal. A soft load function to prevent the system from operating at full load during the chilled water pulldown period.

D.

E.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15629-5

4 December 2009 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS

5. 6. 7.

An electronic time clock to allow programming of a yearly schedule accommodating weekends and holidays. Auto restart after a power failure, not requiring external battery backup or auxiliary power for maintaining program memory. Shutdowns shall be date and time stamped with system temperatures and pressures recorded. A minimum of six previous occurrences shall be kept in a revolving memory. Start-to-start and stop-to-start timers to provide minimum compressor off-time with maximum motor protection. Capability of communication with a PC or remote monitoring through a twisted pair RS-232 interface. Lead/lag manually or automatically by compressor number of starts. Continuous diagnostic checks of unit to provide a pre-alarm signal in advance of a shutdown allowing time for remedial action to be taken. The controller shall contain the following features as a minimum: Equipment Protection The unit shall be protected in two ways: (1) by alarms that shut the unit down and require manual reset to restore unit operation and (2) by limit alarms that reduce unit operation in response to some out-of-limit condition. Shut down alarms shall activate an alarm signal. Shutdown Alarms • No evaporator water flow • Low evaporator pressure • High condenser pressure • Motor protection system • Phase voltage protection (Optional) • Outside ambient temperature • Evaporator freeze protection • Sensor failures Limit Alarms • Condenser pressure stage down, unloads unit at high discharge pressures • Low ambient lockout, shuts off unit at low ambient temperatures • Low evaporator pressure hold, holds stage #1 until pressure rises • Low evaporator pressure unload, shuts off one compressor Unit Enable Selection Enables unit operation from local keypad, digital input, or BAS Unit Mode Selection Selects cooling, ice, glycol, or test operation mode Analog Inputs Reset of leaving water temperature, 4-20 mA Digital Inputs • Unit off switch • Remote start/stop

8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15629-6

4 December 2009 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS

• Flow switch • Ice mode, converts operation and setpoints for ice production • Motor protection Digital Outputs • Shutdown alarm; field wired, activates on an alarm condition, off when alarm is cleared • Evaporator pump; field wired, starts pump when unit is set to start Building Automation System (BAS) Interface The unit shall be equipped with an factory-installed BAS communication module Factory mounted DDC controller(s) shall support operation on a BACnet®, Modbus® or LONMARKS ® network via one of the data link / physical layers listed below as specified by the successful Building Automation System (BAS) supplier. BACnet MS/TP master (Clause 9) BACnet IP, (Annex J) BACnet ISO 8802-3, (Ethernet) LONMARKS FTT-10A. The unit controller shall be LONMARKS® certified. The information communicated between the BAS and the factory mounted unit controllers shall include the reading and writing of data to allow unit monitoring, control and alarm notification as specified in the unit sequence of operation and the unit points list. For chillers communicating over a LONMARK network, the corresponding LONMARK eXternal Interface File (XIF) shall be provided with the chiller submittal data. All communication from the chiller unit controller as specified in the points list shall be via standard BACnet objects. Proprietary BACnet objects shall not be allowed. BACnet communications shall conform to the BACnet protocol (ANSI/ASHRAE135-2001). A BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) shall be provided along with the unit submittal. F. The following options are to be included: • Hot gas bypass on all circuits. • Chilled water flow switch to be field mounted in the chilled water line and field wired to terminals in the control panel. • Disconnect switch • Single point power connection • • • •

2.5

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. B. Perform functional test of water chillers before shipping.

For water chillers located indoors, rate sound power level according to ARI 575 procedure.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15629-7

4 December 2009 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EXAMINATION Before water chiller installation, examine roughing-in for equipment support, anchor-bolt sizes and locations, piping, and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting water chiller performance, maintenance, and operations. 1. B. 3.2 A. B. Water chiller locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. locations before roughing-in for piping and electrical connections. Determine exact

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. WATER CHILLER INSTALLATION Install water chillers on support structure indicated. Adjust and level chiller in alignment on supports. Equipment Mounting: Install water chiller on concrete bases using elastomeric mounts. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 2. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer’s requirements. recommended clearances for service and maintenance. Maintain manufacturer's

C. D. E. F. G. 3.3 A.

Charge water chiller with refrigerant if not factory charged and fill with oil if not factory installed. Install separate devices furnished by manufacturer and not factory installed. appurtenances required to ensure a fully operations and functional chiller. Coordinate electrical installation with electrical contractor. Coordinate controls with control contractor. CONNECTIONS Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. 15629-8 4 December 2009 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS Provide all

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B. C.

Install piping adjacent to chiller to allow service and maintenance. Evaporator Fluid Connections: Connect to evaporator inlet with shutoff valve, strainer, flexible connector, thermometer, and plugged tee with pressure gage. Connect to evaporator outlet with shutoff valve, balancing valve, flexible connector, flow switch, thermometer, plugged tee with pressure gage, flow meter, and drain connection with valve. Make connections to water chiller with a union, flange, or mechanical coupling. Condenser Fluid Connections: Connect to condenser inlet with shutoff valve, strainer, flexible connector, thermometer, and plugged tee with pressure gage. Connect to condenser outlet with shutoff valve, balancing valve, flexible connector, flow switch, thermometer, plugged tee with pressure gage, and drain connection with valve. Make connections to water chiller with a union, flange, or mechanical coupling. Refrigerant Pressure Relief Valve Connections: For water chillers installed indoors, extend vent piping to the outside without valves or restrictions. Comply with ASHRAE 15. Connect each drain connection with a union and drain pipe and extend pipe, full size of connection, to floor drain. Provide a shutoff valve at each connection if required. Provide bypass piping, two-way valve, and controller to maintain minimum flow through evaporator. STARTUP SERVICE

D.

E. F. G.

3.4 A. B. C.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. Inspect field-assembled components, equipment installation, and piping and electrical connections for proper assemblies, installations, and connections. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and perform the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Verify that refrigerant charge is sufficient and water chiller has been leak tested. Verify that pumps are installed and functional. Verify that thermometers and gages are installed. Operate water chiller for run-in period. Check bearing lubrication and oil levels. Verify that refrigerant pressure relief device for chillers installed indoors is vented outside. Verify proper motor rotation. Verify static deflection of vibration isolators, including deflection during water chiller startup and shutdown. Verify and record performance of chilled- and condenser-water flow and low-temperature interlocks. Verify and record performance of water chiller protection devices. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15629-9

4 December 2009 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS

D. 3.5 A.

Prepare a written startup report that records results of tests and inspections. DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain water chillers. Video record the training sessions.

END OF SECTION 15629

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15629-10

4 December 2009 SCROLL WATER CHILLERS

SECTION 15640 COOLING TOWERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 1.3 A. B. 1.4 A. Open-circuit, forced-draft, counterflow cooling towers.

1.2

DEFINITIONS BMS: Building management system. FRP: Fiber-reinforced polyester. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Delegated Design: Design cooling tower support structure and seismic restraints and wind restraints, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. Structural Performance: Cooling tower support structure shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to SEI/ASCE 7. 1. Live Loads: 5330 lbs.. 2. Deflection Limits: Design system to withstand design loads without deflections greater than the following: a. Those specified by isolation manufacturer’s standards.

B.

1.5 A.

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, pressure drop, fan performance data, rating curves with selected points indicated, furnished specialties, and accessories. 1. Maximum flow rate. 15640-1 4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2. 3. 4. 5.

Minimum flow rate. Drift loss as percent of design flow rate. Sound power levels in eight octave bands for operation with fans off, fans at minimum, and design speed. Performance curves for the following: a. b. c. Varying entering-water temperatures from design to minimum. Varying ambient wet-bulb temperatures from design to minimum. Varying fan operation (off, minimum, and design speed).

6. 7. 8. B.

Fan airflow, brake horsepower, and drive losses. Motor amperage, efficiency, and power factor at 100 percent of nameplate horsepower, to minimum. Electrical power requirements for each cooling tower component requiring power.

Shop Drawings: Complete set of manufacturer's prints of cooling tower assemblies, control panels, sections and elevations, and unit isolation. Include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Assembled unit dimensions. Weight and load distribution. Required clearances for maintenance and operation. Sizes and locations of piping and wiring connections. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

C.

Delegated-Design Submittal: For cooling tower support structure indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and for designing vibration isolation bases. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved: 1. 2. 3. 4. Structural supports. Piping roughing-in requirements. Wiring roughing-in requirements, including spaces reserved for electrical equipment. Access requirements, including working clearances for mechanical controls and electrical equipment, and tube pull and service clearances.

D.

E. F. G. H.

Certificates: For certification required in "Quality Assurance" Article. Startup service reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each cooling tower to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15640-2

4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

1.6 A. B. C. D.

QUALITY ASSURANCE Testing Agency Qualifications: Certified by CTI. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.12004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning." CTI Certification: Cooling tower thermal performance according to CTI STD 201, "Certification Standard for Commercial Water-Cooling Towers Thermal Performance." COORDINATION A. B. C. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Coordinate sizes, locations, and anchoring attachments of structural-steel support structures. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace the following components of cooling towers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period: 1. 2. 3. Fan assembly including fan, drive, and motor. All components of cooling tower. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

1.7

1.8

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. OPEN-CIRCUIT, FORCED-DRAFT, COUNTERFLOW COOLING TOWERS Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. 2. B. C. Baltimore Aircoil Company; Models VTL, VTO, and VT1. Evapco Inc.; Models LPT.

Cooling tower designed to resist wind load of 30 lbf/sq. ft. (1.44 kPa). Casing and Frame: 1. Casing and Frame Material: coating. Galvanized steel, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G235 (Z700)

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15640-3

4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

2. 3. 4. 5. D.

Frame Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G235 (Z700) coating. Fasteners: Stainless steel. Joints and Seams: Sealed watertight. Welded Connections: Continuous and watertight.

Collection Basin: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Material: Stainless steel. Strainer: Removable stainless-steel strainer with openings smaller than nozzle orifices. Overflow and drain connections. Makeup water connection. Basin Sweeper Distribution Piping and Nozzles: a. b. c. Pipe Material: PVC. Nozzle Material: Plastic. Configure piping and nozzles to minimize sediment from collecting in the collection basin.

E.

Electronic, Collection Basin Water-Level Controller with Solenoid Valve: 1. 2. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4 <Insert type>. Sensor: Solid-state controls with multiple electrode probes and relays factory wired to a terminal strip to provide control of water makeup valve, low- and high-level alarms, and output for shutoff of pump on low level. Electrode Probes: Stainless steel. Solenoid Valve: Slow closing with stainless-steel body, controlled and powered through level controller in response to water-level set point. Electrical Connection Requirements: 120 V, single phase, 60 Hz.

3. 4. 5. F.

Electric Basin Heater: 1. 2. 3. 4. Stainless-Steel Electric Immersion Heaters: Installed in a threaded coupling on the side of the collection basin. Heater Control Panel: Mounted on the side of each cooling tower cell. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4. Magnetic contactors controlled by a temperature sensor/controller to maintain collection basin water-temperature set point. Water-level probe shall monitor cooling tower water level and de-energize the heater when the water reaches low-level set point. Control-circuit transformer with primary and secondary side fuses. Terminal blocks with numbered and color-coded wiring to match wiring diagram. Single-point, field-power connection to a fused disconnect switch and heater branch circuiting complying with NFPA 70.

5. 6. 7. G.

Pressurized Water Distribution Piping: Main header and lateral branch piping designed for even distribution over heat-exchanger coil or fill throughout the flow range without the need for balancing valves and for connecting individual, removable, nonclogging spray nozzles. 1. 2. 3. Pipe Material: PVC. Spray Nozzle Material: ABS Plastic. Piping Supports: Corrosion-resistant hangers and supports to resist movement during operation and shipment. 15640-4 4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

H.

Fill: 1. 2. 3. 4. Materials: Inert PVC, with maximum flame-spread index of 5 according to ASTM E 84. Minimum Thickness: 20 mils (0.5 mm), before forming. Fabrication: Fill-type sheets, fabricated, formed, and bonded together after forming into removable assemblies that are factory installed by manufacturer. Fill Material Operating Temperature: Suitable for entering-water temperatures up through 120 deg F (49 deg C).

I.

Drift Eliminator: 1. 2. 3. Material: PVC; with maximum flame-spread index of 5 according to ASTM E 84. UV Treatment: Inhibitors to protect against damage caused by UV radiation. Configuration: Multipass, designed and tested to reduce water carryover to achieve performance indicated.

J.

Centrifugal Fan: Double-width, double-inlet, forward-curved blades, and statically and dynamically balanced at the factory after assembly. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Number of Fans: Each cooling tower cell shall have a single fan or multiple fans connected to a common shaft. Fan Wheel and Housing Materials: Galvanized steel. Fan Shaft: Steel, coated to resist corrosion. Protective Enclosure: Removable, galvanized-steel, wire-mesh screens complying with OSHA regulations. Fan Shaft Bearings: Self-aligning, grease-lubricated ball or roller bearings with moisture-proof seals and premium, moisture-resistant grease suitable for temperatures between minus 20 and plus 300 deg F (minus 29 and plus 149 deg C). Bearings designed for an L-10 life of 75,000 hours. Bearings Grease Fittings: Extended lubrication lines to an easily accessible location.

6. K.

Fan Motor: 1. General Requirements for Fan Motors: Comply with NEMA designation and temperature-rating requirements specified in Division 15 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment" and not indicated below. Motor Enclosure: Totally enclosed air over (TEAO) with epoxy or polyurethane finish. Energy Efficiency: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. Service Factor: 1.15. Insulation: Class F. Variable-Speed Motors: Inverter-duty rated per NEMA MG-1, Section IV, "Performance Standard Applying to All Machines," Part 31, "Definite-Purpose, Inverter-Fed, Polyphase Motors." Severe-duty rating with the following features: a. b. Rotor and stator protected with corrosion-inhibiting epoxy resin. Double-shielded, vacuum-degassed bearings lubricated with premium, moistureresistant grease suitable for temperatures between minus 20 and 300 deg F (minus 29 and 149 deg C). Internal heater automatically energized when motor is de-energized.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

7.

c.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15640-5

4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

8. L.

Motor Base: Adjustable, or other suitable provision for adjusting belt tension.

Vibration Switch: For each fan drive. 1. 2. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4. Vibration Detection: Sensor with a field-adjustable, acceleration-sensitivity set point in a range of 0 to 1 g and frequency range of 0 to 3000 cycles per minute. Cooling tower manufacturer shall recommend switch set point for proper operation and protection. Provide switch for field connection to a BMS and hardwired connection to fan motor electrical circuit. Switch shall, on sensing excessive vibration, signal an alarm through the BMS and shut down the fan.

3. 4. M. N.

Controls: Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls." Control Package: shipment. 1. 2. 3. 4. Factory installed and wired, and functionally tested at factory before

5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

NEMA 250, Type 4 enclosure with removable internally mount backplate. Control-circuit transformer with primary and secondary side fuses. Terminal blocks with numbered and color-coded wiring to match wiring diagram. Spare wiring terminal block for connection to external controls or equipment. Microprocessor-based controller for automatic control of fan based on cooling tower leaving-water temperature with control features to improve operating efficiency based on outdoor ambient wet-bulb temperature by using adaptive logic. Factory-installed and -wired, collection basin electric/electronic level controller. Collection basin electronic level controller complying with requirements in "Electronic, Collection Basin Water-Level Controller with Solenoid Valve" Paragraph. Electric basin heaters with temperature control and low-water-level safety switch for each cell, complying with requirements in "Electric Basin Heater" Paragraph. Vibration switch for fan, complying with requirements in "Vibration Switch" Paragraph. Single-point, field-power connection to a fused disconnect switch. a. b. Branch power circuit to each motor and electric basin heater and to controls with a disconnect switch or circuit breaker. NEMA-rated motor controller, hand-off-auto switch, and overcurrent protection for each motor. Provide variable frequency controller with manual bypass and line reactors for variable-speed motor indicated.

10. 11. 12. 13.

Factory-installed wiring outside of enclosures shall be in metal raceway, except make connections to each motor and electric basin heater with liquidtight conduit. Visual indication of status and alarm for each motor. Audible alarm and silence switch. Cooling tower shall have hardware to enable BMS to remotely monitor and display the following: a. b. c. d. Operational status of each motor. Cooling tower leaving-fluid temperature. Fan vibration alarm. Collection basin high- and low-water-level alarms. 15640-6 4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

e. O.

VFD status.

Personnel Access Components: 1. 2. Doors: Large enough for personnel to access cooling tower internal components from both cooling tower end walls. Doors shall be operable from both sides of the door. External Ladders with Safety Cages: Aluminum, galvanized- or stainless-steel, fixed ladders with ladder extensions to access external platforms and top of cooling tower from adjacent grade without the need for portable ladders. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.27. External Platforms with Handrails: Aluminum, FRP, or galvanized-steel bar grating at cooling tower access doors when cooling towers are elevated and not accessible from grade. Handrail: Aluminum, galvanized steel, or stainless steel complete with kneerail and toeboard, around top of cooling tower. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.23.

3.

4. P.

Characteristics: 1. 2. Sound Pressure Level: Sound Data: Sound Data (Sound Pressure Levels in dB(A)) S.P.L. dB(A) at 5’ S.P.L. dB(A) at 50’ Fan 56 44 Side 55 42 Opp Fan 57 45 Opp Side Top 55 63 42 53

Note 1: Sound Data shown is for 1 Cell operating at full speed. 2.2 NON-CHEMICAL COOLING WATER TREATMENT

A. Furnish and install a non-chemical Condenser Water Treatment System on the recirculating water system of each cooling tower. System shall be capable of handling a maximum flow of 210 gallons per minute recirculating water. System shall be Pulse~Pure ® by EVAPCO or approved equal. System shall have a 12 month money back guarantee if the system fails perform as outlined below. B. The Non-Chemical Water Treatment System shall have the ability to maintain the following re-circulated water parameters:
1. Conductivity range of 300 to 5,000 µS/cm. 2. pH range of 6.5 to 9.0. 3. Local environmental regulations may dictate the highest pH permitted for blowdown. The conductivity setting can be adjusted up or down to change the pH by the balancing of fresh make-up water. 4. Total bacteria count (TBC) of less than 10,000 CFU’s/ml.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15640-7

4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

5. Keep condenser water system scale free and corrosion to levels acceptable by AWT guidelines. C. The Non-Chemical Water Treatment System shall meet the following electrical requirements: 1. The system shall have a maximum power draw of 1.3 amps. 2. The system shall operate on a single 120V single, 1 Ø input as standard. 3. The system shall have a Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of less than 15%. 4. The system shall meet UL and cUL specifications for electrical components. 5. The system shall have a shielded cable to minimize susceptibility to external electromagnetic field interference. 6. The system shall meet FCC requirements for electromagnetic emissions per Title 47 CFR part 18 for Industrial, Scientific and Medical Equipment. 7. The coil assemblies shall be enclosed in a NEMA 4 water resistant shell and be provided with indicator lights that signify the system is on and operational. 8. All water sensors for conductivity shall be torodial type. D. The Non-Chemical Water Treatment System shall meet the following construction requirements: 1. The Electrical Pulse Panel shall be a powder coated NEMA 4 enclosure .The use of cooling fans to remove heat from the electrical pulse panel shall not be acceptable. 2. The system shall have remote start-up and monitoring capabilities via a control relay wired from the pump or through the building management system using a MODBUS protocol. 3. The Chamber shall contain two separate coil sections housing a minimum of four low frequency and two high frequency coils per chamber. 4. The Conductivity controller shall be integral to the chamber control panel to allow for simplified calibration and single source power. This single panel shall have a local 60 day downloadable USB port for retrieving operational frequency of: A) Bleed Valve B) Panel operation C) Output contact D) Make-p/bleed metering This single control panel per chamber shall have the capability of receiving input from local make-up and bleed water meters and activating a 120 volt contact . E. The Non-Chemical Water Treatment System provides physical water treatment by: 1. Changing surface scale formation to bulk solution powder formation. 2. Keeping the system free from mineral scale on all heat transfer surfaces (including fill, coils, air inlet louvers, pipes, heat exchangers, valves and other components in the system).

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15640-8

4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

3. Controlling the population of microorganisms such as bacteria by incorporation into colloidal particles (encapsulation) to 10,000 CFU/ml or below when measured using plate count agar at 35°C. In addition, the non-chemical water treatment system shall provide: 1. A system operating with a reduced blow down volume resulting in water and energy savings. 2. Blow down containing no added chemicals and conforms to all sewer discharge regulations. 3. FIFRA compliance per EPA requirements for Pesticide Programs of Title 40 CFR Subchapter E. Installation: 1. For open tower systems the components shall be mounted by the mechanical contractor. For closed evaporative cooler or condensers all components shall be mounted by the tower manufacturer during unit construction. 2. Supply all components (coils, transformers, conductivity meters, blowdown valves etc) necessary for a completely automated stand alone system. Blowdown valves shall be motorized ball valves power open, spring return. 3. The Non Chemical Water Treatment System representative will supervise all piping and electrical hook-ups associated with the treatment program and will also give directions to the contractor as to the various sampling, monitoring and the blow down required to ensure water chemistry of the system. 4. Any system requiring field installation shall have this preformed under the supervision of a factory trained Pulse~Pure™ representative. 5. Immediately after hydrostatic testing of piping is completed, systems shall be drained, flushed, cleaned and passivated. Subsequent to the cleaning process, each system shall be re-filled with clean water prior to the system being placed into operation. Once filled the condenser water pump and cooling tower fans shall be operated until conductivity set point is achieved. Passivation The non-chemical water treatment system should initially be operated under blowdown settings or protocol specified by the non-chemical water treatment system supplier. New galvanized steel cooling towers must be passivated to prevent white rust formation. This conditioning is done by operating the tower for a period of 6 weeks with a pH between 6.5 and 8.0. After this conditioning period, the tower may operate at normal pH levels. Controlling this pH may require a higher blowdown rate for this 6 week period or in some cases additions of a pH reducing agent.. Monitoring and Service The performance of the system will be monitored every month for the first twelve months of operation by the non-chemical water treatment system representative. Each site visits from the non-chemical water treatment system representative shall include the following:

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15640-9

4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

1. Perform make-up and cooling water analysis as described below. 2. Inspection of the systems for functionality. 3. Inspection of the blow down system for functionality. 4. Calibration and cleaning of conductivity probes or other instrumentation related to blow down. 5. Visual inspection of overall system condition (service visits may be timed to coincide with the opening of certain system components such as a chiller) An analysis of the following water chemistry parameters will be performed within 30 days of installation and every 30-45 days for first year of operation at no charge to the customer: 1. pH 2. Conductivity 3. Chloride 4. Alkalinity 5. Hardness 6. Heterotrophic Plate Count Note: These parameters will be evaluated at a local commercial laboratory or using field-tests kits. Copy of reports shall be submitted to owner’s representative and the cooling tower manufacturer with 7 days of testing. 2.3 A. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Verification of Performance: Test and certify cooling tower performance according to CTI STD 201, "Certification Standard for Commercial Water-Cooling Towers Thermal Performance."

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. EXAMINATION Before cooling tower installation, examine roughing-in for tower support, anchor-bolt sizes and locations, piping, and electrical connections to verify actual locations, sizes, and other conditions affecting tower performance, maintenance, and operation. 1. B. Cooling tower locations indicated on Drawings are approximate. locations before roughing-in for piping and electrical connections. Determine exact

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15640-10

4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

3.2 A. B.

INSTALLATION Install cooling towers on support structure indicated. Equipment Mounting: Install cooling tower using restrained spring isolator rail designed to distribute tower weight on structural steel beam posted off of building structural design. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 1. C. D. Minimum Deflection: 1 inch (25 mm).

Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance. CONNECTIONS

3.3 A. B. C. D. E. F.

Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install piping adjacent to cooling towers to allow service and maintenance. Install flexible pipe connectors for all pipe connections to cooling towers mounted on vibration isolators. Provide drain piping with valve at cooling tower drain connections and at low points in piping. Connect cooling tower overflows and drains, and piping drains to sanitary sewage system. Domestic Water Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping." Connect to water-level control with shutoff valve and union, flange, or mechanical coupling at each connection. Supply and Return Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping." Connect to entering cooling tower connections with shutoff valve, balancing valve, thermometer, plugged tee with pressure gage, and drain connection with valve. Connect to leaving cooling tower connection with shutoff valve. Make connections to cooling tower with a union, flange, or mechanical coupling. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

G.

3.4 A. B.

Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15640-11

4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

C. D. E. 3.5 A. B. C.

Tests and Inspections: Comply with CTI ATC 105, "Acceptance Test Code for Water Cooling Towers." Cooling towers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. Prepare test and inspection reports. STARTUP SERVICE Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. Inspect field-assembled components, equipment installation, and piping and electrical connections for proper assemblies, installations, and connections. Obtain performance data from manufacturer. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and perform the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Clean entire unit including basins. Verify that accessories are properly installed. Verify clearances for airflow and for cooling tower servicing. Check for vibration isolation and structural support. Lubricate bearings. Verify fan rotation for correct direction and for vibration or binding and correct problems. Adjust belts to proper alignment and tension. Operate variable-speed fans through entire operating range and check for harmonic vibration imbalance. Set motor controller to skip speeds resulting in abnormal vibration. Check vibration switch setting. Verify operation. Verify water level in tower basin. Fill to proper startup level. Check makeup water-level control and valve. Verify operation of basin heater and control. Verify that cooling tower air discharge is not recirculating air into tower or HVAC air intakes. Recommend corrective action. Replace defective and malfunctioning units. Follow manufacturer's written starting

i. j. k. l. m. D. E. 3.6 A. B.

Start cooling tower and associated water pumps. procedures.

Prepare a written startup report that records the results of tests and inspections. ADJUSTING Set and balance water flow to tower inlet. Adjust water-level control for proper operating level.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15640-12

4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

3.7 A.

DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain cooling towers.

END OF SECTION 15640

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15640-13

4 December 2009 COOLING TOWERS

SECTION 15725 AIR-HANDLING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 1.3 A. Constant-air-volume, single-zone air-handling units.

1.2

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each air-handling unit indicated. 1. 2. 3. Unit dimensions and weight. Cabinet material, metal thickness, finishes, insulation, and accessories. Fans: a. b. c. d. 4. 5. 6. B. Certified fan-performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. Certified fan-sound power ratings. Fan construction and accessories. Motor ratings, electrical characteristics, and motor accessories.

Certified coil-performance ratings with system operating conditions indicated. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators. Filters with performance characteristics.

LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Prerequisite EQ 1: Documentation indicating that units comply with ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment."

C.

Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. 2. Mechanical-room layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. Support location, type, and weight. 15725-1 4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3. D. E. F.

Field measurements.

Source quality-control reports. Field quality-control reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air-handling units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.4 A. B. C. D. E. F. 1.5 A. B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A for design, fabrication, and installation of airhandling units and components. ARI Certification: Air-handling units and their components shall be factory tested according to ARI 430, "Central-Station Air-Handling Units," and shall be listed and labeled by ARI. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.12004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning." Comply with NFPA 70. COORDINATION Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Coordinate sizes and locations of structural-steel support members, if any, with actual equipment provided. EXTRA MATERIALS

1.6 A.

Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. 2. 3. Filters: One set(s) for each air-handling unit. Gaskets: One set(s) for each access door. Fan Belts: One set(s) for each air-handling unit fan.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15725-2

4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Carrier Corporation; a member of the United Technologies Corporation Family. 2. Mammoth Inc. 3. Trane; American Standard Inc. 4. YORK International Corporation. AHU-1

2.2.1

A. Configuration: Fabricate as detailed on prints. B. Performance: Conform to ARI 410 and 430 Standards. See schedules on prints. C. Acoustics: Sound power levels (dB) for the unit shall not exceed the specified levels shown on the unit schedule. The manufacturer shall provide the necessary sound treatment to meet these levels if required. 2.2.2 UNIT CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate unit with heavy gauge channel posts and panels secured with mechanical fasteners. All panels, access doors, and ship sections shall be sealed with permanently applied bulb-type gasket. Shipped loose gasketing is not allowed. B. Panels and access doors shall be constructed as a 2-inch nominal thick; thermal broke double wall assembly, injected with foam insulation with an R-value of not less than R-13. 1. The outer panel shall be constructed of G90 galvanized steel. 2. The inner liner shall be constructed of G90 galvanized steel. 3. The floor plate shall be constructed as specified for the inner liner. 4. Unit will be furnished with solid inner liners. C. Panel deflection shall not exceed L/240 ratio at 125% of design static pressure, maximum 5 inches of positive or 6 inches of negative static pressure. Deflection shall be measured at the panel midpoint. D. The casing leakage rate shall not exceed .5 cfm per square foot of cabinet area at 5 inches of positive static pressure or 6 inches of negative static pressure (.0025 m3/s per square meter of cabinet area at 1.24 kPa static pressure). E. Module to module field assembly shall be accomplished with an overlapping, full perimeter internal splice joint that is sealed with bulb type gasketing on both mating modules to minimize on-site labor and meet indoor air quality standards. Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering 15725-3 4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

F. Access doors shall be flush mounted to cabinetry, with minimum of two six inch long stainless steel piano-type hinges, latch and full size handle assembly. Access doors shall swing outward for unit sections under negative pressure. Access doors on positive pressure sections, shall have a secondary latch to relieve pressure and prevent injury upon access. G. The unit base shall be provided by others. 2.2.3 FAN ASSEMBLIES A. Acceptable fan assembly shall be a double width, double inlet, class II, beltdrive type housed airfoil fan dynamically balanced as an assembly, as shown in schedule. Maximum fan RPM shall be below first critical fan speed. Fan assemblies shall be dynamically balanced by the manufacturer on all three planes and at all bearing supports. Copper lubrication lines shall be provided and extend from the bearings and attached with grease fittings to the fan base assembly near access door. If not supplied at the factory, contractor shall mount copper lube lines in the field. Fan and motor shall be mounted internally on a steel base. Factory mount motor on slide base that can be slid out the side of unit if removal is required. Provide access to motor, drive, and bearings through hinged access door. B. Fan and motor assembly shall be mounted on 2" deflection spring vibration type isolators inside cabinetry.

2.2.4

BEARINGS, SHAFTS, AND DRIVES A. Bearings: Basic load rating computed in accordance with AFBMA - ANSI Standards. The bearings shall be designed for service with an L-50 life of 200,000 hours and shall be a heavy duty pillow block, self-aligning, grease- lubricated ball or spherical roller bearing type. B. Shafts shall be solid, hot rolled steel, ground and polished, keyed to shaft, and protectively coated with lubricating oil. Hollow shafts are not acceptable. C. V-Belt drives shall be cast iron or steel sheaves, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed. Fixed sheaves, matched belts, and drive rated based on motor horsepower. Minimum of 2 belts shall be provided on all fans with 10 HP motors and above. Standard drive service factor minimum shall be 1.1 S.F. for 1/4 HP – 7.5 HP, 1.3 S.F. for 10 HP and larger, calculated based on fan brake horsepower.

2.2.5 ELECTRICAL A. Fan motors shall be manufacturer provided and installed, Open Drip Proof, high efficiency (meets EPAct requirements), 1750 RPM, single speed, 200V / 60HZ / 3P. Complete electrical characteristics for each fan motor shall be as shown in schedule. B. Wiring Termination: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclosed terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. C. Manufacturer shall provide ASHRAE 90.1 Energy Efficiency equation details for individual equipment to assist Building Engineer for calculating system compliance. Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering 15725-4 4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

D. Installing contractor shall provide GFI receptacle within 25 feet of unit to satisfy National Electrical Code requirements. E. All electrical connection components shall be field provided and mounted as shown on project schedule. 2.2.6 COOLING AND HEATING COILS

A. Certification: Acceptable water cooling, water heating, steam, and refrigerant coils shall be certified in accordance with ARI Standard 410 and bear the ARI label. Coils exceeding the scope of the manufacturer’s certification and/or the range of ARI’s standard rating conditions will be considered provided the manufacturer is a current member of the ARI Forced Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils certification programs and that the coils have been rated in accordance with ARI Standard 410. Manufacturer must be ISO 9002 certified. B. Water cooling coil shall be provided. Provide access to coil(s) for service and cleaning. Enclose coil headers and return bends fully within unit casing. Unit shall be provided with coil connections that extend a minimum of 5” beyond unit casing for ease of installation. Drain and vent connections shall be provided exterior to unit casing. Coil connections must be factory sealed with grommets on interior and exterior panel liners to minimize air leakage and condensation inside panel assembly. If not factory packaged, Contractor must supply all coil connection grommets and sleeves. Coils shall be removable through side and/or top panels of unit without the need to remove and disassemble the entire section from the unit. 1. Headers shall consist of seamless copper tubing to assure compatibility with primary surface. Headers to have intruded tube holes to provide maximum brazing surface for tube to header joint, strength, and inherent flexibility. Header diameter should vary with fluid flow requirements. 2. Fins shall have a minimum thickness of 0.0075 inch aluminum plate construction. Fins shall have full drawn collars to provide a continuous surface cover over the entire tube for maximum heat transfer. Tubes shall be mechanically expanded into the fins to provide a continuous primary to secondary compression bond over the entire finned length for maximum heat transfer rates. Bare copper tubes shall not be visible between fins. 3. Coil tubes shall be 5/8 inch OD seamless copper, 0.020 inch nominal tube wall thickness, expanded into fins, brazed at joints. Soldered U-bends shall be provided to minimize the effects of erosion and premature failure having a minimum tube wall thickness of .025 inches. 4. Coil connections shall be carbon steel, NPT threaded connection. Connection size to be determined by manufacturer based upon the most efficient coil circuiting. Vent and drain fittings shall be furnished on the connections, exterior to the air handler. Vent connections provided at the highest point to assure proper venting. Drain connections shall be provided at the lowest point to insure complete drainage and prevent freeze-up. 5. Coil casing shall be a formed channel frame of galvanized steel.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15725-5

4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

C. Water heating coil shall be provided. Provide access to coil(s) for service and cleaning. Enclose coil headers and return bends fully within unit casing. Unit shall be provided with coil connections that extend a minimum of 5” beyond unit casing for ease of installation. Drain and vent connections shall be provided exterior to unit casing. Coil connections must be factory sealed with grommets on interior and exterior panel liners to minimize air leakage and condensation inside panel assembly. If not factory packaged, Contractor must supply all coil connection grommets and sleeves. Coils shall be removable through side and/or top panels of unit without the need to remove and disassemble the entire section from the unit. 1. Headers shall consist of seamless copper tubing to assure compatibility with primary surface. Headers to have intruded tube holes to provide maximum brazing surface for tube to header joint, strength, and inherent flexibility. Header diameter should vary with fluid flow requirements. 2. Fins shall have a minimum thickness of 0.0075 inch aluminum plate construction. Fins shall have full drawn collars to provide a continuous surface cover over the entire tube for maximum heat transfer. Tubes shall be mechanically expanded into the fins to provide a continuous primary to secondary compression bond over the entire finned length for maximum heat transfer rates. Bare copper tubes shall not be visible between fins. 3. Coil tubes shall be 5/8 inch OD seamless copper, 0.020 inch nominal tube wall thickness, expanded into fins, brazed at joints. Soldered U-bends shall be provided to minimize the effects of erosion and premature failure having a minimum tube wall thickness of .025 inches. 4. Coil connections shall be carbon steel, threaded connection. Connection size to be determined by manufacturer based upon the most efficient coil circuiting. Vent and drain fittings shall be furnished on the connections, exterior to the air handler. Vent connections provided at the highest point to assure proper venting. Drain connections shall be provided at the lowest point to insure complete drainage and prevent freeze-up. 5. Coil shall be furnished as an uncased galvanized steel track to allow for thermal movement and slide into a pitched track for fluid drainage. 2.2.7 A. FILTERS Furnish combination filter section with 2-inch flat pre-filter and 12-inch Varicel SH cartridge 85% efficient (MERV 14) final filter. Provide side loading and removal of filters.

B. Filter media shall be UL 900 listed, Class I or Class II. C. Filter Magnehelic gauge(s) shall be furnished and mounted by others. 2.2.8 ADDITIONAL SECTIONS A. Mixing box section shall be provided with end outside air opening and top return air opening with or without parallel low leak airfoil damper blades. Dampers shall be hollow core galvanized steel airfoil blades, fully gasketed and have continuous vinyl seals between damper blades in a galvanized steel frame. Dampers shall have stainless steel jamb seals along end of dampers. Connecting linkage and ABS plastic end caps shall be Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering 15725-6 4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

provided when return and outside air dampers are each sized for full airflow. Return and outside air dampers of different sizes must be driven separately. Damper Leakage: Leakage rate shall be less than two tenths of one percent leakage at 2 inches static pressure differential. Leakage rate tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500. 2.3.1 AHU-2

A. The air handler shall be furnished as a vertical draw-through cooling coil and heating coil type. 2.3.2 AIR HANDLER CASING

A. Air handler casing shall be constructed with a corrosion resistant aluminum frame with 1” thick, double wall panels. Extruded aluminum frame and polymeric corner pieces are required for casing protection and rigidity. Unit panels shall consist of injected polyurethane foam insulation sandwiched between galvanized steel exterior and interior sheets. Formed “thermal break” panels shall have a plastic molded edge to eliminate inner and outer panels from contacting each other. 1. Panels shall be fastened to frame with perimeter screws with a neoprene gasket inbetween the panel and the frame to minimize air leakage and prevent thermal bridging from unit interior to unit exterior. Removable panels for blower and filter sections shall be furnished on both sides to allow full access to unit interior. Blower and filter access panels shall include a pocket handle to assist in panel removal. 2.3.3 SUPPLY FAN

A. The supply fan shall be a DWDI forward-curved type. Fan assemblies including fan, motor and sheaves shall be dynamically balanced by the manufacturer on all three planes at all bearing supports. Manufacturer must ensure maximum fan RPM is below the first critical speed. B. Fan and motor assembly shall be mounted on vibration type isolators inside cabinetry. C. Units shall be certified in accordance with the central station air handling units certification program that is based on ARI Standard 430. 2.3.4 BEARINGS AND DRIVES A. Basic load rating computed in accordance with AFBMA - ANSI Standards, L-50 life at 200,000 hours heavy duty pillow block type, self-aligning, grease-lubricated ball bearings. B. Shafts shall be solid, hot rolled steel, ground and polished, keyed to shaft, and protectively coated with lubricating oil. Hollow shafts are not acceptable. C. V-Belt drives shall be cast iron or steel sheaves, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed. Variable and adjustable pitch sheaves selected so required RPM is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position and rated based on motor horsepower. Contractor to furnish fixed sheaves at final RPM as determined by balancing contractor. 2.3.5 ELECTRICAL 15725-7 4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

A. Motor shall be a high efficiency open drip-proof type and must meet EPAct minimum motor efficiency standards (applicable only to 1HP motors and larger). Electrical characteristics shall be as shown on the schedule. 2.3.6 COOLING AND HEATING SECTIONS A. Access to coils for service and cleaning shall be provided. Coil headers and return bends shall be fully encased within unit casing. Coil connections shall be factory sealed with grommets on interior and exterior and gasket sleeve between outer wall and inner liner where each pipe extends through the unit casing to minimize air and condensate leakage. B. Cooling Coils. 1. Cooling performance shall be as specified on the unit schedule. 2. Water coil fins shall have full drawn collars to provide a continuous surface cover over the entire tube for maximum heat transfer. Seamless copper tubes shall be mechanically expanded into the fins to provide a continuous primary-to-secondary compression bond over the entire finned length for maximum heat transfer rates. Bare copper tubes shall not be visible between fins. 3. Water coils shall be provided with headers of seamless copper tubing with intruded tube holes to permit expansion and contraction without creating undue stress or strain. Coil connections shall be copper sweat connections with connection size to be determined by manufacturer based upon the most efficient coil circuiting. Vent and drain connections shall be furnished on the coil connection, external to the cabinet. Vent connections provided at the highest point to assure proper venting. Drain connections shall be provided at the lowest point. 4. Drainpan shall be constructed from stainless steel, pitched and sloped in direction of airflow to drain connection to allow for condensate drainage. Drainpan shall be positioned above 1” thick insulated double wall panel. Condensate drain connections shall be provided on both sides of drain pan. 5. Coil casing shall be constructed of Galvanized steel. C. Heating Coil. 1. Heating performance shall be as specified on the unit schedule. 2. Hot water coil fins shall have full drawn collars to provide a continuous surface cover over the entire tube for maximum heat transfer. Seamless copper tubes shall be mechanically expanded into the fins to provide a continuous primary-to-secondary compression bond over the entire finned length for maximum heat transfer rates. Bare copper tubes shall not be visible between fins. 3. Water coils shall be provided with headers of seamless copper tubing with intruded tube holes to permit expansion and contraction without creating undue stress or strain. Coil connections shall be copper sweat connections with connection size to be determined by Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering 15725-8 4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

manufacturer based upon the most efficient coil circuiting. Vent and drain connections shall be furnished on the coil connection, external to the cabinet. Vent connections provided at the highest point to assure proper venting. Drain connections shall be provided at the lowest point. 2.3.7 FILTER SECTION A. Filter section shall be a 4-inch deep flat type furnished with MERV 14 deep pleated type filter. B. Filter media shall be UL 900 listed, Class I or Class II. 2.3.8 MIXING BOX A. No mixing box required.

2.4.1

AHU-3 and AHU-4 A. The following manufacturers are approved for use. No substitutions will be permitted. 1. McQuay 'Skyline' Air Handler shall be the basis of design. 2. Haakon 3. Temtrol 4. Engineered Air

2.4.2

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

A. The air handler shall be furnished as an outdoor horizontal draw through cooling coil and heating coil type. B. Performance: Conform to ARI 410 and 430 Standards. See schedules on prints. C. Acoustics: Sound power levels (dB) for the unit shall not exceed the specified levels shown on the unit schedule. The manufacturer shall provide the necessary sound treatment to meet these levels if required. 2.4.3 UNIT CONSTRUCTION

A. Fabricate unit with heavy gauge channel posts and panels secured with mechanical fasteners. All panels, access doors, and ship sections shall be sealed with permanently applied bulb-type gasket. Shipped loose gasketing is not allowed. B. Panels and access doors shall be constructed as a 2-inch nominal thick; thermal broke double wall assembly, injected with foam insulation with an R-value of not less than R-13. Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering 15725-9 4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

1. The outer panel shall be constructed of G60 painted galvanized steel. 2. The inner liner shall be constructed of G90 galvanized steel. 3. The floor plate shall be constructed as specified for the inner liner. 4. Unit will be furnished with solid inner liners. C. Panel deflection shall not exceed L/240 ratio at 125% of design static pressure, maximum 5 inches of positive or 6 inches of negative static pressure. Deflection shall be measured at the panel midpoint. D. The casing leakage rate shall not exceed .5 cfm per square foot of cabinet area at 5 inches of positive static pressure or 6 inches of negative static pressure (.0025 m3/s per square meter of cabinet area at 1.24 kPa static pressure). E. Module to module field assembly shall be accomplished with an overlapping, full perimeter internal splice joint that is sealed with bulb type gasketing on both mating modules to minimize on-site labor and meet indoor air quality standards. F. Access doors shall be flush mounted to cabinetry, with minimum of two six inch long stainless steel piano-type hinges, latch and full size handle assembly. Access doors shall swing outward for unit sections under negative pressure. Access doors on positive pressure sections, shall have a secondary latch to relieve pressure and prevent injury upon access. G. Provide cross broke roofcap system to divert water from the top surface of the air handler. The rain shed roofcap shall have 2”standing seams covered with splice cap channels to seal top seam. Splice cap shall break down over sides of standing seam to protect the ends of the seam. 1. Cooling coil piping vestibule 24” deep shall be factory installed of standard cabinet construction on the coil connection side of the unit. Roofcap over vestibule shall be a continuous single piece covering both the coil section and the vestibule. Roofcap seams between coil section and vestibule are not allowed. 2. Heating coil piping vestibule 24” deep shall be factory installed of standard cabinet construction on the coil connection side of the unit. Roofcap over vestibule shall be a continuous single piece covering both the coil section and the vestibule. Roofcap seams between coil section and vestibule are not allowed. H. The unit shall have a 6-inch curb ready base for structural rigidity and condensate trapping. The curb-ready base shall be designed with sloped drip pans located under all unit sections except duct openings and shall be supported by frame member. I. 2.4.4 Provide roof curb, designed to allow for proper structural support and condensate trapping. FAN ASSEMBLIES

A. Acceptable fan assembly shall be a double width, double inlet, class II, belt-drive type housed forward curved fan dynamically balanced as an assembly, as shown in schedule. Maximum fan RPM shall be below first critical fan speed. Fan assemblies shall be dynamically balanced by the manufacturer on all three planes and at all bearing supports. Copper lubrication lines shall be provided and extend from the bearings and attached with grease fittings to the Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering 15725-10 4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

fan base assembly near access door. If not supplied at the factory, contractor shall mount copper lube lines in the field. Fan and motor shall be mounted internally on a steel base. Factory mount motor on slide base that can be slid out the side of unit if removal is required. Provide access to motor, drive, and bearings through hinged access door. B. Fan and motor assembly shall be mounted on 2" deflection spring vibration type isolators inside cabinetry. 2.4.5 BEARINGS, SHAFTS, AND DRIVES

A. Bearings: Basic load rating computed in accordance with AFBMA - ANSI Standards. The bearings shall be designed for service with an L-50 life of 200,000 hours and shall be a heavy duty pillow block, self-aligning, grease-lubricated ball or spherical roller bearing type. B. Shafts shall be solid, hot rolled steel, ground and polished, keyed to shaft, and protectively coated with lubricating oil. Hollow shafts are not acceptable. C. V-Belt drives shall be cast iron or steel sheaves, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed. Fixed sheaves, matched belts, and drive rated based on motor horsepower. Minimum of 2 belts shall be provided on all fans with 10 HP motors and above. Standard drive service factor minimum shall be 1.1 S.F. for 1/4 HP – 7.5 HP, 1.3 S.F. for 10 HP and larger, calculated based on fan brake horsepower. 2.4.6 ELECTRICAL A. Fan motors shall be manufacturer provided and installed, Open Drip Proof, high efficiency (meets EPAct requirements), 1750 RPM, single speed, 460V / 60HZ / 3P. Complete electrical characteristics for each fan motor shall be as shown in schedule. B. Wiring Termination: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclosed terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. C. Manufacturer shall provide ASHRAE 90.1 Energy Efficiency equation details for individual equipment to assist Building Engineer for calculating system compliance. D. Installing contractor shall provide GFI receptacle within 25 feet of unit to satisfy National Electrical Code requirements. E. All electrical connection components shall be field provided and mounted as shown on project schedule. 2.4.7 COOLING AND HEATING COILS A. Certification: Acceptable water cooling, water heating, steam, and refrigerant coils shall be certified in accordance with ARI Standard 410 and bear the ARI label. Coils exceeding the scope of the manufacturer’s certification and/or the range of ARI’s standard rating conditions will be considered provided the manufacturer is a current member of the ARI Forced Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils certification programs and that the coils have been rated in accordance with ARI Standard 410. Manufacturer must be ISO 9002 certified.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15725-11

4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

B. Water cooling coil shall be provided. Provide access to coil(s) for service and cleaning. Enclose coil headers and return bends fully within unit casing. Unit shall be provided with coil connections that extend a minimum of 5” beyond unit casing for ease of installation. Drain and vent connections shall be provided exterior to unit casing. Coil connections must be factory sealed with grommets on interior and exterior panel liners to minimize air leakage and condensation inside panel assembly. If not factory packaged, Contractor must supply all coil connection grommets and sleeves. Coils shall be removable through side and/or top panels of unit without the need to remove and disassemble the entire section from the unit. C. Headers shall consist of seamless copper tubing to assure compatibility with primary surface. Headers to have intruded tube holes to provide maximum brazing surface for tube to header joint, strength, and inherent flexibility. Header diameter should vary with fluid flow requirements. D. Fins shall have a minimum thickness of 0.0075 inch aluminum plate construction. Fins shall have full drawn collars to provide a continuous surface cover over the entire tube for maximum heat transfer. Tubes shall be mechanically expanded into the fins to provide a continuous primary to secondary compression bond over the entire finned length for maximum heat transfer rates. Bare copper tubes shall not be visible between fins. E. Coil tubes shall be 5/8 inch OD seamless copper, 0.020 inch nominal tube wall thickness, expanded into fins, brazed at joints. Soldered U-bends shall be provided to minimize the effects of erosion and premature failure having a minimum tube wall thickness of .025 inches. F. Coil connections shall be carbon steel, NPT threaded connection. Connection size to be determined by manufacturer based upon the most efficient coil circuiting. Vent and drain fittings shall be furnished on the connections, exterior to the air handler. Vent connections provided at the highest point to assure proper venting. Drain connections shall be provided at the lowest point to insure complete drainage and prevent freeze-up. 1. Coil casing shall be a formed channel frame of galvanized steel. G. Water heating coil shall be provided. Provide access to coil(s) for service and cleaning. Enclose coil headers and return bends fully within unit casing. Unit shall be provided with coil connections that extend a minimum of 5” beyond unit casing for ease of installation. Drain and vent connections shall be provided exterior to unit casing. Coil connections must be factory sealed with grommets on interior and exterior panel liners to minimize air leakage and condensation inside panel assembly. If not factory packaged, Contractor must supply all coil connection grommets and sleeves. Coils shall be removable through side and/or top panels of unit without the need to remove and disassemble the entire section from the unit. 1. Headers shall consist of seamless copper tubing to assure compatibility with primary surface. Headers to have intruded tube holes to provide maximum brazing surface for tube to header joint, strength, and inherent flexibility. Header diameter should vary with fluid flow requirements. 2. Fins shall have a minimum thickness of 0.0075 inch aluminum plate construction. Fins shall have full drawn collars to provide a continuous surface cover over the entire tube for maximum heat transfer. Tubes shall be mechanically expanded into the fins to pro-

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15725-12

4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

vide a continuous primary to secondary compression bond over the entire finned length for maximum heat transfer rates. Bare copper tubes shall not be visible between fins. 3. Coil tubes shall be 5/8 inch OD seamless copper, 0.020 inch nominal tube wall thickness, expanded into fins, brazed at joints. Soldered U-bends shall be provided to minimize the effects of erosion and premature failure having a minimum tube wall thickness of .025 inches. 4. Coil connections shall be carbon steel, threaded connection. Connection size to be determined by manufacturer based upon the most efficient coil circuiting. Vent and drain fittings shall be furnished on the connections, exterior to the air handler. Vent connections provided at the highest point to assure proper venting. Drain connections shall be provided at the lowest point to insure complete drainage and prevent freeze-up. 5. Coil shall be furnished as an uncased galvanized steel track to allow for thermal movement and slide into a pitched track for fluid drainage. 2.4.8 FILTERS A. Furnish combination filter section with 2-inch flat pre-filter and 12-inch Varicel SH cartridge 85% efficient (MERV 14) final filter. Provide side loading and removal of filters. B. Filter media shall be UL 900 listed, Class I or Class II. 2.4.9 ADDITIONAL SECTIONS A. Mixing box section shall be provided with end outside air opening and bottom return air opening with or without parallel low leak airfoil damper blades. Dampers shall be hollow core galvanized steel airfoil blades, fully gasketed and have continuous vinyl seals between damper blades in a galvanized steel frame. Dampers shall have stainless steel jamb seals along end of dampers. Connecting linkage and ABS plastic end caps shall be provided when return and outside air dampers are each sized for full airflow. Return and outside air dampers of different sizes must be driven separately. Damper Leakage: Leakage rate shall be less than two tenths of one percent leakage at 2 inches static pressure differential. Leakage rate tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500. 2.5 A. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Fan Sound-Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Fans shall bear AMCA-certified sound ratings seal. Fan Performance Rating: Factory test fan performance for airflow, pressure, power, air density, rotation speed, and efficiency. Rate performance according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating." Water Coils: Factory tested to 300 psig (2070 kPa) according to ARI 410 and ASHRAE 33.

B.

B.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15725-13

4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C. D. 3.2 A. EXAMINATION Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Examine casing insulation materials and filter media before air-handling unit installation. Reject insulation materials and filter media that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. Examine roughing-in for hydronic and condensate drainage piping systems and electrical services to verify actual locations of connections before installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Equipment Mounting: Install air-handling units on concrete bases [using elastomeric pads] [using elastomeric mounts] [using restrained spring isolators] [without vibration isolation devices] <Insert device>. Secure units to anchor bolts installed in concrete bases. Comply with requirements for concrete bases specified in Division 3 Section "[Cast-in-Place Concrete] [Cast-in-Place Concrete (Limited Applications)]." Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 1. 2. 3. Minimum Deflection: [1/2 inch (13 mm)] [1 inch (25 mm)] [2 inches (50 mm)] [3 inches (75 mm)] <Insert dimension>. Install [galvanized] [stainless]-steel plate to equally distribute weight over elastomeric pad. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

4. 5. 6. B. C. D.

Arrange installation of units to provide access space around air-handling units for service and maintenance. Do not operate fan system until filters (temporary or permanent) are in place. temporary filters used during construction and testing, with new, clean filters. Replace

Install filter-gage, static-pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters. Mount filter gages on outside of filter housing or filter plenum in accessible position. Provide filter gages on filter banks, installed with separate static-pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15725-14

4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

E.

Do not operate units for any purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. CONNECTIONS

3.3 A. B. C. D.

Comply with requirements for piping specified in other Division 15 Sections. indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Install piping adjacent to air-handling unit to allow service and maintenance.

Drawings

Connect piping to air-handling units mounted on vibration isolators with flexible connectors. Connect condensate drain pans using [NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32)] <Insert pipe size>, ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C) copper tubing. Extend to nearest equipment or floor drain. Construct deep trap at connection to drain pan and install cleanouts at changes in direction. Hot- and Chilled-Water Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping." Install shutoff valve and union or flange at each coil supply connection. Install balancing valve and union or flange at each coil return connection. Connect duct to air-handling units with flexible connections. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

E.

F.

3.4 A.

Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.

B.

Tests and Inspections: 1. 2. 3. Leak Test: After installation, fill water and test coils and connections for leaks. Fan Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

C. D. 3.5 A.

Air-handling unit or components will be considered defective if unit or components do not pass tests and inspections. Prepare test and inspection reports. STARTUP SERVICE [Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform] [Perform] startup service.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15725-15

4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. B.

Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to piping, ducts, and electrical systems are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, controllers, and switches. Verify proper motor rotation direction, free fan wheel rotation, and smooth bearing operations. Reconnect fan drive system, align belts, and install belt guards. Verify that bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts are lubricated with factoryrecommended lubricants. Verify that zone dampers fully open and close for each zone. Verify that face-and-bypass dampers provide full face flow. Verify that outdoor- and return-air mixing dampers open and close, and maintain minimum outdoor-air setting. Comb coil fins for parallel orientation. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed for electric coils. Install new, clean filters. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected duct systems are in fully open position.

Starting procedures for air-handling units include the following: 1. Energize motor; verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel. Adjust fan to indicated rpm.[$ds~Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions.] Measure and record motor electrical values for voltage and amperage. Manually operate dampers from fully closed to fully open position and record fan performance.

2. 3.

3.6 A. B.

ADJUSTING Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for airhandling system testing, adjusting, and balancing. CLEANING A. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing air-handling unit and air-distribution systems and after completing startup service, clean air-handling units internally to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust. Clean fan wheels, cabinets, dampers, coils, and filter housings, and install new, clean filters. DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air-handling units.

3.7

3.8

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15725-16

4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

END OF SECTION 15725

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15725-17

4 December 2009 AIR-HANDLING UNITS

SECTION 15763 FAN-COIL UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. 1.3 A. 1.4 A. B. This Section includes fan-coil units and accessories. DEFINITIONS BAS: Building automation system. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. LEED Submittals: 1. 2. C. Product Data for Credit EA 4: Documentation required by Credit EA 4 indicating that equipment and refrigerants comply. Product Data for Prerequisite EQ 1: Documentation indicating that units comply with ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment."

1.2

Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

D.

Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: a. b. c. d. Lighting fixtures. Air outlets and inlets. Speakers. Sprinklers. 15763-1 4 December 2009 FAN-COIL UNITS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

e. 2. E. F.

Access panels.

Details of installation of hideaway units in existing millwork.

Field quality-control test reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fan-coil units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Maintenance schedules and repair part lists for motors, coils, integral controls, and filters.

G. 1.5 A.

Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. QUALITY ASSURANCE Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.12004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning." COORDINATION

B. C.

1.6 A.

Coordinate layout and installation of fan-coil units with existing millwork and benches, furniture and partition assemblies. WARRANTY

1.7 A.

Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. 2. Fan failure. Coil leak.

Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15763-2

4 December 2009 FAN-COIL UNITS

1.8 A.

EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fan-Coil-Unit Filters: Furnish one spare filter for each filter installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: FAN-COIL UNITS A. Basis-of-Design Product: International Environmental Corporation or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Carrier Corporation. 2. Trane. 3. USA Coil & Air. 4. YORK International Corporation. Description: Factory-packaged and -tested units rated according to ARI 440, ASHRAE 33, and UL 1995. Coil Section Insulation: 1/2-inch (13-mm) thick, coated glass fiber complying with ASTM C 1071 and attached with adhesive complying with ASTM C 916. 1. Fire-Hazard Classification: Insulation and adhesive shall have a combined maximum flame-spread index of 25 and smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004.

2.2

B. C.

2. D. E. F.

Main and Auxiliary Drain Pans: Insulated galvanized steel with plastic liner. Fabricate pans and drain connections to comply with ASHRAE 62.1-2004. Drain pans shall be removable. Chassis: Galvanized steel where exposed to moisture. Floor-mounting units shall have leveling screws. Cabinet: Steel with arctic white powder-coat finish. 1. 2. Vertical Unit Front Panels: Removable, steel, with integral stamped steel discharge grille and channel-formed edges, cam fasteners, and insulation on back of panel. Steel recessing flanges for recessing fan-coil units into ceiling or wall.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15763-3

4 December 2009 FAN-COIL UNITS

G.

Filters: Minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1, and a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2. 1. Glass Fiber Treated with Adhesive: 80 percent arrestance and 5 MERV. Hydronic Coils: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer than 0.1 inch (2.5 mm), rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psig (1378 kPa) and a maximum entering-water temperature of 220 deg F (104 deg C). Include manual air vent and drain valve. Fan and Motor Board: Removable. 1. Fan: Forward curved, double width, centrifugal; directly connected to motor. Thermoplastic or painted-steel wheels, and aluminum, painted-steel, or galvanized-steel fan scrolls. Motor: Permanently lubricated, multispeed; thermal overload protection, resiliently mounted on motor board. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors." Wiring Termination: Connect motor to chassis wiring with plug connection.

H.

I.

2. 3. J.

Factory, Hydronic Piping Package: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B) copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints. Label piping to indicate service, inlet, and outlet. 1. Two-way, two-position control valve for chilled-water coil. 2. Two-way, two-position control valve for heating coil. 3. Hose Kits: Minimum 400-psig (2758-kPa) working pressure, and operating temperatures from 33 to 211 deg F (0.5 to 99 deg C). Tag hose kits to equipment designations. a. b. 4. 5. Length: [24 inches (600 mm)] [36 inches (900 mm)] <Insert dimension>. Minimum Diameter: Equal to fan-coil-unit connection size.

6.

7. 8. K. L.

Two-Piece Ball Valves: Bronze body with full-port, chrome-plated bronze ball; PTFE or TFE seats; and 600-psig (4140-kPa) minimum CWP rating and blowout-proof stem. Automatic Flow-Control Valve: Brass or ferrous-metal body; 300-psig (2070-kPa) working pressure at 250 deg F (121 deg C), with removable, corrosion-resistant, tamperproof, self-cleaning piston spring; factory set to maintain constant indicated flow with plus or minus 10 percent over differential pressure range of 2 to 80 psig (13.8 to 552 kPa). Y-Pattern Hydronic Strainers: Cast-iron body (ASTM A 126, Class B); 125-psig (860kPa) working pressure; with threaded connections, bolted cover, perforated stainless-steel basket, and bottom drain connection. Include minimum NPS 1/2 (DN 15) hose-end, fullport, ball-type blowdown valve in drain connection. Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. Risers: [ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B)] [ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M Type C)] copper pipe with hose and ball valve for system flushing.

Control devices and operational sequences are specified in Division 15 Sections "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls" and "Sequence of Operation." Basic Unit Controls: 1. Valves and fan pre-wired to unit mounted terminal strip. 15763-4 4 December 2009 FAN-COIL UNITS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

2.

Wall-mounting non-programmable thermostat with the following features: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Heating and cooling valve control. Fan on-off control. Fan-speed control. Automatic changeover. Adjustable deadband. Exposed set point. Exposed indication. Degree F indication. Separate heating and cooling setpoints.

M.

SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 1. 2. 3. Scheduled Operation: Occupied and unoccupied periods via BAS signal to dry contact. Unit Supply-Air Fan Operation: a. Fan cycles to maintain room setback temperature. Hydronic-Cooling-Coil Operation: a. b. 4. Occupied Periods: Open control valve to maintain room temperature. Unoccupied Periods: Close control valve.

Heating-Coil Operation: a. b. Occupied Periods: Start fan and open control valve to provide heating if room temperature falls below thermostat set point. Unoccupied Periods: Start fan and open control valve if room temperature falls below setback temperature.

5. N.

Controller shall have volatile-memory backup.

BAS Interface Requirements: 1. Interface relay for scheduled operation.

O.

Electrical Connection: Factory wire motors and controls for a single electrical connection.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. EXAMINATION Examine areas to receive fan-coil units for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Examine roughing-in for piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations before fancoil-unit installation.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15763-5

4 December 2009 FAN-COIL UNITS

C. 3.2 A. B. C.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Install fan-coil units level and plumb. Install fan-coil units to comply with NFPA 90A. Verify locations of thermostats with drawings and room details before installation. Install new filters in each fan-coil unit within two weeks after Substantial Completion. CONNECTIONS

3.3 A.

Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Specific connection requirements are as follows: 1. 2. 3. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. Connect piping to fan-coil-unit factory hydronic piping package. Install piping package if shipped loose. Connect condensate drain to indirect waste. a. Install condensate trap of adequate depth to seal against the pressure of fan. Install cleanouts in piping at changes of direction.

B.

Connect supply and return ducts to fan-coil units with flexible duct connectors specified in Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." Comply with safety requirements in UL 1995 for duct connections. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

C. D. 3.4 A.

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections. Report results in writing. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

B.

C.

Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15763-6

4 December 2009 FAN-COIL UNITS

3.5 A. 3.6 A.

ADJUSTING Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. DEMONSTRATION Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fan-coil units. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training."

END OF SECTION 15763

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15763-7

4 December 2009 FAN-COIL UNITS

SECTION 15785 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 1.3 A. B. Packaged energy recovery ventilators.

1.2

SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. specialties, and accessories. LEED Submittals: 1. 2. C. Product Data for Credit EA 4: Documentation required by Credit EA 4 indicating that equipment and refrigerants comply. Product Data for Prerequisite EQ 1: Documentation indicating that units comply with ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment." Include rated capacities, furnished

Shop Drawings: For air-to-air energy recovery equipment. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

2. D. E.

Field quality-control reports. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air-to-air energy recovery equipment to include in maintenance manuals.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15785-1 4 December 2009 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT

1.4 A. B. C.

QUALITY ASSURANCE Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. ARI Compliance: Capacity ratings for air-to-air energy recovery equipment shall comply with ARI 1060, "Rating Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Equipment." ASHRAE Compliance: 1. 2. D. E. Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." Capacity ratings for air-to-air energy recovery equipment shall comply with ASHRAE 84, "Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers."

NRCA Compliance: Roof curbs for roof-mounted equipment shall be constructed according to recommendations of NRCA. UL Compliance: Packaged heat recovery ventilators shall comply with requirements in UL 1812, "Ducted Heat Recovery Ventilators"; or UL 1815, "Nonducted Heat Recovery Ventilators." COORDINATION

1.5 A.

Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. WARRANTY

1.6 A.

Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of air-to-air energy recovery equipment that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Packaged Energy Recovery ventilators: Two years.

1.7 A.

EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. 2. 3. Filters: One set(s) of each type of filter specified. Fan Belts: One set(s) of belts for each belt-driven fan in energy recovery ventilators. Wheel Belts: One set(s) of belts for each heat wheel.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15785-2 4 December 2009 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. PACKAGED ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATORS Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Carnes. 2. Des Champs Technologies. 3. Engineered Air. 4. Loren Cook Company. 5. SEMCO Incorporated. 6. Trane; American Standard Inc. 7. Venmar CES Inc. Housing: Galvanized steel construction with corrosion-protection coating and exterior finish, hinged access doors with neoprene gaskets for inspection and access to internal parts, minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick 3 lb. density foil faced thermal insulation, knockouts for electrical and piping connections, exterior drain connection, and lifting lugs. 1. 2. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. Inlet: Weatherproof hood, with damper for exhaust and supply. a. b. 3. C. D. Exhaust: Spring-return, two-position, motor-operated damper. Supply: Spring-return, two-position, motor-operated damper.

B.

Roof Curb: Refer to Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories" for roof curbs and equipment supports.

Heat Recovery Device: Heat wheel. Supply and Exhaust Fans: Forward-curved, centrifugal fan with neoprene isolators and insulated flexible duct connections. 1. 2. Motor and Drive: Belt driven with adjustable sheaves, motor mounted on adjustable base. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified inDivision 15 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 16 Sections.

3. 4. E.

Wiring: Fabricate units with space within housing for piping and electrical conduits. Wire motors and controls so only external connections are required during installation. 1. Outdoor Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 3R enclosure contains relays, starters, and terminal strip. 2. Include door interlocking disconnect switches. 15785-3 4 December 2009 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3. F.

Variable-speed controller to vary fan capacity from 100 to approximately 50 percent.

Accessories: 1. Roof Curb: Galvanized steel with fiberglass insulation, gasketing, and factory-installed wood nailer; complying with NRCA standards; minimum height of 16 inches (350 mm). Curb shall be sloped to match roof pitch. Intake weather hood with 2-inch- (50-mm-) thick filters. Exhaust weather hood with birdscreen. Duct flanges. Hinged access doors with quarter-turn latches.

2. 3. 4. 5. 2.2 A.

CONTROLS Unit-mounted control center containing a door interlocking disconnect switch, motor starters, control transformer for 24 VAC control, and a terminal strip. A digital signal from the BAS to the units terminal strip will energize the outdoor air fan, exhaust fan, and energy wheel. The BAS shall be alarmed if a fan fails to operate. Stop Wheel: Energy wheel is shut down for periods of free-cooling when the OA enthalpy or temperature drops below a setpoint. When the OA temperature drops below 45 degrees (adj), the wheel will be re-energized for heat. Stop/Jog: A timer is included with either Stop Wheel or Modulating Wheel to periodically energize the energy wheel briefly if it is stopped for economizer to allow the wheel to selfclean. Modulating: One VFD will be provided for each fan. Each VFD is factory programmed to accept a field-supplied 0-10V signal, but is easily convertible to receive a 4-20 mA signal instead. Rotation Sensor: Sends a digital signal to alarm BAS system that energy wheel is not rotating. Dirty Filter Sensor: Sends a digital signal to alarm BAS system that filters require changing.

B.

C.

D.

E. F.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. EXAMINATION Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Examine casing insulation materials and filter media before air-to-air energy recovery equipment installation. Reject insulation materials and filter media that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15785-4 4 December 2009 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT

C. D. 3.2 A.

Examine roughing-in for electrical services to verify actual locations of connections before installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Roof Curb: Install air-to-air energy recovery equipment on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction. Secure air-to-air energy recovery equipment to upper curb rail, and secure curb base to roof framing or concrete base with anchor bolts. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. Install new filters at completion of equipment installation and before testing, adjusting, and balancing. CONNECTIONS

B. C.

3.3 A. 3.4 A.

Comply with requirements for ductwork specified in Division 15 Section "Metal Ducts." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.

B.

Tests and Inspections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Adjust seals and purge. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. Set initial temperature and humidity set points. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.

C. D. 3.5 A.

Air-to-air energy recovery equipment will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. Prepare test and inspection reports. DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air-to-air energy recovery units. 15785-5 4 December 2009 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

END OF SECTION 15785

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15785-6 4 December 2009 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT

SECTION 15815 METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings. Single-wall round ducts and fittings. Sheet metal materials. Duct liner. Sealants and gaskets. Hangers and supports.

1.2

Related Sections: 1. Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, ductmounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 2. Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

1.3 A.

Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. SUBMITTALS

B.

C.

1.4 A.

Product Data: For each type of the following products: 15815-1 4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

1. 2. B.

Liners and adhesives. Sealants and gaskets.

LEED Submittals: 1. 2. Product Data for Prerequisite EQ 1: Documentation indicating that duct systems comply with ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment." Product Data for Prerequisite EA 2: Documentation indicating that duct systems comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." Leakage Test Report for Prerequisite EA 2: Documentation of work performed for compliance with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6.4.4.2.2 - "Duct Leakage Tests." Duct-Cleaning Test Report for Prerequisite EQ 1: Documentation of work performed for compliance with ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.4 - "Ventilation System Start-Up." Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content.

3. 4. 5. C.

Shop Drawings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static-pressure classes. Elevation of top of ducts. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. Fittings. Reinforcement and spacing. Seam and joint construction. Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and panels. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and vibration isolation.

D.

Delegated-Design Submittal: 1. 2. 3. 4. Sheet metal thicknesses. Joint and seam construction and sealing. Reinforcement details and spacing. Materials, fabrication, assembly, and spacing of hangers and supports.

E.

Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction, building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct layout. Suspended ceiling components. Structural members to which duct will be attached. 15815-2 4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

2. 3.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

4. 5. 6.

Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire-rated construction. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. Lighting fixtures. Air outlets and inlets. Speakers. Sprinklers. Access panels. Perimeter moldings.

F. G. 1.5 A. B.

Welding certificates. Field quality-control reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports.

C. D.

ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up." ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A. SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth) Joints," for staticpressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams - Rectangular Ducts," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-

B.

C.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15815-3

4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible." D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 2, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." SINGLE-WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. b. c. d. e. B. Lindab Inc. McGill AirFlow LLC. SEMCO Incorporated. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc.

2.2

Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Transverse Joints - Round Duct," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Seams - Round Duct and Fittings," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." SHEET METAL MATERIALS

C.

D.

2.3 A.

General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15815-4

4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. 2. C. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90 (Z275). Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized.

Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1. Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials.

D.

Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch (6-mm) minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches (900 mm) or less; 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches (900 mm). DUCT LINER

2.4 A.

Fibrous-Glass Duct Liner: Comply with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. CertainTeed Corporation; Insulation Group. Johns Manville. Knauf Insulation. Owens Corning.

3.

Antimicrobial Erosion-Resistant Coating: Apply to the surface of the liner that will form the interior surface of the duct to act as a moisture repellent and erosion-resistant coating. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the EPA for use in HVAC systems. Water-Based Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with ASTM C 916. a. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

4. 5.

Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F (0.039 W/m x K) at 75 deg F (24 deg C) mean temperature. Density: 2.0 PCF.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15815-5

4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

B.

Insulation Pins and Washers: 1. Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) galvanized carbon-steel washer. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch aluminum with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter.

2.

C.

Shop Application of Duct Liner: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-19, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation." 1. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers of duct liner is prohibited. Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing. Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure buttededge overlapping. Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and dimensions of standard liner make longitudinal joints necessary. Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm (12.7 m/s). Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches (100 mm) from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches (300 mm) transversely; at 3 inches (75 mm) from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches (450 mm) longitudinally. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations: a. b. c. 9. Fan discharges. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are higher than 2500 fpm (12.7 m/s) or where indicated.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

8.

Secure insulation between perforated sheet metal inner duct of same thickness as specified for outer shell. Use mechanical fasteners that maintain inner duct at uniform distance from outer shell without compressing insulation. a. Sheet Metal Inner Duct Perforations: overall open area of 23 percent. 3/32-inch (2.4-mm) diameter, with an

10.

Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to fire-damper sleeves, dampers, turning vane assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15815-6

4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

2.5 A.

SEALANT AND GASKETS General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. Two-Part Tape Sealing System: 1. Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal. Tape Width: 4 inches (102 mm). Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic. Water resistant. Mold and mildew resistant. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg (2500 Pa), positive and negative. Service: Indoor and outdoor. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 93 deg C). Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

B.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. C.

Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Application Method: Brush on. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20. Water resistant. Mold and mildew resistant. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water). Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg (2500 Pa), positive and negative. Service: Indoor or outdoor. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets.

D.

Solvent-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Application Method: Brush on. Base: Synthetic rubber resin. Solvent: Toluene and heptane. Solids Content: Minimum 60 percent. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 60. Water resistant. Mold and mildew resistant. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). VOC: Maximum 395 g/L. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg (2500 Pa), positive or negative. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 15815-7 4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

12. E.

Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets.

Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric. Type: S. Grade: NS. Class: 25. Use: O. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

F. G.

Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals: 1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg (0.14 L/s per sq. m at 250 Pa) and shall be rated for 10-inch wg (2500-Pa) static-pressure class, positive or negative. EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. Double-lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory-fabricated couplings and fitting spigots.

2. 3.

2.6 A. B. C.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 4-1 (Table 4-1M), "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. 2. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates. 15815-8 4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

D. E. F. G. H.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

3.

Supports for Aluminum Ducts: chromate.

Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. DUCT INSTALLATION Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch (25 mm), plus allowance for insulation thickness. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures. Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged. 15815-9 4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J.

K.

L. 3.2

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

B. C.

Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use two-part tape sealing system. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements. DUCT SEALING

D. E.

3.3 A.

Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible": 1. All Ducts: Seal Class A.

B.

3.4 A. B.

HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Hangers and Supports." Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.

Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 4-1 (Table 4-1M), "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches (610 mm) of each elbow and within 48 inches (1200 mm) of each branch intersection. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. 15815-10 4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

D.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

E.

Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet (5 m). Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. CONNECTIONS

F.

3.5 A. B.

Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. PAINTING

3.6 A.

Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 9 painting Sections. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.7 A. B.

Perform tests and inspections. Leakage Tests: 1. 2. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit a test report for each test. Test the following systems: a. Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg (500 Pa) or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 100 percent of total installed duct area for each duct system.

3. 4. 5.

6. C.

Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage testing and for compliance with test requirements. Test for leaks before applying external insulation. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. If static-pressure classes are not indicated, test system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. Give seven days' advance notice for testing.

Duct System Cleanliness Tests: 1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present.

Mt. Pleasant Library Allen & Shariff Engineering

15815-11

4 December 2009 METAL DUCTS

2.

Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC Systems." a. Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm.

D. E. 3.8 A. B.

Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. Prepare test and inspection reports. DUCT CLEANING Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process.

2. 3. C.

Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1. 2. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building.

D.

Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. 2. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). Supply, return, an